Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(b)
File No. 333-248308

LOGO

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC. (NCA)

AND

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2 (NCB) (EACH, A “FUND” AND TOGETHER, THE “FUNDS”)

OCTOBER 20, 2020

Although we recommend that you read the complete Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, for your convenience, we have provided a brief overview of the proposals to be voted on.

 

Q.

Why am I receiving the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus?

 

A.

You are receiving the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as a holder of common shares of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Acquiring Fund”) or a holder of common shares of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (the “Target Fund”) in connection with the solicitation of proxies by each Fund’s Board of Directors or Board of Trustees (each, a “Board” and each Director or Trustee, a “Board Member”) for use at the annual meetings of shareholders of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund (each, an “Annual Meeting” and together, the “Annual Meetings”). At the Annual Meetings, shareholders of the Funds will be asked to vote on the following proposals, as applicable:

 

   

(shareholders of the Target Fund only) the reorganization of the Funds pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Reorganization Agreement”) under which the Target Fund will transfer substantially all of its assets and liabilities to the Acquiring Fund in exchange for newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund (the “Reorganization”);

 

   

(shareholders of the Acquiring Fund only) the change of domicile of the Acquiring Fund from a Minnesota corporation to a Massachusetts business trust (the “Domicile Change”); and

 

   

(shareholders of each Fund) the election of members of each Fund’s Board. (The list of specific nominees for each Fund is contained in the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.)

 

    

Shareholders of the Target Fund are being solicited to vote on the election of three (3) Board Members at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting so that the Target Fund may continue to be governed by its current Board Members, and avoid vacancies on the Board, in the event the Reorganization is not consummated in a timely manner.

 

    

The Acquiring Fund’s Board and the Target Fund’s Board, including the independent Board Members, unanimously recommend that you vote FOR each proposal that is applicable to your Fund.


Proposal Regarding the Reorganization (Target Fund only)

 

Q.

Why has the Target Fund’s Board recommended the Proposal?

 

A.

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“Nuveen Fund Advisors”), a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”) and the Funds’ investment adviser, recommended the proposed Reorganization as part of an ongoing initiative to streamline Nuveen’s municipal closed-end fund line-up and eliminate overlapping products. Based on information provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors, the Target Fund’s Board believes that the proposed Reorganization may benefit common shareholders of the Target Fund in a number of ways, including, among other things:

 

   

Target Fund shareholders will maintain exposure to state bonds where issuance remains diverse and robust;

 

   

The potential for higher common share net earnings, due in part to operating economies from the combined fund’s greater scale;

 

   

Greater secondary market liquidity and improved secondary market trading for common shares as a result of the combined fund’s greater share volume, which may lead to narrower bid-ask spreads and smaller trade-to-trade price movements;

 

   

The potential for a narrower trading discount as a result of the Acquiring Fund’s shares trading at a discount that is historically lower than that of the Target Fund;

 

   

Increased portfolio flexibility due to the significantly larger asset base of the combined fund; and

 

   

Lower net operating expenses, as certain fixed costs are spread over a larger asset base and a lower effective management fee rate for shareholders of the combined fund due to the Acquiring Fund’s lower fund-level management fee rate.

 

    

For these reasons, the Target Fund’s Board has determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of its Fund and has approved the Reorganization.

 

    

Based on information provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors, the Acquiring Fund’s Board considered that the Acquiring Fund may benefit in the near term from a modest increase in operating efficiencies and may also experience modest secondary market benefits due to increased scale.

 

Q.

Do the Funds have similar investment objectives, policies and risks?

 

A.

Yes. The Funds have substantially similar (but not identical) investment objectives, policies and risks, and are managed by the same portfolio manager. The Acquiring Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Acquiring Fund’s secondary investment objective is to enhance portfolio value relative to the California municipal bond market by investing in tax-exempt California municipal securities that the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser believes are underrated or undervalued or that represent municipal market sectors that are undervalued. The

 

ii


  Target Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Target Fund’s secondary investment objective is to enhance portfolio value and total return.

 

    

Each Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. Each Fund invests primarily in investment grade municipal securities exempt from regular federal and California income taxes and is permitted to invest up to 20% of its net assets in below investment grade municipal securities (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”). Investment grade securities are securities rated within the four highest grades (BBB or Baa or better) by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or unrated but judged by the Funds’ investment adviser and/or sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. See “Proposal No. 1—A. Synopsis—Comparison of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund—Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Proposal No. 1—A. Synopsis—Comparative Risk Information” for more information.

 

Q.

How will the Reorganization impact fees and expenses?

 

A.

As discussed above, the Target Fund’s Board considered that the Reorganization is expected to result in a lower effective management fee rate and, due to the greater asset base of the combined fund, the Target Fund’s Board considered that the Reorganization is expected to result in economies of scale and a resulting reduction in certain other expenses. Based on information for each Fund’s fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the pro forma expense ratio of the combined fund following the Reorganization is estimated to be nineteen basis points (0.19%) lower than the total expense ratio of the Target Fund.

 

    

See the Comparative Fee Table on page 15 of the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus for more detailed information regarding fees and expenses. See also Additional Information About the Acquiring Fund at page 101.

 

Q.

Will shareholders of the Funds have to pay any fees or expenses in connection with the Reorganization?

 

A.

Yes. The Funds, and indirectly their common shareholders, will bear the costs of the Reorganization, whether or not the Reorganization is consummated. The allocation of the costs of the Reorganization to the Funds is based on the projected relative benefits of the Reorganization, based on forecasted increases to net earnings, if any, to Fund shareholders following the Reorganization.

 

    

The costs of the Reorganization are estimated to be $455,000. These costs represent the estimated nonrecurring expenses of the Funds in carrying out their obligations under the Reorganization Agreement and consist of management’s estimate of professional service fees, printing costs and mailing charges related to the proposed Reorganization. Based on the projected relative benefits to each Fund, the Target Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $195,000 and the Acquiring Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $260,000 of expenses in connection with the Reorganization. If the Reorganization is not consummated for any reason, including because the requisite shareholder approval is not obtained, the Funds, and common shareholders of the Funds indirectly, will still bear the costs of the Reorganization.

 

iii


    

A Target Fund shareholder’s broker, dealer or other financial intermediary (each, a “Financial Intermediary”) may impose its own shareholder account fees for processing corporate actions, which could apply as a result of the Reorganization. These shareholder account fees, if applicable, are not paid or otherwise remitted to the Target Fund or the Target Fund’s investment adviser. The imposition of such fees is based solely on the terms of a shareholder’s account agreement with his, her or its Financial Intermediary and/or is in the discretion of the Financial Intermediary. Questions concerning any such shareholder account fees or other similar fees should be directed to a shareholder’s Financial Intermediary.

 

Q.

Does the Reorganization constitute a taxable event for the Target Fund’s shareholders?

 

A.

No. The Reorganization is intended to qualify as a tax-free “reorganization” for federal income tax purposes. It is expected that Target Fund shareholders will recognize no gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a direct result of the Reorganization, except to the extent that a Target Fund common shareholder receives cash in lieu of a fractional Acquiring Fund common share. Prior to the closing of the Reorganization, the Target Fund expects to declare a distribution of all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. All or a portion of such distribution may be taxable to the Target Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Based on the Target Fund’s portfolio as of February 29, 2020, the Target Fund does not expect to sell a material portion of its portfolio (less than 5% of the assets of the Target Fund) prior to the Reorganization. To the extent that portfolio securities of the Target Fund are sold prior to the closing of the Reorganization, the Target Fund may realize gains or losses, which may increase or decrease the net capital gains or net investment income to be distributed by the Target Fund.

 

Q.

As a result of the Reorganization, will common shareholders of the Target Fund receive new shares in exchange for their current shares?

 

A.

Yes. Upon the closing of the Reorganization, Target Fund shareholders will become shareholders of the Acquiring Fund. Holders of common shares of the Target Fund will receive newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund, with cash being distributed in lieu of fractional common shares. The aggregate net asset value, as of the close of trading on the business day immediately prior to the closing of the Reorganization, of the Acquiring Fund common shares received by Target Fund common shareholders (including, for this purpose, fractional Acquiring Fund common shares to which common shareholders would be entitled) will be equal to the aggregate net asset value of the common shares of the Target Fund held by its shareholders as of such time. Fractional Acquiring Fund shares due to the Target Fund common shareholders will be aggregated and sold on the open market, and Target Fund common shareholders will receive cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

 

    

Following the Reorganization, common shareholders of each Fund will hold a smaller percentage of the outstanding common shares of the combined fund as compared to their percentage holdings of the applicable Fund prior to the Reorganization.

 

Q.

What will happen if the required shareholder approval is not obtained?

 

A.

The closing of the Reorganization is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain closing conditions, which include customary closing conditions. In order for the Reorganization to

 

iv


  occur, the requisite shareholder approval must be obtained at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting. Because the closing of the Reorganization is contingent upon the Target Fund obtaining such shareholder approval and each Fund satisfying (or obtaining the waiver of) other closing conditions, it is possible that the Reorganization will not occur, even if shareholders of the Target Fund entitled to vote approve the Reorganization proposal. If the Reorganization is not consummated, the Target Fund’s Board may take such actions as it deems in the best interests of its Fund, including conducting additional solicitations with respect to the proposal, or continuing to operate the Target Fund as a stand-alone fund.

Proposal Regarding the Domicile Change (Acquiring Fund Only)

 

Q.

What actions has the Acquiring Fund’s Board approved?

 

A.

The Acquiring Fund’s Board has approved the reorganization of the Fund, currently organized as a Minnesota corporation, into a newly created Massachusetts business trust for purposes of changing the Fund’s domicile.

 

Q.

Why has the Acquiring Fund’s Board recommended the proposal?

 

A.

The Acquiring Fund’s Board believes that the proposed Domicile Change will achieve the following advantages:

 

   

create savings and operating efficiencies by simplifying the administration and oversight of the Acquiring Fund through increased standardization of charter documents among the Nuveen family of funds, most of which are organized as Massachusetts business trusts; and

 

   

lower expenses through economies of scale associated with compliance by the Nuveen family of funds with Massachusetts law only, rather than both Minnesota and Massachusetts law.

 

Q.

How will shareholders be impacted by the Domicile Change?

 

A.

Upon the closing of the Domicile Change, common shareholders of the Acquiring Fund will receive common shares of beneficial interest of the newly created Massachusetts business trust equal in number and value to the common shares of the Acquiring Fund that they owned immediately prior to the closing of the Domicile Change, which is expected to occur before the Reorganization, or such other date as the parties to the agreement governing the Domicile Change may agree.

 

Q.

Does the Domicile Change constitute a taxable event for Acquiring Fund shareholders?

 

A.

No. The Domicile Change is intended to qualify as a tax-free “reorganization” for federal income tax purposes. It is expected that Acquiring Fund shareholders will recognize no gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a direct result of the Domicile Change.

 

v


General

 

Q.

What is the timetable for the Reorganization and Domicile Change?

 

A.

If the shareholder approval and other conditions to closing are satisfied (or waived), the Reorganization is expected to take effect on or about January 11, 2021, or such other date as the parties may agree. The Domicile Change, if approved by shareholders of the Acquiring Fund, is expected to occur before the Reorganization.

 

Q.

How does the Board recommend that shareholders vote on the proposals?

 

A.

After careful consideration, each Board has determined that each applicable proposal is in the best interests of its Fund and recommends that you vote FOR such proposals.

 

Q.

Who do I call if I have questions?

 

A.

If you need any assistance, or have any questions regarding the proposals or how to vote your shares, please call Computershare Fund Services, the proxy solicitor hired by your Fund, at 866-905-8147 weekdays during its business hours of 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. and Saturdays 12:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. Eastern time. Please have your proxy materials available when you call.

 

Q.

How do I vote my shares?

 

A.

You may vote by mail, by telephone or over the Internet:

 

   

To vote at the meeting, please follow the instructions below for attending the meeting, which will be held virtually.

 

   

To vote by mail, please mark, sign, date and mail the enclosed proxy card. No postage is required if mailed in the United States.

 

   

To vote by telephone, please call the toll-free number located on your proxy card and follow the recorded instructions, using your proxy card as a guide.

 

   

To vote over the Internet, go to the Internet address provided on your proxy card and follow the instructions, using your proxy card as a guide.

 

Q.

How can I attend the Annual Meetings?

 

A.

The Annual Meetings will be completely virtual meetings of shareholders, which will be conducted exclusively by webcast. You are entitled to participate in the Annual Meetings only if you were a shareholder of record as of the close of business on September 8, 2020 for the Target Fund and on October 8, 2020 for the Acquiring Fund, or if you hold a valid proxy for the Annual Meetings. No physical meetings will be held.

 

    

You will be able to attend the Annual Meetings online and submit your questions during the meetings by visiting www.meetingcenter.io/238367439. You also will be able to vote your shares online by attending the Annual Meetings by webcast. To participate in the Annual Meetings, you will need to log on using the control number from your proxy card or meeting notice. The control number can be found in the shaded box. The password for the meetings is NUVC2020.

 

vi


    

If you hold your shares through an intermediary, such as a bank or broker, you must register in advance using the instructions below.

 

    

The online meetings will begin promptly at 2:00 p.m., Central time on December 7, 2020. We encourage you to access the meeting prior to the start time leaving ample time for the check in. Please follow the access instructions as outlined herein.

 

Q.

How do I register to attend the Annual Meetings virtually on the Internet?

 

A.

If your shares are registered in your name, you do not need to register to attend the Annual Meetings virtually on the Internet. If you hold your shares through an intermediary, such as a bank or broker, you must register in advance to attend the Annual Meetings virtually on the Internet.

 

    

To register to attend the Annual Meetings online by webcast you must submit proof of your proxy power (legal proxy) reflecting your Fund holdings along with your name and email address to Computershare. You must contact the bank or broker who holds your shares to obtain your legal proxy. Requests for registration must be labeled as “Legal Proxy” and be received no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, three business days prior to the meeting date.

 

    

You will receive a confirmation of your registration by email after we receive your registration materials.

 

    

Requests for registration should be directed to us by emailing an image of your legal proxy to shareholdermeetings@computershare.com.

 

Q.

Why hold virtual meetings?

 

A.

In light of the public health concerns regarding the coronavirus outbreak (COVID-19), we believe that hosting virtual meetings is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders.

 

Q.

Will anyone contact me?

 

A.

You may receive a call from Computershare Fund Services, the proxy solicitor hired by each Fund, to verify that you received your proxy materials, to answer any questions you may have about the proposals and to encourage you to vote your proxy.

 

    

We recognize the inconvenience of the proxy solicitation process and would not impose on you if we did not believe that the matter being proposed was important. Once your vote has been registered with the proxy solicitor, your name will be removed from the solicitor’s follow-up contact list.

 

    

Your vote is very important. We encourage you as a shareholder to participate in your Fund’s governance by returning your vote as soon as possible. If enough shareholders fail to cast their votes, a Fund may not be able to hold the Annual Meeting or the vote on the proposals, and will be required to incur additional solicitation costs in order to obtain sufficient shareholder participation.

 

vii


OCTOBER 20, 2020

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC. (NCA)

AND

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2 (NCB)

(EACH, A “FUND” AND TOGETHER, THE “FUNDS”)

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON DECEMBER 7, 2020

To the Shareholders:

Notice is hereby given that the Annual Meetings of Shareholders (each, an “Annual Meeting” and together, the “Annual Meetings”) of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Acquiring Fund”) and Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (the “Target Fund”) will be held on Monday, December 7, 2020 at 2:00 p.m. Central time, for the following purposes:

 

  1.

Fund Reorganization. (Target Fund only) The shareholders of the Target Fund will vote on a proposal to approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Target Fund would: (i) transfer substantially all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund; (ii) distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the common shareholders of the Target Fund; and (iii) liquidate, dissolve and terminate in accordance with applicable law.

 

  2.

Domicile Change. (Acquiring Fund only) The shareholders of the Acquiring Fund will vote on a proposal to approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization that would result in the Acquiring Fund reorganizing as a newly created Massachusetts business trust.

 

  3.

Election of Board Members. (Both Funds) Three (3) Class II Board Members are to be elected by shareholders of each Fund. Board Members Nelson, Toth and Young are nominees for election by shareholders.

To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meetings.

Shareholders of the Target Fund are being solicited to vote on the election of three (3) Board Members at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting so that the Target Fund may continue to be governed by its current Board Members, and avoid vacancies on the Board, in the event the Reorganization is not consummated in a timely manner.

In light of the public health concerns regarding the coronavirus outbreak (COVID-19), the Annual Meetings will be held in a virtual meeting format only, which will be conducted online via webcast. Shareholders may attend and vote at the virtual Annual Meetings by following the instructions included in the Q&A and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Only shareholders of record as of the close of business on September 8, 2020 for the Target Fund and on October 8, 2020 for the Acquiring Fund are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meetings and any and all adjournments or postponements thereof.

 

1


All Fund shareholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meetings are cordially invited to attend the virtual Annual Meetings. In order to avoid delay and additional expense for the Funds and to assure that your shares are represented, please vote as promptly as possible, regardless of whether or not you plan to attend your Annual Meeting. You may vote by mail, by telephone or over the Internet.

 

   

To vote by mail, please mark, sign, date and mail the enclosed proxy card. No postage is required if mailed in the United States.

 

   

To vote by telephone, please call the toll-free number located on your proxy card and follow the recorded instructions, using your proxy card as a guide.

 

   

To vote over the Internet, go to the Internet address provided on your proxy card and follow the instructions, using your proxy card as a guide.

You will be able to attend and participate in the Annual Meetings online, vote your shares electronically and submit your questions during the meetings by visiting: www.meetingcenter.io/238367439 at the meeting date and time described in the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. To participate in the Annual Meetings, you will need to log on using the control number from your proxy card or meeting notice. The control number can be found in the shaded box. The password for the meeting is NUVC2020. There is no physical location for the Annual Meetings.

If you hold your shares through an intermediary, you will need to register at least three business days prior to the Annual Meetings by following the instructions in the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

Gifford R. Zimmerman

Vice President and Secretary

The Nuveen Closed-End Funds

 

2


NUVEEN FUNDS

333 WEST WACKER DRIVE

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606

(800) 257-8787

JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC. (NCA)

AND

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2 (NCB)

(EACH, A “FUND” AND TOGETHER, THE “FUNDS”)

OCTOBER 20, 2020

This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to common shareholders of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Acquiring Fund”) and common shareholders of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (the “Target Fund”), each a closed-end management investment company, in connection with the solicitation of proxies by each Fund’s Board of Directors or Board of Trustees (each, a “Board” and each Director or Trustee, a “Board Member”) for use at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of each Fund to be held on Monday, December 7, 2020, at 2:00 p.m. Central time, and at any and all adjournments or postponements thereof (each, an “Annual Meeting” and together, the “Annual Meetings”), to consider the proposals described below and discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The Acquiring Fund is organized as a Minnesota corporation and the Target Fund is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. The enclosed proxy card and this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus are first being sent to shareholders of the Funds on or about October 23, 2020. Shareholders of record as of the close of business on September 8, 2020 for the Target Fund and on October 8, 2020 for the Acquiring Fund are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meetings and any and all adjournments or postponements thereof.

The Annual Meetings will be held in a virtual meeting format only, which will be conducted online via live webcast. There is no physical location for the Annual Meetings. If your shares are registered in your name, you will be able to attend and participate in the Annual Meetings online, vote your shares electronically and submit your questions during the meeting by visiting: www.meetingcenter.io/238367439 at the meeting date and time. To participate in the Annual Meetings, you will need to log on using the control number from your proxy card or meeting notice. The control number can be found in the shaded box. The password for the meeting is NUVC2020.

If your shares are held through an intermediary, you must register to participate in the virtual Annual Meetings. To register to attend the Annual Meetings online by webcast, you must submit proof of your proxy power (legal proxy) reflecting your Fund holdings along with your name and email address to Computershare. You must contact the bank or broker who holds your shares to obtain your legal proxy. Requests for registration must be labeled as “Legal Proxy” and be received no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, three business days prior to the meeting date. You will receive a confirmation of your registration by email after we receive your registration materials. Requests for registration should be directed to us by emailing an image of your legal proxy to shareholdermeetings@computershare.com.

This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus explains concisely what you should know before voting on the proposals described in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or investing in the Acquiring Fund. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.

 

 

The securities offered by this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 


On the matter coming before each Annual Meeting as to which a choice has been specified by shareholders on the accompanying proxy card, the shares will be voted accordingly where such proxy card is properly executed, timely received and not properly revoked (pursuant to the instructions below). If a proxy is returned and no choice is specified, the shares will be voted FOR the proposals. Shareholders of a Fund who execute proxies or provide voting instructions by telephone or by Internet may revoke them at any time before a vote is taken on a proposal by filing with that Fund a written notice of revocation, by delivering a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or by attending that virtual Annual Meeting and voting. A prior proxy can also be revoked by voting again through the toll-free number or the Internet address listed in the proxy card. However, merely attending a virtual Annual Meeting will not revoke any previously submitted proxy.

To be approved, the following proposals must be approved by a majority (more than 50%) of each Fund’s outstanding common shares entitled to vote on the matter:

 

Fund Reorganization
Proposal No. 1.    (Target Fund only) To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Reorganization Agreement”) pursuant to which the Target Fund would: (i) transfer substantially all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund; (ii) distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the common shareholders of the Target Fund; and (iii) liquidate, dissolve and terminate in accordance with applicable law (the “Reorganization”).
Domicile Change
Proposal No. 2.    (Acquiring Fund only) To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization that would result in the Acquiring Fund reorganizing as a newly created Massachusetts business trust (the “Domicile Change”).

For the following proposal, the affirmative vote of a plurality (the greatest number of affirmative votes) of the Fund’s common shares present and entitled to vote on the matter will be required to elect each Board Member of that Fund:

 

Board Member Election
Proposal No. 3.    (Both Funds) To elect three (3) Class II Board Members. Board Members Nelson, Toth and Young are nominees for election by shareholders.

Shareholders of the Target Fund are being solicited to vote on the election of three (3) Board Members at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting so that the Target Fund may continue to be governed by its current Board Members, and avoid vacancies on the Board, in the event the Reorganization is not consummated in a timely manner.

In this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the Acquiring Fund include references to the Acquiring Fund following the proposed Domicile Change.

 

ii


A quorum of shareholders is required to take action at the Annual Meeting for each Fund. A majority (more than 50%) of the shares entitled to vote at each Annual Meeting, represented in person (including participation by means of remote or “virtual” communication) or by proxy, will constitute a quorum of shareholders at that Annual Meeting. Votes cast in person or by proxy at each Annual Meeting will be tabulated by the inspectors of election appointed for that Annual Meeting. The inspectors of election will determine whether or not a quorum is present at the Annual Meeting. “Broker non-votes” are shares held by brokers or nominees, typically in “street name,” for which the broker or nominee returns a voted proxy but are not voted because instructions have not been received from beneficial owners or persons entitled to vote and the broker or nominee does not have discretionary authority to vote such shares on a particular matter. For purposes of holding a meeting, all properly submitted proxies, including abstentions and broker non-votes, will be counted as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.

Broker-dealer firms holding shares of a Fund in “street name” for the benefit of their customers and clients are generally required to request the instructions of such customers and clients on how to vote their shares before the Fund’s Annual Meeting. The Funds understand that, under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), such broker-dealer firms may, for certain “routine” matters, grant discretionary authority to the proxies designated by each Board to vote without instructions from their customers and clients if no instructions have been received prior to the date specified in the broker- dealer firm’s request for voting instructions. Proposal No. 3 is a “routine” matter, and beneficial owners who do not provide proxy instructions or who do not return a proxy card may have their shares voted by broker-dealer firms on Proposal No. 3 in the discretion of such broker-dealer firms. Proposal Nos. 1 and 2 are considered “non-routine” matters for which, under the rules of the NYSE, uninstructed shares may not be voted by broker-dealers. Because the approval of each of Proposals Nos. 1 and 2 requires that a minimum percentage of the applicable Fund’s outstanding common shares be voted in favor of the proposal, abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote against those proposals. Because the election of Board Members does not require that a minimum percentage of a Fund’s outstanding common shares be voted in favor of any nominee, assuming the presence of a quorum, abstentions and broker non-votes, if any, will have no effect on the outcome of the vote on Proposal No. 3.

Broker-dealers who are not members of the NYSE may be subject to other rules, which may or may not permit them to vote your shares without instruction. We urge you to provide instructions to your broker or nominee so that your votes may be counted.

Those persons who were shareholders of record as of the close of business on September 8, 2020 for the Target Fund and on October 8, 2020 for the Acquiring Fund will be entitled to one vote for each share held and a proportionate fractional vote for each fractional share held.

As of September 30, 2020 for each Fund, the shares of the Funds issued and outstanding are as follows:

 

Fund
(Ticker Symbol)

  

Common
Shares(1)

Acquiring Fund (NCA)

   28,090,999

Target Fund (NCB)

     3,302,961

 

(1)

The common shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund are listed on the NYSE. Upon the closing of the Reorganization, it is expected that the common shares of the Acquiring Fund will continue to be listed on the NYSE.

 

iii


The following documents have been filed with the SEC and are incorporated into this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus by reference:

(1)    the Statement of Additional Information relating to the proposed Reorganization, dated October  20, 2020 (the “Reorganization SAI”);

(2)    the audited financial statements and financial highlights and related independent registered public accounting firm’s report for the Acquiring Fund contained in the Acquiring Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended February  29, 2020 (File No.  811-05235); and

(3)      the audited financial statements and financial highlights and related independent registered public accounting firm’s report for the Target Fund contained in the Target Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended February  29, 2020 (File No. 811-22272).

No other parts of the Funds’ Annual Reports are incorporated by reference herein.

Copies of the foregoing may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 257-8787 or writing the Funds at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. If you wish to request a copy of the Reorganization SAI, please ask for the “California Municipal Value Fund Reorganization SAI.” In addition, each Fund will furnish, without charge, a copy of its most recent Annual Report or Semi-Annual Report to a shareholder upon request. Any such request should be directed to the Funds by calling (800) 257-8787 or by writing the Funds at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

The Funds are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and in accordance therewith file reports and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statements, registration statements and other information filed by the Funds, including the Registration Statement on Form N-14 relating to the common shares of the Acquiring Fund of which this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is a part, may be obtained through the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain copies of this information, with payment of a duplication fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov. Reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the Funds can be inspected at the offices of the NYSE, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus serves as a prospectus of the Acquiring Fund in connection with the issuance of the Acquiring Fund common shares in the Reorganization. In this connection, no person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and, if so given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.

 

iv


JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS

OCTOBER 20, 2020

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC. (NCA)

AND

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2 (NCB)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           Page  

PROPOSAL NO. 1—REORGANIZATION OF THE TARGET FUND INTO THE ACQUIRING FUND

     1  

A.

   SYNOPSIS      1  
  

Background and Reasons for the Reorganization

     1  
  

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

     2  
  

Comparison of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

     2  
  

Comparative Risk Information

     12  
  

Comparative Expense Information

     14  
  

Comparative Performance Information

     15  

B.

   RISK FACTORS      16  
  

General Risks of Investing in the Acquiring Fund

     16  

C.

   INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION      34  
  

General

     34  
  

Terms of the Reorganization

     35  
  

Reasons for the Reorganization

     37  
  

Capitalization

     40  
  

Expenses Associated with the Reorganization

     41  
  

Dissenting Shareholders’ Rights of Appraisal

     41  
  

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

     41  
  

Shareholder Approval

     44  
  

Description of Common Shares to Be Issued by the Acquiring Fund; Comparison to Target Fund

     45  
  

Affiliated Brokerage and Other Fees

     48  
  

Comparison of Massachusetts Business Trusts and Minnesota Corporations

     48  

D.

   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INVESTMENT POLICIES      55  
  

Comparison of the Investment Objectives and Policies of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

     55  
  

Portfolio Investments

     57  

PROPOSAL NO. 2—DOMICILE CHANGE (ACQUIRING FUND SHAREHOLDERS ONLY)

     66  
  

General

     66  
  

Terms of the Domicile Change

     67  
  

Certain Comparative Information About the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund

     68  
  

Comparison of Massachusetts Business Trusts and Minnesota Corporations

     69  
  

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences

     75  
  

Shareholder Approval

     76  

 

i


           Page  

PROPOSAL NO. 3—THE ELECTION OF BOARD MEMBERS (SHAREHOLDERS OF EACH FUND)

     77  
  

Board Nominees/Board Members

     78  
  

Board Member Investments in the Funds

     82  
  

Compensation

     83  
  

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

     85  
  

The Officers

     93  
  

Audit Committee Report

     98  
  

Audit and Related Fees

     99  
  

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

     100  
  

Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     100  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ACQUIRING FUND

     101  
  

Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation

     101  
  

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     102  
  

Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent

     103  
  

Federal Income Tax Matters Associated with Investment in the Acquiring Fund

     103  
  

California Tax Matters

     106  
  

Other State and Local Tax Matters

     106  
  

Net Asset Value

     106  
  

Legal Opinions

     107  
  

Experts

     107  

GENERAL INFORMATION

     108  
  

Outstanding Shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

     108  
  

Shareholders of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

     108  
  

Expenses of Proxy Solicitation

     109  
  

Shareholder Proposals

     109  
  

Shareholder Communications

     110  
  

Fiscal Year

     110  
  

Shareholder Report Delivery

     110  
  

Other Information

     111  

APPENDIX A—FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

     A-1  

APPENDIX B—FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION—DOMICILE CHANGE

     B-1  

APPENDIX C—FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     C-1  

APPENDIX D—FACTORS AFFECTING MUNICIPAL SECURITIES IN CALIFORNIA

     D-1  

 

ii


PROPOSAL NO. 1—REORGANIZATION OF THE TARGET FUND INTO THE ACQUIRING FUND

A. SYNOPSIS

The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus with respect to the proposed Reorganization. More complete information is contained elsewhere in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and in the Reorganization SAI and the appendices hereto and thereto. Shareholders should read the entire Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus carefully.

Background and Reasons for the Reorganization

The Target Fund’s Board has approved the Reorganization as part of an ongoing initiative to streamline Nuveen’s municipal closed-end fund line-up and eliminate overlapping products. Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“Nuveen Fund Advisors” or the “Adviser”), a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”) and the Funds’ investment adviser, recommended the Reorganization because the Target Fund was launched in 2009 in order to take advantage of investment opportunities presented by the financial crisis of 2008, but has been unable to achieve sufficient scale. The Target Fund’s Board considered the Reorganization in connection with this initiative and determined that the Reorganization would be in the best interests of the Target Fund. The Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund each invest primarily in investment grade municipal securities the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes.

Based on information provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors, the Target Fund’s Board believes that the Reorganization may benefit common shareholders of the Target Fund in a number of ways, including, among other things:

 

   

Target Fund shareholders will maintain exposure to state bonds where issuance remains diverse and robust;

 

   

The potential for higher common share net earnings due in part to operating economies from the combined fund’s greater scale;

 

   

Greater secondary market liquidity and improved secondary market trading for common shares as a result of the combined fund’s greater share volume, which may lead to narrower bid-ask spreads and smaller trade-to-trade price movements;

 

   

The potential for a narrower trading discount as a result of the Acquiring Fund’s shares trading at a discount that is historically lower than that of the Target Fund;

 

   

Increased portfolio flexibility due to the significantly larger asset base of the combined fund; and

 

   

Lower net operating expenses, as certain fixed costs are spread over a larger asset base and a lower effective management fee rate for shareholders of the combined fund due to the Acquiring Fund’s lower fund-level management fee rate.

Based on information provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors, the Acquiring Fund’s Board considered that the Acquiring Fund may benefit in the near term from a modest increase in operating efficiencies and may also experience modest secondary market benefits due to increased scale.

The closing of the Reorganization is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain closing conditions, which include customary closing conditions. In order for the Reorganization to occur, the


requisite shareholder approval must be obtained at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting. Because the closing of the Reorganization is contingent upon the Target Fund obtaining such shareholder approval and each Fund satisfying (or obtaining the waiver of) other closing conditions, it is possible that the Reorganization will not occur, even if shareholders of the Target Fund entitled to vote approve the Reorganization proposal. If the Reorganization is not consummated, the Target Fund’s Board may take such actions as it deems in the best interests of its Fund, including conducting additional solicitations with respect to the proposal or continuing to operate as a stand-alone fund. For a discussion of the Boards’ considerations regarding the approval of the Reorganization, see “Proposal No. 1—C. Information About the Reorganization—Reasons for the Reorganization.”

The Reorganization is not contingent on the approval of Proposal No. 2 relating to a change of domicile of the Acquiring Fund to a Massachusetts business trust. If shareholders of the Target Fund approve the Reorganization and the other conditions to closing are satisfied or waived, but shareholders of the Acquiring Fund do not approve the Domicile Change, the Target Fund will be reorganized into the Acquiring Fund, which will remain a Minnesota corporation.

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

As a non-waivable condition to closing, each Fund will receive an opinion of Vedder Price P.C., subject to certain representations, assumptions and conditions, substantially to the effect that the proposed Reorganization will qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Accordingly, it is expected that neither Fund will generally recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a direct result of the Reorganization. It is also expected that shareholders of the Target Fund who receive Acquiring Fund shares pursuant to the Reorganization will recognize no gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such exchange, except to the extent a common shareholder of the Target Fund receives cash in lieu of a fractional Acquiring Fund common share. Prior to the closing of the Reorganization, the Target Fund expects to declare a distribution to common shareholders of all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. All or a portion of such a distribution may be taxable to the Target Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Based on the Target Fund’s portfolio as of February 29, 2020, the Target Fund does not expect to sell a material portion of its portfolio (less than 5% of the assets of the Target Fund) prior to the Reorganization. To the extent that portfolio securities of the Target Fund are sold prior to the closing of the Reorganization, the Target Fund may realize gains or losses, which may increase or decrease the net capital gains or net investment income to be distributed by the Target Fund. See “Proposal No. 1—C. Information About the Reorganization—Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization.”

Comparison of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

General. The Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund are diversified, closed-end management investment companies. Set forth below is certain comparative information about the organization, capitalization and operation of the Funds.

Organization

 

Fund

   Organization Date   

State of Organization

  

Entity Type

Acquiring Fund

   July 15, 1987    State of Minnesota*    Corporation

Target Fund

   January 26, 2009    Commonwealth of Massachusetts    Business Trust

 

*

If Proposal No. 2 is approved by shareholders of the Acquiring Fund, the Acquiring Fund will change its domicile and type of entity to a Massachusetts business trust.

 

2


Capitalization—Common Shares(1)

 

Fund

   Authorized
Shares
     Shares
Outstanding
     Par Value
Per Share
     Preemptive,
Conversion
or Exchange
Rights
     Rights to
Cumulative
Voting
     Exchange
on which
Common
Shares are
Listed
 

Acquiring Fund

     250,000,000        28,090,999      $ 0.01        None        None        NYSE  

Target Fund

     Unlimited        3,302,961      $ 0.01        None        None        NYSE  

 

(1)

As of September 30, 2020. If the Domicile Change is consummated, the Acquiring Fund will have an unlimited number of authorized shares.

Investment Objectives and Policies. The Funds have substantially similar investment objectives and policies. Each Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Acquiring Fund’s secondary investment objective is to enhance portfolio value relative to the California municipal bond market by investing in tax-exempt California municipal securities that the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser believes are underrated or undervalued or that represent municipal market sectors that are undervalued. The Target Fund’s secondary investment objective is to enhance portfolio value and total return.

Each Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. Each Fund invests primarily in investment grade municipal securities exempt from regular federal and California income taxes and is permitted to invest up to 20% of its net assets in below investment grade municipal securities (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”).

The following summary compares the current principal investment policies and strategies of the Acquiring Fund to the current principal investment policies and strategies of the Target Fund as of the date of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

 

Acquiring Fund

 

Target Fund

  

Differences

Principal Investment Strategy:

 

Principal Investment Strategy:

  
As a fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income tax.   As a fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes.    Substantially identical.

Credit Quality:

 

Credit Quality:

  
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade securities.(1)   Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality.(1)    Identical.

 

3


Acquiring Fund

 

Target Fund

  

Differences

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade or are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser. No more than 10% of the Fund’s net assets may be invested in municipal securities rated below B3/B- by all nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO”) that rate the security or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser.   The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade or are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in municipal securities rated below B3/B- or that are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser; however, the Fund does not currently intend to invest more than 5% of its net assets in such municipal securities.    Substantially identical.

Out of State Municipal Securities:

 

Out of State Municipal Securities:

  
  The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that are exempt from regular federal income tax, but not from California income tax if, in the judgment of the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser, such purchases are expected to enhance the Fund’s after-tax total return potential.    Functionally identical. Although the Target Fund has a stated 20% limit on investments in out of state municipal securities, the Acquiring Fund is effectively subject to the same limit due to its 80% policy above.

Alternative Minimum Tax Policy:

 

Alternative Minimum Tax Policy:

  
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest that is taxable under the federal alternative minimum tax applicable to individuals.   The Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest that is taxable under the federal alternative minimum tax applicable to individuals.    Identical.

 

4


Acquiring Fund

 

Target Fund

  

Differences

Leverage:

 

Leverage:

  
As a fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Fund may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted by the 1940 Act, and invest in certain instruments, including inverse floating rate securities, that have the economic effect of financial leverage.   As a fundamental policy, the Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, the Fund may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted by the 1940 Act and invest in certain instruments, including inverse floating rate securities, that have the economic effect of financial leverage.    Substantially identical.
The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in inverse floating rate securities.   The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in residual interest bonds or inverse floating rate securities.   

Weighted Average Maturity Policy:

 

Weighted Average Maturity Policy:

  
The Fund will primarily invest in municipal securities with long-term maturities in order to maintain an effective maturity of at least 15 years, but it may be shortened or lengthened, depending on market conditions.   The Fund will generally invest in municipal securities with intermediate or long-term maturities. Initially, the Fund is expected to have a weighted average maturity of 15 to 30 years. The weighted average maturity of securities held by the Fund may be shortened or lengthened, depending on market conditions and on an assessment by the Fund’s portfolio manager of which segments of the municipal securities market offer the most favorable relative investment values and opportunities for tax-exempt income and total return.    Substantially identical. As of February 29, 2020, the weighted average effective maturity of the portfolio of the Acquiring Fund was 20.81 years and the weighted average effective maturity of the portfolio of the Target Fund was 20.14 years.

 

5


Acquiring Fund

 

Target Fund

  

Differences

Use of Derivatives:

 

Use of Derivatives:

  
The Fund may invest in certain derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including interest rate and credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts, or other derivative instruments. The Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser use derivatives to seek to enhance return, to hedge some of the risks of the Fund’s investments in municipal securities or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset.   The Fund may invest in certain derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including interest rate and credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts, or other derivative instruments. The Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser use derivatives to seek to enhance return, to hedge some of the risks of the Fund’s investments in municipal securities or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset.    Identical.

Distressed Securities:

 

Distressed Securities:

  
The Fund may not invest in the securities of an issuer which, at the time of investment, is in default on its obligations to pay principal or interest thereon when due or that is involved in a bankruptcy proceeding (i.e. rated below C-, at the time of investment); provided, however, that the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser may determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders in pursuing a workout arrangement with issuers of defaulted securities to make loans to the defaulted issuer or another party, or purchase a debt, equity or other interest from the defaulted issuer or another party, or take other related or similar steps involving the investment of additional monies, but only if that issuer’s securities are already held by the Fund.   The Fund may not invest in the securities of an issuer which, at the time of investment, is in default on its obligations to pay principal or interest thereon when due or that is involved in a bankruptcy proceeding (i.e. rated below C-, at the time of investment); provided, however, that the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser may determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders in pursuing a workout arrangement with issuers of defaulted securities to make loans to the defaulted issuer or another party, or purchase a debt, equity or other interest from the defaulted issuer or another party, or take other related or similar steps involving the investment of additional monies, but only if that issuer’s securities are already held by the Fund.    Identical.

 

6


Acquiring Fund

 

Target Fund

  

Differences

The Fund may invest in distressed securities.   The Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in distressed securities.    The Target Fund may not invest more than 10% of its net assets in distressed securities. The Acquiring Fund may invest in distressed securities but does not have a stated limit on such investments separate from its other credit quality policies.

Industry Concentration:

 

Industry Concentration:

  
The Fund will not invest more than 25% of its net assets in municipal securities in any one industry.   The Fund will not invest more than 25% of its net assets in municipal securities in any one industry.    Identical.

Other Investment Companies:

 

Other Investment Companies:

  
The Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly.   The Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including ETFs) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly.    Identical.

 

7


Acquiring Fund

 

Target Fund

  

Differences

Temporary Defensive Positions:

 

Temporary Defensive Positions:

  
The Fund may temporarily depart from its normal investment policies and strategies – for instance by allocating up to 100% of its assets to cash equivalents, short-term investments or municipal bonds that do not comply with the Fund’s name policy – in response to adverse or unusual market, economic political or other conditions. Such conditions could include a temporary decline in the availability of municipal bonds that comply with the Fund’s name policy. During these periods, the weighted average maturity of the Fund’s investment portfolio may fall below the defined range described above under “Weighted Average Maturity Policy” and the Fund may not achieve its investment objective to distribute income that is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes.   The Fund may temporarily depart from its normal investment policies and strategies – for instance by allocating up to 100% of its assets to cash equivalents, short-term investments or municipal bonds that do not comply with the Fund’s name policy – in response to adverse or unusual market, economic political or other conditions. Such conditions could include a temporary decline in the availability of municipal bonds that comply with the Fund’s name policy. During these periods, the weighted average maturity of the Fund’s investment portfolio may fall below the defined range described above under “Weighted Average Maturity Policy” and the Fund may not achieve its investment objective to distribute income that is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes.    Identical.

 

(1)

The Funds define investment grade quality securities as those that are, at the time of investment, either (i) rated by one of the NRSROs that rate such securities within the four highest letter grades (by Standard & Poor’s Group (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) (BBB- or better for S&P and Fitch and Baa3 or better for Moody’s)), or (ii) unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser. Investment grade securities may include securities that, at the time of investment, are rated below investment grade by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, so long as at least one NRSRO rates such securities within the four highest grades (such securities are commonly referred to as split-rated securities).

Credit Quality. A comparison of the credit quality(1) (as a percentage of total investment exposure, which includes the leveraged effect of the Funds’ investments in inverse floating rate securities of tender option bond trusts) of the portfolios of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund, as of February 29, 2020, is set forth below.

 

      Target
Fund
    Acquiring
Fund
 

Rating

   Percent of Portfolio  

U.S. Guaranteed

     5.6     5.2

AAA

     17.7     16.6

AA

     39.1     48.5

A

     18.8     13.9

 

8


      Target
Fund
    Acquiring
Fund
 

Rating

   Percent of Portfolio  

BBB

     7.5     4.5

BB or Lower

     5.2     6.5

N/R (not rated)

     6.1     4.8

 

(1)

Ratings shown are the highest rating given by one of the following national rating agencies: S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Credit ratings are subject to change. AAA, AA, A, and BBB are investment-grade ratings; BB or lower are below-investment-grade ratings. Certain bonds backed by U.S. government or agency securities are regarded as having an implied rating equal to the rating of such securities. Holdings designated N/R are not rated by these national rating agencies.

Board Members and Officers. The Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund have the same Board Members and officers. The management of each Fund, including general oversight of the duties performed by the Fund’s investment adviser under an investment management agreement between the investment adviser and such Fund (each, an “Investment Management Agreement”), is the responsibility of its Board. Each Fund currently has nine (9) Board Members, each of whom is not considered an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Pursuant to each Fund’s by-laws, the Board of the Fund is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III) with staggered multi-year terms, such that only the members of one of the three classes stand for election each year. The staggered board structure could delay for up to two years the election of a majority of the Board of each Fund. The Acquiring Fund’s board structure will remain in place following the closing of the Reorganization.

Investment Adviser. Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (previously defined as “Nuveen Fund Advisors” or the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to each Fund and is responsible for overseeing each Fund’s overall investment strategy, including the use of leverage, and its implementation. Nuveen Fund Advisors also is responsible for the ongoing monitoring of any sub-adviser to the Funds, managing each Fund’s business affairs and providing certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services to the Funds. Nuveen Fund Advisors is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

Nuveen Fund Advisors, a registered investment adviser, is a subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”), the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“TIAA”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of June 30, 2020, Nuveen managed approximately $1.05 trillion in assets, of which approximately $144.4 billion was managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, each Fund’s Investment Management Agreement with Nuveen Fund Advisors will remain in effect until August 1, 2021. Each Investment Management Agreement continues in effect from year to year so long as such continuation is approved at least annually by: (1) the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund; and (2) a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons of any party to the Investment Management Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each Investment Management Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by either the Fund or Nuveen Fund Advisors upon 60 days’ written notice and is automatically terminated in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

9


Pursuant to each Investment Management Agreement, each Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee for the overall advisory and administrative services and general office facilities provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors. Each Fund’s management fee consists of two components—a complex-level fee, based on the aggregate amount of all eligible fund assets of Nuveen-branded closed- and open-end registered investment companies organized in the U.S., and a specific fund-level fee, based only on the amount of assets of such Fund. This pricing structure enables the Funds’ shareholders to benefit from growth in assets within each individual Fund as well as from growth of complex-wide assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.

For the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the effective management fee rate of the Acquiring Fund, expressed as a percentage of average total daily net assets (including assets attributable to leverage), was approximately 0.4614%. For the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the effective management fee rate of the Target Fund, expressed as a percentage of average total daily net assets (including assets attributable to leverage), was approximately 0.5575%.

The annual fund-level fee for the Acquiring Fund, payable monthly, is 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the Fund, as well as 4.125% of the gross interest income (excluding interest on bonds underlying a “self-deposited inverse floater” trust that is attributed to the Fund over and above the net interest earned on the inverse floater itself) of the Fund.

The annual fund-level fee rate for the Target Fund, payable monthly, is calculated according to the following schedule:

Current Fund-Level Fee Schedule for the Target Fund

 

Average Total Daily Managed Assets*

   Fund-Level Fee Rate  

For the first $125 million

     0.4000

For the next $125 million

     0.3875

For the next $250 million

     0.3750

For the next $500 million

     0.3625

For the next $1 billion

     0.3500

For the next $3 billion

     0.3250

For managed assets over $5 billion

     0.3125

 

*

For this purpose, managed assets means the total assets of the Fund, minus the sum of its accrued liabilities (other than Fund liabilities incurred for the express purpose of creating leverage). Total assets for this purpose shall include assets attributable to the Fund’s use of effective leverage (whether or not those assets are reflected in the Fund’s financial statements for purposes of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles), such as, but not limited to, the portion of assets in tender option bond trusts of which the Fund owns the residual interest certificates that have been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate certificates.

The management fee compensates the Adviser for overall investment advisory and administrative services and general office facilities. Each Fund pays all of its other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Board Members (other than those affiliated with the Adviser), custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of issuing any preferred shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, listing fees and taxes, if any.

Each Fund also pays a complex-level fee to Nuveen Fund Advisors, which is payable monthly and is in addition to the fund-level fee. The complex-level fee is based on the aggregate daily amount

 

10


of eligible assets for all Nuveen-branded closed- and open-end registered investment companies organized in the U.S., as stated in the table below. As of February 29, 2020, the complex-level fee rate for each Fund was 0.1554%.

The annual complex-level fee for each Fund, payable monthly, is calculated by multiplying the current complex-wide fee rate, determined according to the following schedule by a Fund’s daily managed assets:

Complex-Level Fee Rates

 

Complex-Level Asset Breakpoint Level**

   Effective Rate
at Breakpoint
Level
 

$55 billion

     0.2000

$56 billion

     0.1996

$57 billion

     0.1989

$60 billion

     0.1961

$63 billion

     0.1931

$66 billion

     0.1900

$71 billion

     0.1851

$76 billion

     0.1806

$80 billion

     0.1773

$91 billion

     0.1691

$125 billion

     0.1599

$200 billion

     0.1505

$250 billion

     0.1469

$300 billion

     0.1445

 

**

For the complex-level fees, managed assets include closed-end fund assets managed by the Adviser that are attributable to certain types of leverage. For these purposes, leverage includes the funds’ use of preferred stock and borrowings and certain investments in the residual interest certificates (also called inverse floating rate securities) in tender option bond (TOB) trusts, including the portion of assets held by a TOB trust that has been effectively financed by the trust’s issuance of floating rate securities, subject to an agreement by the Adviser as to certain funds to limit the amount of such assets for determining managed assets in certain circumstances. The complex-level fee is calculated based upon the aggregate daily managed assets of all Nuveen open-end and closed-end funds that constitute “eligible assets.” Eligible assets do not include assets attributable to investments in other Nuveen funds or assets in excess of a determined amount (originally $2 billion) added to the Nuveen fund complex in connection with the Adviser’s assumption of the management of the former First American Funds effective January 1, 2011, but do include certain assets of certain Nuveen funds that were reorganized into funds advised by an affiliate of the Adviser during the 2019 calendar year.

Sub-Adviser. Nuveen Fund Advisors has selected its wholly owned subsidiary, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management” or the “Sub-Adviser”), located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, to serve as the sub-adviser to each of the Funds pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Nuveen Asset Management, a registered investment adviser, oversees day-to-day operations and manages the investment of the Funds’ assets on a discretionary basis, subject to the supervision of Nuveen Fund Advisors. Pursuant to each Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Asset Management is compensated for the services it provides to the Funds with a portion of the management fee Nuveen Fund Advisors receives from each Fund. Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management retain the right to reallocate investment advisory responsibilities and fees between themselves in the future.

For the services provided pursuant to the Acquiring Fund’s Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Fund Advisors pays Nuveen Asset Management a portfolio management fee, payable monthly, equal

 

11


to 71.4286% of the asset-based portion of the management fee (net of applicable breakpoints, waivers and reimbursements) paid by the Fund to Nuveen Fund Advisors. For the services provided pursuant to the Target Fund’s Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Fund Advisors pays Nuveen Asset Management a portfolio management fee, payable monthly, equal to 41.6667% of the management fee (net of applicable breakpoints, waivers and reimbursements) paid by the Fund to Nuveen Fund Advisors.

A discussion of the basis for the applicable Board’s most recent approval of each Fund’s current Investment Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement will be included in the Acquiring Fund’s and the Target Fund’s Semi-Annual Report for the semi-annual period ending August 31, 2020.

Portfolio Management. Subject to the supervision of Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management is responsible for execution of specific investment strategies and day-to-day investment operations for each Fund. Nuveen Asset Management manages the portfolios of the Funds using a team of analysts and a portfolio manager that focuses on a specific group of funds. Scott R. Romans, PhD is the portfolio manager of each Fund. Additional information regarding the portfolio manager’s compensation, other accounts managed and ownership of securities is contained in the Reorganization SAI. Mr. Romans assumed portfolio management responsibility for the Acquiring Fund in 2003 and for the Target Fund in 2009. Mr. Romans will manage the combined fund upon completion of the Reorganization.

Scott R. Romans, PhD, Managing Director of Nuveen Asset Management, joined Nuveen Investments in 2000 as a senior analyst in the education sector. In 2003, he was assigned management responsibility for several closed- and open-ended municipal bond funds. He is responsible for managing several state-specific, tax-exempt portfolios. He holds an undergraduate degree from the University of Pennsylvania and an MA and PhD from the University of Chicago.

Comparative Risk Information

Because the Funds have substantially similar investment strategies, the principal risks of each Fund are substantially similar. The principal risks of investing in the Acquiring Fund are described below. An investment in the Target Fund is also subject to each of these principal risks. The risks and special considerations listed below should be considered by shareholders of the Target Fund in their evaluation of the Reorganization.

 

   

Investment and Market Risks; Market Discount to Net Asset Value Risk. An investment in each Fund’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in common shares represents an indirect investment in the municipal securities owned by the Funds, which generally trade in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets. Your common shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.

 

   

Municipal Securities Risk. Special factors may adversely affect the value of municipal securities and have a significant effect on the yield or value of a Fund’s investments in municipal securities. These factors include economic conditions, political or legislative changes, regulatory developments or enforcement actions, uncertainties related to the tax status of municipal securities, or the rights of investors. Federal income tax law changes may affect the demand for and supply of municipal bonds, which may affect yields and other factors.

 

12


   

The outbreak of the novel coronavirus, known as COVID-19, in December 2019, and the resulting pandemic, has adversely impacted global commercial activity and has contributed to significant volatility in certain financial markets, including the municipal securities market. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the risks of the municipal securities market have been magnified. These risks have had, and will continue to have, a material adverse impact on local economies and therefore on the governments in those localities. These risks may also adversely affect several sectors of the municipal bond market, such as retirement facilities, transportation facilities such as airports, hospitals and colleges, among many others. All this has adversely affected the municipal securities market, and may continue to do so for an extended period.

 

   

Municipal Bond Market Liquidity Risk. Inventories of municipal bonds held by brokers and dealers have decreased in recent years, lessening their ability to make a market in these securities. This reduction in market making capacity has the potential to decrease a Fund’s ability to buy or sell bonds, and increase bond price volatility and trading costs, particularly during periods of economic or market stress such as that experienced in 2020 in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, changes to federal banking regulations may cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of municipal bonds, which may further decrease a Fund’s ability to buy or sell bonds. As a result, a Fund may be forced to accept a lower price to sell a security, to sell other securities to raise cash, or to give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If a Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices and hurt performance.

 

   

High Yield Securities Risk. High yield securities, which are rated below investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” are speculative and high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for a Fund. They generally have greater credit risk, involve greater risks of default, downgrade, or price declines, are less liquid and have more volatile prices than investment-grade securities. Issuers of high yield securities are less financially strong, are more likely to encounter financial difficulties, and are more vulnerable to adverse market events and negative sentiments than issuers with higher credit ratings.

 

   

Issuer Credit Risk. This is the risk that a security in a Fund’s portfolio will fail to make dividend or interest payments when due. Investments in lower rated securities are subject to higher risks than investments in higher rated securities. Because the Funds may invest in lower rated municipal securities, they are susceptible to issuer credit risk.

 

   

Interest Rate Risk. Fixed-income securities such as bonds, preferred, convertible and other debt securities will decline in value if market interest rates rise.

 

   

Reinvestment Risk. If market interest rates decline, income earned from a Fund’s portfolio may be reinvested at rates below that of the original bond that generated the income. A decline in income could negatively affect the market price of a Fund’s shares or a shareholder’s returns.

 

   

Call Risk or Prepayment Risk. Issuers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing a Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities.

 

13


   

Tax Risk. The tax treatment of the Funds and their distributions may be affected by new Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) interpretations of the Code and future changes in tax laws and regulations. In addition, because the interest income from the municipal securities held by the Funds is normally not subject to federal income tax, the attractiveness of municipal securities in relation to other investment alternatives is affected by changes in the tax-exempt status of interest income from municipal securities. Any proposed or actual changes in such exempt status, therefore, can significantly affect the demand for and supply, liquidity and marketability of municipal securities. This could in turn affect a Fund’s net asset value and ability to acquire and dispose of municipal securities at desirable yield and price levels. Additionally, neither Fund is a suitable investment for individual retirement accounts, other tax-exempt or tax-advantaged accounts or investors who are not sensitive to the federal income tax consequences of their investments.

 

   

Inverse Floater Risk. The Funds may invest in inverse floaters. Due to their leveraged nature, these investments can greatly increase a Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, investments in inverse floaters involve the risk that the Fund could lose more than its original principal amount.

 

   

Derivatives Risk. The Funds may use derivative instruments which involve a high degree of financial risk, including the risk that the loss on a derivative may be greater than the principal amount invested.

 

   

Single State Risk. The Funds concentrate their investment portfolio in California state-specific municipal securities. Accordingly, the Funds are subject to single state risk, meaning they are susceptible to political, economic or regulatory factors affecting issuers of California municipal bonds. See Appendix D to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus for a further discussion of factors affecting municipal securities in California.

The principal risks of investing in the Acquiring Fund are described in more detail below.

Comparative Expense Information

The purpose of the Comparative Fee Table is to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses of investing in common shares of the Funds. The information in the table reflects the fees and expenses for each Fund’s fiscal year ended February 29, 2020 and the pro forma expenses for the twelve months ended February 29, 2020 for the combined fund following the Reorganization. The assets of the Funds will vary based on market conditions and other factors and may vary significantly during volatile market conditions such as those experienced during the first half of 2020 arising from the public health crisis caused by the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19.

The figures in the Example are not necessarily indicative of past or future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. The Funds’ actual rates of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the Example.

 

14


Comparative Fee Table(1)

 

     Target
Fund
    Acquiring
Fund
    Nuveen California
Municipal Value
Fund, Inc. Pro
Forma
 

Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable
to common shares)

      

Management Fees

     0.56     0.46     0.46

Other Expenses

     0.15     0.06     0.06 %(2) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses

     0.71     0.52     0.52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares) for each Fund are based on the expenses of the Funds for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020. Annual Expenses (as a percentage attributable to common shares) for the Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. Pro Forma are based on the expenses of the Funds for the twelve months ended February 29, 2020.

(2)

Other Expenses are estimated based on actual expenses from the prior fiscal year.

Example: The following examples illustrate the expenses that a common shareholder would pay on a $1,000 investment that is held for the time periods provided in the table. The examples assume that all dividends and other distributions are reinvested and that Total Annual Expenses remain the same. The examples also assume a 5% annual return. The examples should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

Target Fund

   $ 7      $ 23      $ 40      $ 88  

Acquiring Fund

   $ 5      $ 17      $ 29      $ 65  

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. Pro Forma

   $ 5      $ 17      $ 29      $ 65  

Comparative Performance Information

Comparative total return performance for the Funds for periods ended February 29, 2020:

 

     Average Annual Total Return
on Net Asset Value
    Average Annual Total Return
on Market Value
 
     One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
    One
Year
    Five
Years
    Ten
Years
 

Acquiring Fund

     12.63     4.89     5.90     14.67     3.62     6.04

Target Fund

     12.52     4.60     6.01     2.31     4.12     6.18

Average Annual Total Return on Net Asset Value is the combination of changes in common share net asset value, reinvested dividend income at net asset value and reinvested capital gains distributions at net asset value, if any. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending net asset value. The actual reinvestment price for the last dividend declared in the period may often be based on the Fund’s market price (and not its net asset value), and therefore may be different from the price used in the calculation. Average Annual Total Return on Market Value is the combination of changes in the market price per share and the effect of reinvested dividend income and reinvested capital gains distributions, if any, at the average price paid per share at the time of reinvestment. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending market price. The actual reinvestment for the last dividend declared in the period may take place over several days, and in some instances it may not be based on the market price, so the actual reinvestment price may be different from the price used in the calculation. Past performance information is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

15


B. RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Acquiring Fund may not be appropriate for all investors. The Acquiring Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Acquiring Fund will achieve its investment objectives. Investors should consider their long-term investment goals and financial needs when making an investment decision with respect to shares of the Acquiring Fund. An investment in the Acquiring Fund is intended to be a long-term investment, and you should not view the Fund as a trading vehicle. Your shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions, if applicable.

Because the Funds have substantially similar investment strategies, the Funds’ principal risks are substantially similar. The principal risks of investing in the Acquiring Fund are described below. The risks and special considerations listed below should be considered by shareholders of each Fund in their evaluation of the Reorganization.

General Risks of Investing in the Acquiring Fund

Investment Risk. An investment in the Acquiring Fund’s shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in the shares of the Acquiring Fund represents an indirect investment in the municipal securities owned by the Fund. Your shares at any point in time may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of dividends and distributions, if applicable. In addition, the ability of municipalities to collect revenue and service their obligations could be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn or prolonged recession. Investors bear a risk of loss to the extent that the price at which they sell their shares is lower in relation to the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value than at the time of purchase, assuming a stable net asset value. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Acquiring Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

Credit and Below-Investment-Grade Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more municipal securities in the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or the issuer thereof will fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. In general, lower-rated municipal securities carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative impact on the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value or dividends. Credit risk is increased when a portfolio security is downgraded or the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer deteriorates. If a downgrade occurs, the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser will consider what action, including the sale of the security, is in the best interests of the Acquiring Fund and its shareholders. Municipal securities of below-investment-grade quality, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due, and they are more susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments than investment-grade municipal securities. Also, to the extent that the rating assigned to a municipal security in the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio is downgraded by any NRSRO, the market price and liquidity of such security may be adversely affected. The market values for municipal securities of below-investment-grade quality tend to be volatile, and these securities are less liquid than

 

16


investment-grade municipal securities. For these reasons, an investment in the Acquiring Fund, compared with a portfolio consisting predominately or solely of investment-grade securities, may experience the following:

 

   

increased price sensitivity resulting from a deteriorating economic environment and/or changing interest rates;

 

   

greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality;

 

   

adverse issuer-specific events that are more likely to render the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments; and

 

   

the possibility that a negative perception of the below-investment-grade market develops, resulting in the price and liquidity of below-investment-grade securities becoming depressed, and this negative perception could last for a significant period of time.

Adverse changes in economic conditions are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of a below-investment-grade issuer to make principal payments and interest payments compared to an investment-grade issuer. The principal amount of below-investment-grade securities outstanding has proliferated in the past decade as an increasing number of issuers have used below-investment-grade securities for financing. An economic downturn may severely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. In the event of an economic downturn, with decreased tax and other revenue streams of municipal issuers, or in the event interest rates rise sharply, increasing the interest cost on variable rate instruments and negatively impacting economic activity, the number of defaults by below-investment-grade municipal issuers would likely increase. Similarly, prolonged downturns in profitability in specific industries could adversely affect private activity bonds. The market values of lower-quality debt securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher-quality securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Factors having an adverse impact on the market value of lower-quality securities may have an adverse impact on the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value and the market value of its common shares. In addition, the Acquiring Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In certain circumstances, the Acquiring Fund may be required to foreclose on an issuer’s assets and take possession of its property or operations. In such circumstances, the Acquiring Fund would incur additional costs in disposing of such assets, potential liabilities from operating any business acquired and possibly a loss of its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

The secondary market for below-investment-grade securities may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities, a factor that may have an adverse effect on the Acquiring Fund’s ability to dispose of a particular security. There are fewer dealers in the market for below-investment-grade municipal securities than the market for investment-grade municipal securities. The prices quoted by different dealers for below-investment-grade municipal securities may vary significantly, and the spread between the bid and ask price is generally much larger for below-investment-grade municipal securities than for higher-quality instruments. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for below-investment-grade securities could contract, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and these instruments may become illiquid. As a result, the Acquiring Fund could find it more difficult to sell

 

17


these securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value.

Issuers of such below-investment-grade securities are typically highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing. Therefore, the risk associated with acquiring the securities of such issuers generally is greater than is the case with higher rated securities. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of below-investment-grade securities may experience financial stress. During such periods, such issuers may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations also may be adversely affected by specific developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss from default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of below-investment-grade securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors of the issuer. Prices and yields of below-investment-grade securities will fluctuate over time and, during periods of economic uncertainty, volatility of below-investment-grade securities may adversely affect the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value. In addition, investments in below-investment- grade zero coupon bonds rather than income-bearing below-investment-grade securities, may be more speculative and may be subject to greater fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates.

Investments in lower rated or unrated securities may present special tax issues for the Acquiring Fund, including when the issuers of these securities default on their obligations pertaining thereto.

Municipal Securities Market Risk. Investing in the municipal securities market involves certain risks. The municipal securities market is one in which dealer firms make markets in bonds on a principal basis using their proprietary capital, and during periods of market turmoil these firms’ capital may be severely constrained. As a result, under such conditions, some firms may be unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer for municipal securities. The amount of public information available about the municipal securities in the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the Acquiring Fund’s investment performance may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser than if the Fund were to invest in stocks or taxable bonds. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below-investment-grade securities in which the Acquiring Fund may invest, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell its municipal securities at attractive prices or at prices approximating those at which the Fund values them from time to time. Municipal securities may contain redemption provisions, which may allow the securities to be called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity, potentially resulting in the distribution of principal and a reduction in subsequent interest distributions.

The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or by referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest or impose other constraints on the enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Further, some state and local governments have been and in the future may be subject to direct ballot referenda that could limit their financial flexibility, or their ability to levy taxes or raise tax revenues, which may adversely affect the marketability of notes and bonds issued by those state and

 

18


local governments. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under the bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, the Acquiring Fund could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and the Fund may not, in all circumstances, be able to collect all principal and interest to which it is entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Acquiring Fund may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Fund’s operating expenses. Any income derived from the Acquiring Fund’s ownership or operation of such assets may not be tax-exempt and may not be of the type that would allow the Fund to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those associated with municipal securities generally, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. These bonds are generally non-recourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest the amount of which changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments that, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Additionally, unusually high rates of default on the underlying mortgage loans may reduce revenues available for the payment of principal or interest on such mortgage revenue bonds.

U.S. federal income tax law changes may affect the demand for and supply of municipal bonds, which may affect yields and other factors.

The outbreak of the novel coronavirus, known as COVID-19, in December 2019, and the resulting pandemic, has adversely impacted global commercial activity and has contributed to significant volatility in certain financial markets, including the municipal bond market. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the risks of the municipal securities market have been magnified. These risks have had, and will continue to have, a material adverse impact on local economies and therefore on the governments in those localities. These risks may also adversely affect several sectors of the municipal bond market, such as retirement facilities, transportation facilities such as airports, hospitals and colleges, among many others. All this has adversely affected the municipal securities market, and may continue to do so for an extended period.

Although the detection of COVID-19 in China was made public in December 2019, U.S. securities markets did not start to fully acknowledge the risks and potential economic impact until the latter portion of February 2020, when outbreaks outside of China were first reported. Certain parts of the municipal bond markets experienced significant volatility and drops in values, particularly below-investment grade municipal bonds. It is possible that similar market dislocations will recur as the COVID-19 pandemic continues, which may adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments.

The impact of the outbreak is rapidly evolving, and many countries, including the United States, have reacted by instituting quarantines, prohibitions on travel and the closure of offices, businesses, schools, retail stores and other public venues. Businesses are also implementing similar precautionary measures. Such measures, as well as the general uncertainty surrounding the dangers and impact of COVID-19, are creating significant disruption in supply chains and economic activity and are having a particularly adverse impact on transportation, hospitality, tourism, entertainment and other

 

19


industries. As a result, the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect the bonds of municipalities that depend on tax or other revenues generated by tourist dollars. Additionally, the economic disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may negatively impact state and local budgetary matters, as states and municipalities may be more likely to run budget deficits (or larger deficits) during the period of economic contraction stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Special Risks Related to Certain Municipal Obligations. Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event that the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover the Acquiring Fund’s original investment. In the event of non-appropriation, the issuer would be in default and taking ownership of the assets may be a remedy available to the Acquiring Fund, although the Fund does not anticipate that such a remedy would normally be pursued. To the extent that the Acquiring Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Acquiring Fund may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificates of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation also entail a risk of default or bankruptcy, both of the issuer of the municipal lease and also the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in tobacco settlement bonds. Tobacco settlement bonds are municipal securities that are backed solely by expected revenues to be derived from lawsuits involving tobacco related deaths and illnesses which were settled between certain states and American tobacco companies. Tobacco settlement bonds are secured by an issuing state’s proportionate share in the Master Settlement Agreement (the “MSA”). The MSA is an agreement, reached out of court in November 1998 between 46 states and nearly all of the U.S. tobacco manufacturers. Under the terms of the MSA, the actual amount of future settlement payments by tobacco manufacturers is dependent on many factors, including, but not limited to, annual domestic cigarette shipments, reduced cigarette consumption, increased taxes on cigarettes, inflation, financial capability of tobacco companies, continuing litigation and the possibility of tobacco manufacturer bankruptcy. Payments made by tobacco manufacturers could be negatively impacted if the decrease in tobacco consumption is significantly greater than the forecasted decline.

Municipal Bond Market Liquidity Risk. Inventories of municipal bonds held by brokers and dealers have decreased in recent years, lessening their ability to make a market in these securities. This reduction in market making capacity has the potential to decrease the Acquiring Fund’s ability to buy

 

20


or sell bonds, and increase bond price volatility and trading costs, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. In addition, recent changes to federal banking regulations may cause certain dealers to reduce their inventories of municipal bonds, which may further decrease the Acquiring Fund’s ability to buy or sell bonds. As a result, the Acquiring Fund may be forced to accept a lower price to sell a security, to sell other securities to raise cash, or to give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If the Acquiring Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices and hurt performance.

State Concentration Risk. The Acquiring Fund invests its net assets in a portfolio of municipal securities that are exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Acquiring Fund is therefore more susceptible to adverse political, economic or regulatory events affecting issuers of such securities. The information is intended to give a recent historical description and is not intended to indicate future or continuing trends in the financial or other positions of the State of California.

It should be noted that the information recorded here primarily is based on the economic and budget forecasts found in certain recent publications issued by California. The accuracy and completeness of those publications have not been independently verified. There may be significant changes in circumstances altering the economic and budget predictions since the time of those publications or after the publication of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Additionally, it should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local California issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State of California, and that there is no obligation on the part of the State of California to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

California is the most populous state in the United States with an estimated population of 39.5 million in 2019 or 12.1% of the United States population. California is divided into 58 counties, 482 incorporated cities, and thousands of special districts. It is also the third largest state by area after Alaska and Texas.

California’s $2.79 trillion economy is the largest in the United States, representing 14.6% of the U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), and on a stand-alone basis would be the fifth largest in the world according to the International Monetary Fund. According to the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis, the State’s GDP grew 2.6% from 2018 to 2019 as compared to 2.3% for the United States as a whole. The State’s economy is diverse and generally mirrors the nation’s economic composition with a higher concentration in the information technology sector as compared to the United States. Though diverse, California’s economy has historically displayed more volatility than the nation as a whole. After experiencing a deep recession due to the deterioration of the housing market, the Department of Finance reports, “February 2020 marked the tenth year of job expansion in California since the recessionary low of 14.2 million jobs in February 2010.” Total non-farm employment for California was 17.45 million in March 2020, representing a year-over-year increase of 143,000 jobs. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, in February 2020, California continued to record monthly job gains for 120 consecutive months. As a result, the State’s unemployment rate improved to a low of 3.9% (seasonally adjusted) as of February 2020, down from its peak of 12.3% as of November 2010, but still above the national average of 3.5% for the same period. On March 4, 2020, Governor Newsom declared a state of emergency to respond to the outbreak of the novel coronavirus called COVID-19. Efforts to slow the spread of COVID-19, such as shelter in place and business closures, has severely impacted the State’s economy, resulting in more than 4.7 million unemployment insurance claims from March 14 to May 9, 2020. As of March 2020, California’s unemployment rate rose to 5.3% (versus 14.7% for the United States during the same time period). The Department of Finance projects a 2020 unemployment rate of 18%, with a 25% peak.

 

21


According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis, California’s per capita income for 2019 ranks fifth highest among the 50 states. At $66,661 for calendar year 2019, it is 118% of the national average. California’s per capita personal income increased 4.6% year over year, exceeding the nation’s 3.9% increase during the same period. California’s poverty rate of 14.3%, improved over prior year’s 15.2% but still exceeds the national average of 14.1% for 2019. The State’s population continues to grow, increasing 6.7% since 2010.

Historically, California’s tax revenues have been more volatile than most states due to its steep personal income tax structure, which results in a reliance on a small number of taxpayers for a large share of tax revenues. With the passage of Proposition 30 and Proposition 55, which temporarily increased State sales and income taxes, recent budgets have been structurally balanced and allowed for transfers into a more stringent rainy day fund. The fiscal year 2020 enacted budget totaled $142.7 billion, approximately 3.6% higher than the revised estimate for fiscal year 2019. Since the State finished its 11th year of economic expansion, six years longer than the average state’s recovery, the Governor continued to prepare for the next economic downturn by bolstering its reserves and paying down its debt in order to withstand future revenue loss.

The 2020-21 May Revision to the budget looks substantially different from the Governor’s January Budget Proposal due to the negative economic impact from COVID-19. The May Revision calls for a reduction in General Fund spending to $133.8 billion, a 9.4% decline from the enacted 2019-2020 Budget Act and 12.5 % lower than the Governor’s January Budget Proposal. The May Revision projects a $54 billion deficit and projects to fill the gap mainly with reserves, federal funds, and various spending cuts across the board. It also projects to draw down its Rainy Day Fund by $7.8 billion in fiscal year 2021 and reverse a proposed prepayment of pension obligations.

According to Moody’s, California has more net tax supported debt outstanding than any other state at $84.8 billion (excluding pension obligations). Although on a per capita basis, the State ranks twelfth in the nation at $2,147 (versus the Moody’s median of $1,071) as of 2019. In addition to its outstanding debt, California also has authorized but unissued debt totaling approximately $33.6 billion of general obligation bonds and $7.2 billion of lease revenue bonds as of January 1, 2020. The State of California General Obligation bonds carry an Aa2 rating by Moody’s, a AA- rating by S&P and a AA rating by Fitch.

California is the largest issuer of municipal debt among the 50 state issuers, issuing a total of $58.2 billion for the twelve month period ending April 30, 2020. This is a 10.7% increase from the same period the prior year. Nationally, issuance totaled $431 billion for the same period, a 20.9% increase from the prior year.

California’s two largest pension plans, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (CalPERS) and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (CalSTRs) had funded ratios of 69.5% and 66%, respectively, as of June 30, 2018. In December 2016, the CalPERS Board voted to lower the assumed rate of return from 7.5% to 7%, to be phased in over three years beginning in 2018. The result is an increase in the State’s unfunded liability, which increases required contributions. Additionally, in February 2018, the CalPERS board voted to shorten the amortization period from 30 years to 20 years for new pension liabilities, effective June 30, 2019. The change results in a more rapid pay down of unfunded pension liabilities. The 2017-2018 State Budget included a one-time $6 billion supplemental payment to CalPERS to be funded through an internal cash loan from the Surplus Money Investment Fund, which will reduce the unfunded liability and is estimated to save the

 

22


State approximately $4.8 billion over the next 20 years. The 2019-20 State budget also includes a supplemental payment of $2.9 billion to CalSTRS, which is estimated to save $7.4 billion over the next three decades. In February 2017, the CalSTRs Board also approved a reduction of its assumed rate of return from 7.5% to 7%, to be phased in 2018 and 2019. The State’s Other Post Employment Benefits (“OPEB”) liability remains large and unfunded at an estimated $85.59 billion as of June 30, 2018, down from $91 billion a year earlier. The State established the California Employers’ Retiree Benefit Trust Fund to prefund OPEB liability and has an approximately $874 million balance as of June 30, 2018.

California’s political landscape has often led to governmental difficulties, including the adoption of the state budget. Additionally, California’s voter initiative process has resulted in several initiatives that have restricted the taxing ability of the State and its political subdivisions, including Proposition 13. Other mandates have required the State and its political subdivisions to incur certain expenses, further restricting their financial flexibility. Furthermore, unanticipated initiatives that could impact the financial health of the State or its political subdivisions may be adopted in the future. The State and its political subdivisions may also face increasing financial pressure from costs relating to pensions and other post- employment benefits for government employees.

This information and the information in Appendix D are derived from sources generally available to investors and have not been independently verified. See Appendix D to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus for a further discussion of factors affecting municipal securities in California.

Interest Rate Risk. Generally, when market interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the municipal securities in the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. As interest rates decline, issuers of municipal securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Acquiring Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities and potentially reducing the Fund’s income. As interest rates increase, slower-than- expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking-in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Acquiring Fund’s value. In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term municipal securities generally fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term municipal securities as interest rates change. Because the Acquiring Fund primarily invests in longer-term municipal securities, the common share net asset value and market price per share will fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Acquiring Fund invested primarily in shorter-term municipal securities. Because the values of lower-rated and comparable unrated debt securities are affected both by credit risk and interest rate risk, the price movements of such lower grade securities typically have not been highly correlated to the fluctuations of the prices of investment-grade-quality securities in response to changes in market interest rates. There may be less governmental intervention in the securities markets in the near future. The negative impact on fixed-income securities if interest rates increase as a result could negatively impact the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value.

Income Risk. The Acquiring Fund’s income is based primarily on the interest it earns from its investments, which can vary widely over the short-term and long-term. If interest rates drop, the Acquiring Fund’s income available over time to make dividend payments could drop as well if the Fund purchases securities with lower interest coupons.

Call Risk or Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates or for other purposes, issuers of callable bonds with higher interest coupons may exercise their option to “call” (or prepay) bonds before their maturity date, forcing the Acquiring Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities.

 

23


Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that the income from the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called bonds at market interest rates that are below the current earnings rate of the Fund’s portfolio. A decline in income could affect the ability of the Acquiring Fund to pay dividends on its common shares, as well as the common shares’ market price or overall returns.

Economic Sector Risk. The Acquiring Fund may invest a significant portion of its total assets in municipal securities in the same economic sector. This may make the Acquiring Fund more susceptible to adverse economic, political or regulatory occurrences affecting an economic sector. As concentration increases, so does the potential for fluctuation in the value of the Acquiring Fund’s assets. In addition, the Acquiring Fund may invest a significant portion of its net assets in certain sectors of the municipal securities market, such as hospitals and other health care facilities, charter schools and other private educational facilities, special taxing districts and start-up utility districts, as well as private activity bonds, including industrial development bonds on behalf of transportation companies such as airline companies, whose credit quality and performance may be more susceptible to economic, business, political, regulatory and other developments than other sectors of municipal issuers. If the Acquiring Fund invests a significant portion of its net assets in the sectors noted above, the Fund’s performance may be subject to additional risk and variability. To the extent that the Acquiring Fund focuses its net assets in the hospital and healthcare facilities sector, for example, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with such sector, including adverse government regulation and reduction in reimbursement rates, as well as government approval of products and services and intense competition. Securities issued with respect to special taxing districts will be subject to various risks, including real-estate development related risks and taxpayer concentration risk. Further, the fees, special taxes or tax allocations and other revenues established to secure the obligations of securities issued with respect to special taxing districts are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. Charter schools and other private educational facilities are subject to various risks, including the reversal of legislation authorizing or funding charter schools, the failure to renew or secure a charter, the failure of a funding entity to appropriate necessary funds and competition from alternatives such as voucher programs. Issuers of municipal utility securities can be significantly affected by government regulation, financing difficulties, supply and demand of services or fuel and natural resource conservation. The transportation sector, including airports, airlines, ports and other transportation facilities, can be significantly affected by changes in the economy, fuel prices, labor relations, insurance costs and government regulation.

Inflation Risk. Inflation is the reduction in the purchasing power of money resulting from the increase in the price of goods and services. Inflation risk is the risk that the inflation-adjusted (or “real”) value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future. As inflation increases, the real value of common shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any period of rising inflation, interest rates on borrowings would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to common shareholders.

Deflation Risk. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation risk. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio.

 

24


Tender Option Bond Regulatory Risk. The federal banking regulators, the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) in recent years have adopted rules and regulations that have impacted or may impact tender option bond trusts (referred to herein as “TOB trusts”) and securities issued by such trusts, including most notably the so-called “Volcker Rule,” added to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 with the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Volcker Rule places certain restrictions on the ability of any “banking entity” to sponsor, acquire interests in and engage in certain activities with a TOB trust. As a result, certain activities to support the remarketing of floating rate certificates undertaken by banking entities, in their role as remarketing agents or liquidity providers to TOB trusts, before the compliance date for the Volcker Rule are no longer permitted under the standard TOB trust structure. To be compliant with the Volcker Rule, the standard TOB trust structure has been modified since the rule’s adoption (1) to shift certain rights and responsibilities from the remarketing agent and liquidity provider to the owners of the inverse floating rate securities such as the Acquiring Fund itself, and (2) to change the way in which liquidity is provided to support remarketing of the floating rate securities. Holders of inverse floating rate securities, including the Acquiring Fund, may delegate many of these responsibilities to a third-party administrator, which would generate additional costs relative to the standard TOB trust structure. The total impact of these modifications remains to be fully seen, but the operational and structural changes associated with these modifications may make early unwinds of TOB trusts in adverse market scenarios more likely, may make the use of TOB trusts more expensive and, overall, may make it more difficult to use TOB trusts to effectively leverage municipal investments to the extent that the Acquiring Fund may desire. In addition, these modifications have raised or may raise other regulatory issues that may require further refinement to the structure, may impede the future use of TOB trusts as a means of financing leverage, or may increase future costs of TOB-based leverage.

Inverse Floating Rate Securities Risk. Typically, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in TOB trusts that hold municipal bonds. In general, income on inverse floating rate securities will decrease when interest rates increase and increase when interest rates decrease. Investments in inverse floating rate securities may subject the Acquiring Fund to the risks of reduced or eliminated interest payments and losses of principal in respect of the underlying municipal bonds.

In the case of certain TOB trusts, neither the holders of the associated floating rate securities nor the TOB trust itself have recourse to the holder of the inverse floating rate securities for losses on the underlying municipal bonds. In that case, the risk of loss to the Acquiring Fund generally is limited to its investment in such securities. However, in certain circumstances and in the Sub-Adviser’s discretion, the Acquiring Fund may enter into a recourse arrangement with the liquidity provider to a TOB trust in the form of a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement by which the Acquiring Fund will agree to reimburse the liquidity provider for any amounts paid by it under the liquidity facility. The Acquiring Fund may enter into such recourse agreements: (1) when the liquidity provider to the TOB trust requires such an agreement because the level of leverage in the trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing to support absent such an agreement; and/or (2) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the trust in the event that the underlying municipal bond held in the trust has declined in value to the point where it may cease to exceed the face amount of outstanding short-term floaters. Such an agreement would require the Acquiring Fund to reimburse the liquidity provider, among other amounts, upon termination of the TOB trust for the shortfall of the liquidation value of the bonds held in the trust relative to the amount of principal and unpaid interest due to the holders of floating rate securities. In such instances, the Acquiring Fund may be at risk of loss that exceeds its investment in the inverse floating rate securities.

 

25


Inverse floating rate securities may increase or decrease in value at a greater rate than the underlying municipal bonds, which effectively leverages the Acquiring Fund’s investment. As a result, the market value of such securities generally will be more volatile than that of otherwise comparable municipal bonds held on an unleveraged basis outside a TOB trust.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by TOB trusts in which the liquidity provider has recourse to the Fund (a “recourse TOB trust”) to the extent that the value of the bonds deposited in the TOB trust may fall in value below the principal amount of the short-term floating rate securities issued by that trust. The inverse floating rate securities issued by such recourse TOB trusts may be highly leveraged. The structure and degree to which the Acquiring Fund’s inverse floating rate securities are highly leveraged will vary based upon a number of factors, including the size of the trust itself and the terms of the underlying municipal bonds. An inverse floating rate security generally is considered highly leveraged if the ratio of (1) the principal amount of the short-term floating rate securities issued by the TOB trust to (2) the principal amount of that TOB trust’s inverse floating rate securities equals or exceeds 3:1. In the event of a significant decline in the value of an underlying municipal bond held in a recourse TOB trust, the Acquiring Fund may suffer losses in excess of the amount of its investment in the inverse floating securities (typically up to an amount equal to the outstanding face amount of such municipal bonds) as a result of liquidating the trust.

The Acquiring Fund’s investment in inverse floating rate securities will create effective leverage, used in pursuit of increased common share net income and returns. But such effective leverage could reduce common share income (such as if the interest rate paid on the short-term floating rate securities were to exceed the interest rate being received on the municipal bonds underlying the TOB trust, net of trust expenses, for a meaningful period of time), and could also diminish common share long-term returns (such as if the value of the municipal bonds underlying the TOB trust were to decline in value by more than any positive differential between the income being earned on those underlying bonds, net of trust expenses, relative to the interest being paid to the holders of the short- term floating rate securities issued by that trust).

The amount of fees paid to the Adviser (which in turn pays a portion of its fees to the Sub-Adviser) for investment advisory services will be higher when the Acquiring Fund uses leverage because the advisory fees are calculated based on the Fund’s managed assets. This may create an incentive for the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser to leverage the Fund.

Inverse floating rate securities have varying degrees of liquidity based, among other things, upon the liquidity of the underlying municipal bonds deposited in the TOB trust.

The leverage attributable to inverse floating rate securities may be “called away” on relatively short notice and therefore may be less permanent than more traditional forms of leverage. In certain circumstances, the likelihood of an increase in the volatility of net asset value and market price of the common shares may be greater for a fund (like the Acquiring Fund) that relies primarily on inverse floating rate securities to achieve a desired effective leverage ratio. The Acquiring Fund may be required to sell its inverse floating rate securities at less than favorable prices or to liquidate other portfolio holdings in certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

If the Acquiring Fund has a need to reduce leverage by reducing or eliminating the amount of short-term floating rate securities issued by a TOB trust and the municipal bonds in the TOB trust are not actively trading due to adverse market conditions; or

 

26


   

If the value of an underlying municipal bond declines significantly (to a level below the notional value of the floating rate securities issued by the TOB trust) and if additional collateral has not been posted by the Acquiring Fund.

There is no assurance that the Acquiring Fund’s strategy of investing in inverse floating rate securities will be successful.

Leverage Risk. Leverage risk is the risk associated with the use of borrowings, the issuance of preferred shares or the use of inverse floating rate securities to leverage the common shares. There can be no assurance that the Acquiring Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful. Through the use of leverage, the Acquiring Fund seeks to enhance potential common share earnings over time by typically sourcing leverage with costs based upon short-term interest rates and investing at long-term municipal rates which are typically, although not always, higher. Because the long-term municipal securities in which the Acquiring Fund invests generally pay fixed rates of interest while the Fund’s costs of leverage generally fluctuate with short- to intermediate-term yields, the incremental earnings from leverage will vary over time. However, the Acquiring Fund may use derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, to fix the effective rate paid on all or a portion of the Fund’s leverage in an effort to lower leverage costs over an extended period. The income benefit from leverage will be reduced (increased) to the extent that the difference narrows (widens) between the net earnings on the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities and its cost of leverage. If short- or intermediate-term rates rise and the Acquiring Fund’s leverage costs fluctuate, the Fund’s cost of leverage could exceed the fixed rate of return on long-term bonds held by the Fund that were acquired during periods of lower interest rates, reducing returns to common shareholders. This could occur even if short- or intermediate-term and long-term municipal rates rise. Because of the costs of leverage, the Acquiring Fund may incur losses even if the Fund has positive returns if such returns are not sufficient to cover the costs of leverage. The Acquiring Fund’s cost of leverage includes the interest rate paid on its borrowings or dividends on preferred shares, the expenses relating to the issuance of preferred shares and ongoing maintenance of any borrowings and/or the interest attributable to tender option bonds, as well as any other ongoing fees and expenses associated with those borrowings or preferred shares. The Acquiring Fund also bears the one-time costs associated with establishing borrowing facilities, issuing preferred shares and refinancing such leverage. The Acquiring Fund may seek to refinance its leverage over time, in the ordinary course, as current forms of leverage mature or it is otherwise desirable to refinance. If a Fund is unable to replace existing leverage on comparable terms, its costs of leverage will increase. Accordingly, there is no assurance that the use of leverage may result in a higher yield or return to common shareholders.

The Acquiring Fund’s use of leverage also creates incremental common share net asset value risk because the full impact of price changes in the Fund’s investment portfolio, including assets attributable to leverage, is borne by common shareholders. This can lead to a greater increase in net asset values in rising markets than if the Acquiring Fund were not leveraged, but it also can result in a greater decrease in net asset values in declining markets. The Acquiring Fund’s use of leverage similarly can magnify the impact of changing market conditions on common share market prices.

The leverage effects of TOB inverse floater holdings are included in the Acquiring Fund’s effective leverage values. The Acquiring Fund will pay (and shareholders will bear) any costs and expenses relating to the Fund’s use of leverage, which will result in a reduction in the net asset value of the common shares. A Fund may in the future, based on its assessment of market conditions, increase or decrease its level of leverage or change the types of leverage employed. Such changes may impact

 

27


net investment income and the market value of common shares. There can be no assurance that the Acquiring Fund will maintain the types or levels of leverage historically used by the Acquiring Fund prior to the Reorganization or that the Acquiring Fund’s leverage strategy will be successful.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, which may themselves be leveraged and therefore present similar risks to those described above. See “—Other Investment Companies Risk.” In addition, any investment by the Acquiring Fund in leveraged investment companies would magnify the Fund’s leverage risk.

As noted above, the amount of fees paid to the Adviser (which in turn pays a portion of its fees to the Sub-Adviser) for investment advisory services will be higher when the Acquiring Fund uses financial leverage because the advisory fees are calculated based on the Fund’s managed assets—this may create an incentive for the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser to leverage the Fund.

Borrowing Risk. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the Acquiring Fund’s common shares and may affect the Fund’s net income. When the Acquiring Fund borrows money, it must pay interest and other fees, which will reduce the Fund’s returns if such costs exceed the returns on the portfolio securities purchased or retained with such borrowings. Any such borrowings are intended to be temporary.

Insurance Risk. The Acquiring Fund may purchase municipal securities that are secured by insurance, bank credit agreements or escrow accounts. The credit quality of the companies that provide such credit enhancements will affect the value of those securities. During and following the 2007–2009 financial crisis, certain significant providers of insurance for municipal securities incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that experienced defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. Such losses reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance should they be called upon to do so. While an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a downgrade in its credit rating or the market discounts the value of the insurance provided by the insurer, the rating of the underlying municipal security will be more relevant and the value of the municipal security would more closely, if not entirely, reflect such rating. In such a case, the value of insurance associated with a municipal security would decline and may not add any value. The insurance feature of a municipal security does not guarantee the full payment of principal and interest through the life of an insured obligation, the market value of the insured obligation or the net asset value of the common shares represented by such insured obligation.

Tax Risk. To qualify for the favorable federal income tax treatment generally accorded to regulated investment companies, among other things, the Acquiring Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and satisfy a diversification test on a quarterly basis. If the Acquiring Fund fails to satisfy the qualifying income or diversification requirements in any taxable year, the Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the diversification requirements where the Acquiring Fund corrects the failure within a specified period. In order to be eligible for the relief provisions with respect to a failure to meet the diversification requirements, the Acquiring Fund may be required to dispose of certain assets. If these relief provisions are not available to the Acquiring Fund and it fails to qualify for treatment as a

 

28


regulated investment company for a taxable year, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gains) for such taxable year would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund (including underlying distributions attributable to tax exempt interest income) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

To qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends, which are treated as items of interest excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes, at least 50% of the value of the total assets of the Acquiring Fund must consist of obligations exempt from regular federal income tax as of the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year. If the proportion of taxable investments held by the Acquiring Fund exceeded 50% of the Fund’s total assets as of the close of any quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, the Fund would not satisfy the general eligibility test that would permit it to pay exempt-interest dividends for that taxable year.

The value of the Acquiring Fund’s investments and its net asset value may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies. Because interest income from municipal securities held by the Acquiring Fund is normally not subject to regular federal income tax, the attractiveness of municipal securities in relation to other investment alternatives is affected by changes in federal income tax rates or changes in the tax-exempt status of interest income from municipal securities. Any proposed or actual changes in such rates or exempt status, therefore, can significantly affect the demand for and supply, liquidity and marketability of municipal securities. This could in turn affect the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value and ability to acquire and dispose of municipal securities at desirable yield and price levels. Additionally, the Acquiring Fund is not a suitable investment for individual retirement accounts, for other tax-exempt or tax-advantaged accounts or for investors who are not sensitive to the federal income tax consequences of their investments.

Taxability Risk. The Acquiring Fund will invest in municipal securities in reliance at the time of purchase on an opinion of bond counsel to the issuer (or on the basis of other authority believed by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser to be reliable) that the interest paid on those securities will be excludable from gross income for regular federal income tax purposes, and neither the Adviser nor the Sub-Adviser will independently verify that opinion. However, subsequent to the Acquiring Fund’s acquisition of such a municipal security, the security may be determined to pay, or to have paid, taxable income. As a result, the treatment of dividends previously paid or to be paid by the Acquiring Fund as “exempt-interest dividends” could be adversely affected, subjecting the Fund’s shareholders to increased federal income tax liabilities.

Under highly unusual circumstances, the IRS may determine that a municipal bond issued as tax-exempt should in fact be taxable. If the Acquiring Fund held such a bond, it might have to distribute taxable ordinary income dividends or to reclassify as taxable amounts previously distributed as exempt-interest dividends. In addition, future legislation may change the tax treatment of municipal bond interest.

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of ordinary taxable income (including any net short-term capital gain) will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (and will not be eligible for favorable taxation as “qualified dividend income”), and capital gain dividends will be taxed at long-term capital gain rates.

 

29


Derivatives Risk, Including the Risk of Swaps. The Acquiring Fund’s use of derivatives involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the investments underlying the derivatives, including: the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets of the Fund, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying assets in the Fund’s portfolio; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. If the Acquiring Fund enters into certain derivatives transactions, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Whether the Acquiring Fund’s use of derivatives is successful will depend on, among other things, if the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser correctly forecast market values, interest rates and other applicable factors. If the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser incorrectly forecast these and other factors, the investment performance of the Acquiring Fund will be unfavorably affected.

The Acquiring Fund may enter into debt-related derivative instruments including credit default swap contracts and interest rate swaps. Like most derivative instruments, the use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. In addition, the use of swaps requires an understanding by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser of not only the referenced asset, rate or index, but also of the swap itself. The derivatives markets are subject to a changing regulatory environment. It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the derivatives markets could adversely affect the Acquiring Fund’s ability to successfully use derivative instruments.

Furthermore, derivative investments may be illiquid. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivatives transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Acquiring Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make cash payments of variation (or mark-to-market) margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Acquiring Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Acquiring Fund to ascertain a market value for such instruments. The inability to close futures or derivatives positions also could have an adverse impact on the Acquiring Fund’s ability to effectively hedge its portfolio.

Derivatives Regulatory Risk. Future regulatory developments could impact the Acquiring Fund’s ability to invest in certain derivatives. It is possible that government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including futures, options and swap agreements, may limit or prevent the Acquiring Fund from using such instruments as a part of its investment strategies, and could ultimately prevent the Fund from being able to achieve its investment objectives. It is impossible to fully predict the effects of past, present or future legislation and regulation in this area, but the effects could be substantial and adverse. There is a likelihood of future regulatory developments altering, perhaps to a

 

30


material extent, the nature of an investment in the Acquiring Fund or the ability of the Fund to continue to implement its investment strategies. It is possible that legislative and regulatory activity could limit or restrict the ability of the Acquiring Fund to use certain instruments as a part of its investment strategies. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Acquiring Fund engages in derivatives transactions (for example, the Volcker Rule) could also prevent the Fund from using certain instruments.

The Dodd-Frank Act sets forth a regulatory framework for OTC derivatives, including financial instruments, such as swaps, in which the Acquiring Fund may invest. The Dodd-Frank Act grants significant authority to the SEC and the CFTC to regulate OTC derivatives and market participants and requires clearing and exchange trading of many current OTC derivatives transactions. The implementation of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act by the SEC and the CFTC could adversely affect the Acquiring Fund’s ability to pursue its investment strategies. The Dodd-Frank Act and the rules promulgated thereunder could, among other things, adversely affect the value of the investments held by the Acquiring Fund, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions.

Further, in February 2012, the CFTC issued a final rule rescinding and amending certain exemptions from registration requirements under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act of 1936 (the “CEA”) previously available to investment advisers registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act, including the exemption available under CFTC Rule 4.5. In the event that the Acquiring Fund’s investments in derivative instruments regulated under the CEA, including futures, swaps and options, exceed a certain threshold, the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser may be required to register as a “commodity pool operator” and/or a “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC. In the event the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser is required to register with the CFTC, it will become subject to additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements with respect to the Acquiring Fund, which may increase the Fund’s expenses.

Clearing Broker and Central Clearing Counterparty Risk. The CEA requires swaps and futures clearing brokers registered as “futures commission merchants” to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of U.S. domestic futures contracts and cleared swaps from the brokers’ proprietary assets. Similarly, the CEA requires each futures commission merchant to hold in a separate secure account all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of foreign futures contracts and segregate any such funds from the funds received with respect to domestic futures contracts. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account and may be freely accessed by the clearing broker, which may also invest any such funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulation. There is a risk that assets deposited by the Acquiring Fund with any swaps or futures clearing broker as margin for futures contracts or cleared swaps may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of the Fund’s clearing broker. In addition, the assets of the Acquiring Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the Fund’s clearing broker because the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s combined domestic customer accounts.

Similarly, the CEA requires a clearing organization approved by the CFTC as a derivatives clearing organization to segregate all funds and other property received from a clearing member’s clients in connection with domestic cleared futures and derivative contracts from any funds held at the

 

31


clearing organization to support the clearing member’s proprietary trading. Nevertheless, all customer funds held at a clearing organization in connection with any futures and derivative contracts are held in a commingled omnibus account and are not identified to the name of the clearing member’s individual customers. With respect to futures and options contracts, a clearing organization may use assets of a non-defaulting customer held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. As a result, in the event of a default of the clearing broker’s other clients or the clearing broker’s failure to extend its own funds in connection with any such default, the Acquiring Fund would not be able to recover the full amount of assets deposited by the clearing broker on behalf of the Fund with the clearing organization.

Hedging Risk. The Acquiring Fund’s use of derivatives or other transactions to reduce risk involves costs and will be subject to the Adviser’s and/or the Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund’s portfolio holdings or other factors. No assurance can be given that the Adviser’s and/or the Sub-Adviser’s judgment in this respect will be correct, and no assurance can be given that the Acquiring Fund will enter into hedging or other transactions at times or under circumstances in which it may be advisable to do so. Hedging activities may reduce the Acquiring Fund’s opportunities for gain by offsetting the positive effects of favorable price movements and may result in net losses.

LIBOR Transition Risk. Certain instruments in which the Acquiring Fund may invest rely in some fashion upon the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, has announced plans to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. There remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and the nature of any replacement rate, and any potential effects of the transition away from LIBOR on the Acquiring Fund or on certain instruments in which the Acquiring Fund invests are not known. The transition process may involve, among other things, increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR. The transition may also result in a reduction in the value of certain instruments held by the Acquiring Fund or reduce the effectiveness of related Acquiring Fund transactions such as hedges. Any such effects of the transition away from LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, could result in losses to the Acquiring Fund.

Other Investment Companies Risk. An investment in the securities of another investment company will expose the Acquiring Fund to the risks of investing in the securities held in such other investment company’s portfolio. In addition, Acquiring Fund shareholders will bear their proportionate share of the fees and expenses of such other investment company in addition to the fees and expenses of the Fund. The securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged. As a result, the Acquiring Fund may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks. An investment in securities of other investment companies that are leveraged may expose the Acquiring Fund to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Fund’s long-term returns on such securities will be diminished.

Counterparty Risk. Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Acquiring Fund’s counterparties with respect to derivatives, insured municipal securities or other transactions supported by another party’s credit will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as counterparties in the markets for these transactions have incurred or may incur in the future significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime

 

32


mortgages and other lower-quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such hardships have reduced these entities’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such transactions. By using such derivatives or other transactions, the Acquiring Fund assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience similar financial hardships. In the event of the insolvency of a counterparty, the Acquiring Fund may sustain losses or be unable to liquidate a derivatives position.

Illiquid Securities Risk. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold unless they have been registered under the Securities Act or that can be sold in a private transaction pursuant to an available exemption from such registration. Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Acquiring Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books from time to time.

Market Disruption Risk. Certain events have a disruptive effect on the securities markets, such as terrorist attacks, war, pandemics and other geopolitical events. The Acquiring Fund cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy. Below-investment-grade securities tend to be more volatile than higher rated securities, meaning that these events and any actions resulting from them may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of below-investment-grade securities than on higher rated securities.

Market Discount to Net Asset Value. The market price of shares of closed-end investment companies may fluctuate and during certain periods trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Acquiring Fund cannot predict whether its common shares will trade at, above or below net asset value. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of investment activities. Investors bear a risk of loss to the extent that the price at which they sell their shares is lower in relation to the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value than at the time of purchase, assuming a stable net asset value. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Acquiring Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

Cybersecurity Risk. Technology, such as the Internet, has become more prevalent in the course of business, and as such, the Acquiring Fund and its service providers are susceptible to operational and information security risk resulting from cyber incidents. Cyber incidents refer to both intentional attacks and unintentional events including: processing errors, human errors, technical errors including computer glitches and system malfunctions, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, market-wide technical-related disruptions, unauthorized access to digital systems (through “hacking” or malicious software coding), computer viruses, and cyber-attacks which shut down, disable, slow or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes or website access or functionality (including denial of service attacks). Cyber incidents could adversely impact the Acquiring Fund and cause the Acquiring Fund to incur financial loss and expense, as well as face exposure to regulatory penalties, reputational damage, and additional compliance costs associated with corrective measures. Cyber incidents may cause the Acquiring Fund or its service providers to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, lose operational capacity or fail to comply with applicable privacy and other laws. Among other potentially harmful effects, cyber incidents also may result in theft, unauthorized monitoring and failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support the Acquiring Fund and its service providers. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Acquiring Fund’s service providers have established business continuity plans

 

33


in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber incidents, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Acquiring Fund cannot control the cybersecurity plans and systems put in place by its service providers or any other third parties whose operations may affect the Acquiring Fund.

Certain Affiliations. Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Acquiring Fund, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, Nuveen and/or TIAA. Absent an exemption from the SEC or other regulatory relief, the Acquiring Fund generally is precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Acquiring Fund’s ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities.

Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Acquiring Fund’s organizational documents include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status.

C. INFORMATION ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION

General

Each Fund’s Board has determined that the Reorganization would be in the best interests of the Fund. As a result of the Reorganization, substantially all of the assets of the Target Fund will be exchanged for shares of the Acquiring Fund, and the shareholders of the Target Fund will become shareholders of the Acquiring Fund. Each Fund’s Board considered the Reorganization as part of an ongoing initiative to streamline Nuveen’s municipal closed-end fund line-up and eliminate overlapping products.

The Reorganization is intended to benefit Target Fund common shareholders in a number of ways, including, among other things:

 

   

Target Fund shareholders will maintain exposure to state bonds where issuance remains diverse and robust;

 

   

The potential for higher common share net earnings due in part to operating economies from the combined fund’s greater scale;

 

   

Greater secondary market liquidity and improved secondary market trading for common shares as a result of the combined fund’s greater share volume, which may lead to narrower bid-ask spreads and smaller trade-to-trade price movements;

 

   

The potential for a narrower trading discount as a result of the Acquiring Fund’s shares trading at a discount that is historically lower than that of the Target Fund;

 

   

Increased portfolio flexibility due to the significantly larger asset base of the combined fund; and

 

   

Lower net operating expenses, as certain fixed costs are spread over a larger asset base and a lower effective management fee rate for shareholders of the combined fund due to the Acquiring Fund’s lower fund-level management fee rate.

 

34


Based on information provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors, the Acquiring Fund’s Board considered that the Acquiring Fund may benefit in the near term from a modest increase in operating efficiencies and may also experience modest secondary market benefits due to increased scale.

The closing of the Reorganization is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain closing conditions, which include customary closing conditions. In order for the Reorganization to occur, the requisite shareholder approval must be obtained at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting. Because the closing of the Reorganization is contingent upon the Target Fund obtaining such shareholder approval and each Fund satisfying (or obtaining the waiver of) other closing conditions, it is possible that the Reorganization will not occur, even if shareholders of the Target Fund entitled to vote approve the Reorganization proposal. If the Reorganization is not consummated, the Target Fund’s Board may take such actions as it deems in the best interests of its Fund, including conducting additional solicitations with respect to the proposal or continuing to operate the Target Fund as a stand-alone fund.

Terms of the Reorganization

General. The Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund (the “Reorganization Agreement”), in the form attached as Appendix A to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, provides for: (1) the Acquiring Fund’s acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Target Fund in exchange for newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund, par value $0.01 per share, and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund; and (2) the pro rata distribution of the newly issued Acquiring Fund common shares received by the Target Fund to its common shareholders as part of the liquidation, dissolution and termination of the Target Fund in accordance with applicable law. No fractional Acquiring Fund common shares will be distributed to the Target Fund’s common shareholders in connection with the Reorganization and, in lieu of such fractional shares, the Target Fund’s common shareholders entitled to receive a fractional share will receive cash in an amount equal to a pro-rata share of the proceeds from the sale by the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent of the aggregated fractional shares in the open market (as described further below), which may be higher or lower than net asset value. As a result of the Reorganization, the assets of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund would be combined, and the shareholders of the Target Fund would become shareholders of the Acquiring Fund.

The closing date is expected to be on or about January 11, 2021, or such other date as the parties may agree (the “Closing Date”). Following the Reorganization, the Target Fund would terminate its registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. The Acquiring Fund will continue to operate after the Reorganization as a registered closed-end management investment company, with the investment objectives and policies described in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

The aggregate net asset value, as of the Valuation Time (as defined below), of the Acquiring Fund common shares received by the Target Fund in connection with the Reorganization will equal the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund common shares held by shareholders of the Target Fund as of the Valuation Time. See “—Description of Common Shares to Be Issued by the Acquiring Fund; Comparison to Target Fund” for a description of the rights of Acquiring Fund common shareholders. However, no fractional Acquiring Fund common shares will be distributed to the Target Fund’s common shareholders in connection with the Reorganization. The Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent will aggregate all fractional Acquiring Fund common shares that may be due to Target Fund shareholders as of the closing and will sell the resulting whole shares for the account of holders of all such fractional

 

35


interests at a value that may be higher or lower than net asset value, and each such holder will be entitled to a pro rata share of the proceeds from such sale. With respect to the aggregation and sale of fractional common shares, the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent will act directly on behalf of the shareholders entitled to receive fractional shares and will accumulate fractional shares, sell the shares and distribute the cash proceeds net of brokerage commissions, if any, directly to shareholders entitled to receive the fractional shares (without interest and subject to withholding taxes). For federal income tax purposes, shareholders will be treated as if they received fractional share interests and then sold such interests for cash. The holding period and the aggregate tax basis of the Acquiring Fund shares received by a shareholder, including fractional share interests deemed received by a shareholder, will be the same as the holding period and aggregate tax basis of the Target Fund common shares previously held by the shareholder and exchanged therefor, provided the Target Fund shares exchanged therefor were held as capital assets at the effective time of the Reorganization. As a result of the Reorganization, common shareholders of the Funds will hold a smaller percentage of the outstanding common shares of the combined fund as compared to their percentage holdings of their respective Fund prior to the Reorganization and thus, common shareholders will hold reduced percentages of ownership in the larger combined entity than they held in the Acquiring Fund or Target Fund individually.

Valuation of Assets and Liabilities. If the Reorganization is approved and the other closing conditions are satisfied or waived, the value of the net assets of the Target Fund will be the value of its assets, less its liabilities, computed as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the business day immediately prior to the Closing Date (such time and date being hereinafter called the “Valuation Time”). The value of the Target Fund’s assets will be determined by using the valuation procedures of the Nuveen closed-end funds adopted by the Board or such other valuation procedures as will be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

Distributions. Undistributed net investment income represents net earnings from a Fund’s investment portfolio that over time have not been distributed to shareholders. Under the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, if the Target Fund has undistributed net investment income or undistributed net capital gains, the Target Fund is required to declare a distribution, which, together with all previous dividends, has the effect of distributing to its shareholders all undistributed net investment income and undistributed realized net capital gains (after reduction by any available capital loss carryforwards and excluding any net capital gain on which the Target Fund paid federal income tax) for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date. The Acquiring Fund is not subject to a similar distribution requirement; however, the Acquiring Fund may declare a distribution prior to the closing, which would result in the distribution of a portion of its undistributed net investment income to its shareholders. Consequently, Target Fund shareholders effectively will purchase a pro rata portion of the Acquiring Fund’s remaining undistributed net investment income and undistributed realized net capital gains, if any, which may be more or less than the Target Fund’s undistributed net investment income and undistributed realized net capital gains immediately preceding the distributions described above, if any. As a result, the Acquiring Fund’s existing shareholders will experience a corresponding reduction in their respective portion of undistributed net investment income and undistributed realized net capital gains per share, if any, such that the Acquiring Fund’s undistributed net investment income and undistributed realized net capital gains per share immediately following the Reorganization is expected to be less than the Acquiring Fund’s undistributed net investment income and undistributed realized net capital gains per share immediately preceding the Reorganization.

 

36


Amendments. Under the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, the Reorganization Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by each Fund as specifically authorized by each Fund’s Board; provided, however, that following the receipt of shareholder approval of the Reorganization Agreement, no such amendment, modification or supplement may have the effect of changing the provisions for determining the number of Acquiring Fund shares to be issued to the Target Fund’s shareholders under the Reorganization Agreement to the detriment of such shareholders without their further approval.

Conditions. Under the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, the closing of the Reorganization is subject to the satisfaction or waiver (if permissible) of the following closing conditions: (1) the requisite approval by the shareholders of the Target Fund of the proposal with respect to the Reorganization in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, (2) each Fund’s receipt of an opinion substantially to the effect that the Reorganization will qualify as a reorganization under the Code (see “—Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization”), (3) the absence of legal proceedings challenging the Reorganization, and (4) the Funds’ receipt of certain customary certificates and legal opinions.

Termination. The Reorganization Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties and such termination may be effected by each Fund’s Chief Administrative Officer or a Vice President without further action by the Board. In addition, either Fund may at its option terminate the Reorganization Agreement at or before the closing due to: (1) a breach by any other party of any representation, warranty or agreement contained therein to be performed at or before the closing, if not cured within 30 days of the breach and prior to the closing; (2) a condition precedent to the obligations of the terminating party that has not been met and it reasonably appears it will not or cannot be met; or (3) a determination by its Board that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement is not in the best interests of the Fund.

Reasons for the Reorganization

Based on the considerations described below, the Board of Trustees of the Target Fund (the “Target Board”), all of whom are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and the Board of Directors of the Acquiring Fund (the “Acquiring Board”), all of whom are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, have determined that the Reorganization would be in the best interests of the applicable Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of such Fund would not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization. At a meeting held on August 4-6, 2020 (the “Meeting”), each Board approved the Reorganization and the Target Board recommended that shareholders of the Target Fund approve the Reorganization.

At and prior to the Meeting, including at previous meetings, the Adviser made presentations and provided the Boards with information relating to the proposed Reorganization and alternatives to the proposed Reorganization. Prior to approving the Reorganization, each Board reviewed the foregoing information with its independent legal counsel and with management, reviewed with independent legal counsel applicable law and its duties in considering such matters and met with independent legal counsel in private sessions without management present. Based on the foregoing, the Boards considered the following factors (as applicable), among others, in approving the Reorganization and, with respect to the Target Board, recommending that shareholders of the Target Fund approve the Reorganization:

 

   

the compatibility of the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and related risks;

 

37


   

the consistency of portfolio management;

 

   

the larger asset base of the combined fund as a result of the Reorganization and the effect of the Reorganization on fees and expense ratios;

 

   

the potential for improved secondary market trading with respect to common shares;

 

   

the anticipated federal income tax-free nature of the Reorganization;

 

   

the expected costs of the Reorganization;

 

   

the terms of the Reorganization and whether the Reorganization would dilute the interests of the shareholders of the Funds;

 

   

the effect of the Reorganization on shareholder rights;

 

   

alternatives to the Reorganization; and

 

   

any potential benefits of the Reorganization to the Adviser and its affiliates as a result of the Reorganization.

Compatibility of Investment Objectives, Policies and Related Risks. Based on the information presented, the Boards noted that the investment objectives, policies and risks of the Funds are substantially similar (although not identical). Each Fund invests primarily in investment grade municipal securities exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Boards considered that the portfolio compositions of the Funds are substantially similar and considered the impact of the Reorganization on each Fund’s portfolio, including any shifts in credit quality and yield. The Target Board noted that the Target Fund was launched in 2009 in order to take advantage of investment opportunities presented by the financial crisis of 2008, but that it had been unable to achieve sufficient scale. Through the Reorganization, however, Target Fund shareholders would be able to maintain exposure to state bonds where issuance remains diverse and robust, and the significantly larger asset base of the combined fund relative to the Target Fund may provide increased portfolio flexibility. The Target Board also noted the potential for higher common share net earnings due to, among other things, operating economies from the combined fund’s greater scale. In addition, with respect to the Acquiring Fund, the Acquiring Board considered that based on information provided by the Adviser, the Acquiring Fund may benefit in the near term from a modest increase in operating efficiencies. With respect to principal investment risks, because the Funds have substantially similar investment strategies, the principal investment risks of each Fund are also substantially similar.

Consistency of Portfolio Management. Each Fund has the same investment adviser, sub-adviser, and portfolio manager. Through the Reorganization, the Boards recognized that shareholders will remain invested in a closed-end management investment company that will have greater net assets and the same investment adviser, sub-adviser and portfolio manager.

Larger Asset Base of the Combined Fund; Effect of the Reorganization on Fees and Expense Ratios. The Boards considered the fees and expense ratios of each of the Funds (including estimated expenses of the combined fund following the Reorganization). It is anticipated that the Funds will benefit from the larger asset size as fixed costs are shared over a larger asset base. In this regard, the

 

38


Target Board noted that it was expected that, with respect to common shares, the effective management fee rate and net operating expenses of the combined fund would be lower than those of the Target Fund prior to the closing of the Reorganization.

Potential for Improved Secondary Market Trading. While it is not possible to predict trading levels following the Reorganization, the Target Board noted that the Reorganization is being proposed, in part, to seek to enhance the secondary trading market for the common shares with respect to the Target Fund. The Target Board considered that, relative to the Target Fund, the combined fund’s greater share volume may result in greater secondary market liquidity and improved secondary market trading for common shares after the Reorganization, which may lead to narrower bid-ask spreads and smaller trade-to-trade price movements. In addition, based on information provided by the Adviser, the Target Board considered the potential for a narrower trading discount, relative to the Target Fund, as a result of the Acquiring Fund’s shares trading at a discount that has been historically lower than that of the Target Fund; however, the Target Board recognized that the past trading record of the shares of the Acquiring Fund may not necessarily be indicative of how the shares of the combined fund will trade in the future and there is no guarantee that the shares of the combined fund would have a narrower trading discount than that of the Target Fund. Further, with respect to the Acquiring Fund, the Acquiring Board noted that such Fund may experience modest secondary market benefits due to increased scale.

Anticipated Tax-Free Reorganization; Capital Loss Carryforwards. The Reorganization will be structured with the intention that it qualifies as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, and the Funds will obtain opinions of counsel substantially to this effect (based on certain factual representations and certain customary assumptions and exclusions). In addition, the Boards considered the impact of the Reorganization on any estimated capital loss carryforwards of the Funds and applicable limitations of federal income tax rules.

Expected Costs of the Reorganization. The Boards considered the terms and conditions of the Reorganization, including the estimated costs associated with the Reorganization and the allocation of such costs between the Funds.

Terms of the Reorganization and Impact on Shareholders. The terms of the Reorganization are intended to avoid dilution of the interests of the existing shareholders of the Funds. In this regard, the Target Board considered that each holder of common shares of the Target Fund will receive common shares of the Acquiring Fund (taking into account any fractional shares to which the shareholder would be entitled) equal in value as of the Valuation Time to the aggregate per share net asset value of that shareholder’s Target Fund common shares held as of the Valuation Time. However, no fractional common shares of the Acquiring Fund will be distributed to the Target Fund’s common shareholders in connection with the Reorganization. In lieu of such fractional shares, the Target Fund’s common shareholders will receive cash.

In conjunction with the issuance of additional shares of the Acquiring Fund as described above, the Acquiring Board considered that the Acquiring Fund would receive additional assets and liabilities as a result of the Reorganization.

Effect on Shareholder Rights. The Boards considered that the Acquiring Fund is organized as a Minnesota corporation and the Target Fund is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. In this regard, the Boards noted that, unlike a Massachusetts business trust, many aspects of the corporate governance of a Minnesota corporation are prescribed by state statutory law. Notwithstanding the

 

39


foregoing, at the Meeting, the Acquiring Board approved the proposed Domicile Change for the Acquiring Fund. If the Domicile Change is approved by shareholders of the Acquiring Fund, it is expected to occur before the Reorganization. Accordingly, shareholders of the combined fund would be shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust. The Reorganization, however, is not contingent upon the approval by Acquiring Fund shareholders of the Domicile Change.

Alternatives. The Target Board considered various alternatives to the Reorganization, including liquidating the Target Fund and merging the Target Fund into an open-end fund. In considering liquidation, the Target Board took into account, among other things, that such alternative would be a taxable event and could be potentially disruptive to long-term shareholders. In evaluating the Reorganization, the Target Board considered, among other things, the Adviser’s view that combining the Target Fund with a larger closed-end fund that provides exposure to municipal securities of the same state was an attractive alternative in light of certain potential benefits to Target Fund shareholders, as outlined above.

Potential Benefits to Nuveen Fund Advisors and Affiliates. The Boards recognized that the Reorganization may result in some benefits and economies of scale for the Adviser and its affiliates. These may include, for example, a reduction in the level of operational expenses incurred for administrative, compliance and portfolio management services as a result of the elimination of the Target Fund as a separate fund in the Nuveen complex.

Conclusion. Each Board approved the Reorganization, concluding that the Reorganization is in the best interests of its Fund and that the interests of existing shareholders of its Fund will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization.

Capitalization

The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of the Funds as of February 29, 2020. The table reflects pro forma exchange ratios of approximately 1.52427466 common shares of the Acquiring Fund issued for each common share of the Target Fund. If the Reorganization is consummated, the actual exchange ratios may vary.

 

     Target Fund      Acquiring Fund      Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Nuveen
California
Municipal
Value Fund,
Inc. Pro
Forma(1)
 

Common Shareholders’ Equity:

          

Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share; 3,302,961 shares outstanding for the Target Fund, 28,090,999 shares outstanding for the Acquiring Fund, and 33,125,627 for the Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. Pro Forma

   $ 33,030      $ 280,910      $  17,316 (2)     $ 331,256  

Paid-in surplus

     47,218,878        266,288,699        (472,316 )(3)      313,035,261  

Total distributable earnings

     8,544,601        43,708,414        (38,343 )(4)      52,214,672  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets applicable to common shares

   $ 55,796,509      $ 310,278,023      $ (493,343   $ 365,581,189  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value per common share outstanding (net assets applicable to common shares, divided by common shares outstanding)

   $ 16.89      $ 11.05        $ 11.04  

Authorized shares:

     Unlimited        250,000,000          250,000,000  

 

40


 

(1)

The pro forma balances are presented as if the Reorganization were effective as of February 29, 2020, and are presented for informational purposes only. The actual Closing Date of the Reorganization is expected to be on or about January 11, 2021, or such other date as the parties may agree at which time the results would be reflective of the actual composition of shareholders’ equity as of that date. All pro forma adjustments are directly attributable to the Reorganization. If the Domicile Change is consummated, the Acquiring Fund will have an unlimited number of authorized shares.

(2)

Assumes the issuance of 5,034,628 Acquiring Fund common shares in exchange for the net assets of the Target Fund. These numbers are based on the net asset value of the Acquiring Fund and Target Fund as of February 29, 2020, adjusted for estimated Reorganization costs and the effect of distributions, where applicable.

(3)

Includes the impact of estimated total Reorganization costs of $455,000, which are currently expected to be allocated between the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund in the amounts of $195,000 and $260,000, respectively.

(4)

Assumes that the Target Fund will make accumulated net realized gain distributions of $38,343 to its shareholders prior to the Reorganization.

Expenses Associated with the Reorganization

The Funds, and indirectly their common shareholders, will bear the cost of the Reorganization, whether or not the Reorganization is consummated. The allocation of the costs of the Reorganization to the Funds is based on the projected relative benefits of the Reorganization, based on forecasted increases to net earnings, if any, to Fund shareholders following the Reorganization. The costs of the Reorganization are estimated to be $455,000. These costs represent the estimated nonrecurring expenses of the Funds in carrying out their obligations under the Reorganization Agreement and consist of management’s estimate of professional service fees, printing costs and mailing charges related to the proposed Reorganization. Based on the projected relative benefits to each Fund, the Target Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $195,000 and the Acquiring Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $260,000 of expenses in connection with the Reorganization. If the Reorganization is not consummated for any reason, including because the requisite shareholder approval is not obtained, the Funds and indirectly their common shareholders, will still bear the costs of the Reorganization.

The Funds have engaged Computershare Fund Services to assist in the solicitation of proxies at an estimated aggregate cost of $7,500 per Fund plus reasonable expenses, which is included in the foregoing estimate.

Dissenting Shareholders’ Rights of Appraisal

Under the charter documents of the Funds, shareholders do not have dissenters’ rights of appraisal with respect to the Reorganization.

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization

As a non-waivable condition to each Fund’s obligation to consummate the Reorganization, each Fund will receive a tax opinion from Vedder Price P.C. (which opinion will be based on certain factual representations and certain customary assumptions and exclusions) with respect to the Reorganization substantially to the effect that, on the basis of the existing provisions of the Code, current administrative rules and court decisions, for federal income tax purposes:

 

  1.

The transfer by the Target Fund of substantially all its assets to the Acquiring Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all the liabilities of the Target Fund, immediately followed by the pro rata distribution of all the Acquiring Fund shares so received by the Target Fund to

 

41


  the Target Fund’s shareholders of record in complete liquidation of the Target Fund and the dissolution of the Target Fund as soon as practicable thereafter, will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, and the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund will each be a “party to a reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Reorganization.

 

  2.

No gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund upon the receipt of substantially all the Target Fund’s assets solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all the liabilities of the Target Fund.

 

  3.

No gain or loss will be recognized by the Target Fund upon the transfer of substantially all its assets to the Acquiring Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all the liabilities of the Target Fund or upon the distribution (whether actual or constructive) of such Acquiring Fund shares to the Target Fund’s shareholders solely in exchange for such shareholders’ shares of the Target Fund in complete liquidation of the Target Fund.

 

  4.

No gain or loss will be recognized by the Target Fund’s shareholders upon the exchange, pursuant to the Reorganization, of all their shares of the Target Fund solely for Acquiring Fund shares, except to the extent the Target Fund’s common shareholders receive cash in lieu of a fractional Acquiring Fund common share.

 

  5.

The aggregate basis of the Acquiring Fund shares received by each Target Fund shareholder pursuant to the Reorganization (including any fractional Acquiring Fund common share to which a shareholder would be entitled) will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Target Fund shares exchanged therefor by such shareholder.

 

  6.

The holding period of the Acquiring Fund shares received by a Target Fund shareholder in the Reorganization (including any fractional Acquiring Fund common share to which a shareholder would be entitled) will include the period during which the shares of the Target Fund exchanged therefor were held by such shareholder, provided such Target Fund shares are held as capital assets at the effective time of the Reorganization.

 

  7.

The basis of the assets of the Target Fund received by the Acquiring Fund will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Target Fund immediately before the effective time of the Reorganization.

 

  8.

The holding period of the assets of the Target Fund received by the Acquiring Fund will include the period during which those assets were held by the Target Fund.

No opinion will be expressed as to (1) the effect of the Reorganization on the Target Fund, the Acquiring Fund or any Target Fund shareholder with respect to any asset (including, without limitation, any stock held in a passive foreign investment company as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) as to which any gain or loss is required to be recognized under federal income tax principles (a) at the end of a taxable year (or on the termination thereof) or (b) upon the transfer of such asset regardless of whether such transfer would otherwise be a non-taxable transaction under the Code, or (2) any other federal tax issues (except those set forth above) and all state, local or non-U.S. tax issues of any kind.

 

42


Such opinion will be based on certain factual representations and customary assumptions. The opinion will rely on such representations and will assume the accuracy of such representations. If such representations and assumptions are incorrect, the Reorganization may not qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, and the Target Fund and Target Fund shareholders may recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of the Reorganization.

Opinions of counsel are not binding upon the IRS or the courts. If the Reorganization occurs but the IRS or the courts determine that the Reorganization does not qualify as a tax-free reorganization under the Code, and thus is taxable, the Target Fund would recognize gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Acquiring Fund and each shareholder of the Target Fund would recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between its basis in its Target Fund shares and the fair market value of the shares of the Acquiring Fund it receives.

If a Target Fund common shareholder receives cash in lieu of a fractional Acquiring Fund share, the shareholder will be treated as having received the fractional Acquiring Fund share pursuant to the Reorganization and then as having sold that fractional Acquiring Fund share for cash. As a result, the Target Fund common shareholder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the basis in the fractional Acquiring Fund share to which the shareholder is entitled. This gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if, as of the effective time of the Reorganization, the holding period for the shares (including the holding period of Target Fund shares surrendered therefor if the Target Fund shares were held as capital assets at the time of the Reorganization) is more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any cash received in lieu of a fractional share may be subject to backup withholding taxes.

Prior to the Valuation Time, the Target Fund will declare a distribution to its common shareholders, which, together with all other distributions to common shareholders made with respect to the taxable year in which the Reorganization occurs and all prior taxable years, will have the effect of distributing to shareholders all its net investment income and realized net capital gains (after reduction by any available capital loss carryforwards and excluding any net capital gain on which the Target Fund paid federal income tax), if any, through the Closing Date of the Reorganization. To the extent distributions are attributable to ordinary taxable income or capital gains, the distribution will be taxable to shareholders for federal income tax purposes. Additional distributions may be made if necessary. All dividends and distributions will be paid in cash unless a shareholder has made an election to reinvest dividends and distributions in additional shares under the Target Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. Taxable dividends and distributions are subject to federal income tax whether received in cash or additional shares.

After the Reorganization, the combined fund’s ability to use the Target Fund’s or the Acquiring Fund’s realized and unrealized pre-Reorganization capital losses may be limited under certain federal income tax rules applicable to reorganizations of this type. Therefore, in certain circumstances, shareholders may pay federal income taxes sooner, or pay more federal income taxes, than they would have had the Reorganization not occurred. However, the effect of these potential limitations will depend on a number of factors including the amount of the losses, the amount of gains to be offset, the exact timing of the Reorganization and the amount of unrealized capital gains in the Funds at the time of the Reorganization.

 

43


As of February 29, 2020, the Funds had unused capital loss carryforwards available for federal income tax purposes to be applied against future capital gains, if any, per the table below.

 

      Acquiring Fund      Target Fund  

Capital losses to be carried forward – not subject to expiration

   $ 2,763,789      $  

In addition, the shareholders of the Target Fund will receive a proportionate share of any taxable income and gains realized by the Acquiring Fund and not distributed to its shareholders prior to the closing of the Reorganization when such income and gains are eventually distributed by the Acquiring Fund. To the extent the Acquiring Fund sells portfolio investments after the Reorganization, the Acquiring Fund may recognize gains or losses, which also may result in taxable distributions to shareholders holding shares of the Acquiring Fund (including former Target Fund shareholders who hold shares of the Acquiring Fund following the Reorganization). As a result, shareholders of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund may receive a greater amount of taxable distributions than they would have had the Reorganization not occurred.

The foregoing is intended to be only a summary of the principal federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization and should not be considered to be tax advice. This description of the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization is made without regard to the particular facts and circumstances of any shareholder. There can be no assurance that the IRS will concur on all or any of the issues discussed above. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the specific consequences to them of the Reorganization, including, without limitation, the federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences with respect to the foregoing matters and any other considerations that may be applicable to them.

Shareholder Approval

The Reorganization is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (more than 50%) of the Target Fund’s outstanding common shares entitled to vote on the matter.

Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be voted but will have the same effect as a vote against the approval of the Reorganization. Broker non-votes are shares held by brokers or nominees, typically in “street name,” as to which (1) instructions have not been received from the beneficial owners or persons entitled to vote and (2) the broker or nominee does not have discretionary voting power on a particular matter.

The closing of the Reorganization is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain closing conditions, which include customary closing conditions. In order for the Reorganization to occur, the requisite shareholder approval must be obtained at the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting. Because the closing of the Reorganization is contingent upon the Target Fund obtaining such shareholder approval and each Fund satisfying (or obtaining the waiver of) other closing conditions, it is possible that the Reorganization will not occur, even if shareholders of the Target Fund entitled to vote approve the Reorganization proposal. If the Reorganization is not consummated, the Target Fund’s Board may take such actions as it deems in the best interests of its Fund including conducting additional solicitations with respect to the proposal or continuing to operate as a stand-alone fund.

 

44


Description of Common Shares to Be Issued by the Acquiring Fund; Comparison to Target Fund

General

As a general matter, the common shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund have equal voting rights and equal rights with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of their Fund and have no preemptive, conversion or exchange rights, except as the Trustees may authorize, or rights to cumulative voting. Holders of whole common shares of each Fund are entitled to one vote per share on any matter on which the shares are entitled to vote, while each fractional share entitles its holder to a proportional fractional vote. Furthermore, the provisions set forth in the Acquiring Fund’s articles of incorporation are substantially similar to the provisions of the Target Fund’s declaration of trust and each contain, among other things, similar anti-takeover provisions requiring a super-majority vote, as described under “Additional Information About the Acquiring Fund—Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation.” However, the by-laws of the Target Fund also contain anti-takeover provisions that have not been adopted by the Acquiring Fund. Similarly, if shareholders of the Acquiring Fund approve the Domicile Change proposal, the Acquiring Fund will have a declaration of trust and by-laws after the Domicile Change that will contain substantially the same provisions as the Target Fund’s declaration of trust and by-laws. The full text of the Acquiring Fund’s articles of incorporation and the Target Fund’s declaration of trust and by-laws are on file with the SEC and may be obtained as described on page iv.

The Acquiring Fund’s articles of incorporation authorize 250,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share. If the Reorganization is consummated, the Acquiring Fund will issue additional common shares on the Closing Date to the Target Fund based on the relative per share net asset value of the Acquiring Fund and the aggregate net assets of the Target Fund that are transferred in connection with the Reorganization, in each case as of the Valuation Time. If the Domicile Change takes place, the Acquiring Fund’s declaration of trust will authorize an unlimited number of common shares.

The terms of the Acquiring Fund common shares to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization will be identical to the terms of the Acquiring Fund common shares that are then outstanding. Acquiring Fund common shares have equal rights with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Acquiring Fund. The Acquiring Fund common shares, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable and have no preemptive, conversion or exchange rights or rights to cumulative voting. See also “Comparison of Massachusetts Business Trusts and Minnesota Corporations.”

Distributions

As a general matter, each Fund has a monthly distribution policy and each Fund seeks to maintain a stable level of distributions. Each Fund’s current policy, which may be changed by its Board, is to make regular monthly cash distributions to holders of its common shares at a level rate (stated in terms of a fixed cents per common share dividend rate) that reflects the past and projected performance of the Fund.

The Acquiring Fund’s ability to maintain a level dividend rate will depend on a number of factors. The net income of the Acquiring Fund generally consists of all interest income accrued on portfolio assets less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Acquiring Fund are accrued each day. Over time, all the net investment income of the Acquiring Fund will be distributed. At least annually, the Acquiring Fund also intends to effectively distribute net capital gains and ordinary taxable income, if any.

 

45


Although it does not now intend to do so, the Board may change the Acquiring Fund’s dividend policy and the amount or timing of the distributions based on a number of factors, including the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and historical and projected investment income.

As explained more fully below, at least annually, the Acquiring Fund may elect to retain rather than distribute all or a portion of any net capital gains (which are the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) otherwise allocable to shareholders and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under federal income tax law, shareholders will include their share of the retained net capital gains in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain (regardless of their holding period in the shares) and will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or refund for the federal income tax deemed paid on their behalf by the Acquiring Fund. See “Additional Information About the Acquiring Fund—Federal Income Tax Matters Associated with Investment in the Acquiring Fund” below and “Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Reorganization SAI.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Generally, the terms of the dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”) for the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund are identical; however, under the Acquiring Fund’s Plan, you may elect to have all dividends, including any capital gain distributions, on your common shares automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Agent”) in additional common shares under the Plan, whereas under the Target Fund’s Plan participation in the Plan is automatic unless otherwise requested. You may elect to participate in the Plan by contacting Nuveen Investor Services at (800) 257-8787. If you do not participate, you will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to you or your brokerage firm by Computershare Inc. and the Plan Agent.

If you decide to participate in the Plan of the Acquiring Fund, the number of common shares you will receive will be determined as follows:

(1) If common shares are trading at or above net asset value, at the then-current market price; or

(2) If common shares are trading below net asset value at the time of valuation, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will purchase common shares in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. It is possible that the market price for the common shares may increase before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases. Therefore, the average purchase price per share paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the market price at the time of valuation, resulting in the purchase of fewer shares than if the dividend or distribution had been paid in common shares issued by the Acquiring Fund. The Plan Agent will use all dividends and distributions received in cash to purchase common shares in the open market within 30 days of the valuation date. Interest will not be paid on any uninvested cash payments; or

(3) If the Plan Agent begins purchasing Acquiring Fund shares on the open market while shares are trading below net asset value, but the Fund’s shares subsequently trade at or above their net asset value before the Plan Agent is able to complete its purchases, the Plan Agent may cease open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the distribution in newly-issued Acquiring Fund shares at a price equal to the greater of the shares’ net asset value or 95% of the shares’ market value.

You may withdraw from the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Plan Agent. If you withdraw or the Plan is terminated, you will receive a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account. If you wish, the Plan Agent will sell your shares and send you the proceeds, minus brokerage commissions and a $2.50 service fee.

 

46


The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and gives written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information you may need for tax records. Upon a sale of your shares, the Acquiring Fund (or its administrative agent) may be required to report to the IRS and furnish to you cost basis and holding period information for the Acquiring Fund’s shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”).

For shares of the Acquiring Fund held in the Plan, you are permitted to elect from among several permitted cost basis methods. In the absence of an election, the Plan will use first-in first-out methodology for tracking and reporting your cost basis on covered shares as its default cost basis method. The cost basis method you use may not be changed with respect to a sale of shares after the settlement date of the sale. You should consult with your tax advisors to determine the best permitted cost basis method for your tax situation and to obtain more information about how the cost basis reporting rules apply to you.

Common shares in your account will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all common shares you have received under the Plan.

There is no brokerage charge for reinvestment of your dividends or distributions in common shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases.

Automatically reinvesting dividends and distributions does not mean that you do not have to pay income taxes due on such dividends and distributions.

If you hold your common shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board the change is warranted. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the Plan may be obtained by writing to Computershare, P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, Kentucky 40233-5000, or by calling (800) 257-8787.

Common Share Price Data

The following tables show for the periods indicated: (1) the high and low sales prices for common shares reported as of the end of the day on the NYSE, (2) the high and low net asset values of the common shares, and (3) the high and low of the premium/(discount) to net asset value (expressed as a percentage) of the common shares.

 

    Acquiring Fund  
    Market Price     Net Asset Value     Premium/(Discount)  

Fiscal Quarter Ended

  High     Low     High     Low         High             Low      

August 2020

  $ 10.82     $ 10.06     $ 10.95     $ 10.65       (0.18 )%      (6.16 )% 

May 2020

  $ 10.97     $ 8.83     $ 11.07     $ 9.56       (0.54 )%      (9.93 )% 

February 2020

  $ 10.94     $ 10.18     $ 11.05     $ 10.66       0.18     (5.43 )% 

November 2019

  $ 10.70     $ 10.06     $ 10.82     $ 10.60       0.28     (5.29 )% 

August 2019

  $ 10.66     $ 9.93     $ 10.82     $ 10.52       (1.32 )%      (5.79 )% 

 

47


    Acquiring Fund  
    Market Price     Net Asset Value     Premium/(Discount)  

Fiscal Quarter Ended

  High     Low     High     Low         High             Low      

May 2019

  $ 9.97     $ 9.48     $ 10.54     $ 10.13       (3.99 )%      (7.45 )% 

February 2019

  $ 9.51     $ 8.98     $ 10.15     $ 10.03       (5.65 )%      (10.74 )% 

November 2018

  $ 9.71     $ 9.03     $ 10.21     $ 9.93       (4.90 )%      (9.41 )% 

August 2018

  $ 9.73     $ 9.41     $ 10.27     $ 10.18       (4.79 )%      (8.01 )% 

May 2018

  $ 9.56     $ 9.21     $ 10.28     $ 10.12       (6.29 )%      (9.88 )% 

 

    Target Fund  
    Market Price     Net Asset Value     Premium/(Discount)  

Fiscal Quarter Ended

  High     Low     High     Low         High             Low      

August 2020

  $ 15.61     $ 14.20     $ 16.72     $ 16.17       (6.06 )%      (12.83 )% 

May 2020

  $ 15.83     $ 12.47     $ 16.95     $ 14.59       (5.93 )%      (17.65 )% 

February 2020

  $ 16.10     $ 15.70     $ 16.89     $ 16.23       (1.48 )%      (7.05 )% 

November 2019

  $ 17.15     $ 15.75     $ 16.66     $ 16.28       3.64     (4.02 )% 

August 2019

  $ 17.30     $ 15.74     $ 16.65     $ 16.18       4.34     (2.78 )% 

May 2019

  $ 16.22     $ 15.70     $ 16.22     $ 15.63       2.37     (1.60 )% 

February 2019

  $ 16.10     $ 14.83     $ 15.68     $ 15.52       3.74     (5.00 )% 

November 2018

  $ 16.40     $ 15.06     $ 15.84     $ 15.39       6.15     (3.71 )% 

August 2018

  $ 16.19     $ 15.31     $ 15.95     $ 15.81       1.63     (3.35 )% 

May 2018

  $ 16.03     $ 15.25     $ 15.97     $ 15.75       0.69     (3.71 )% 

On September 30, 2020, the closing sale prices of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund common shares were $10.78 and $15.64, respectively. These prices represent a premium to net asset value for the Acquiring Fund of 0.47% and a discount to net asset value for the Target Fund of -4.58%.

Common shares of each Fund have historically traded at a discount to net asset value. It is not possible to state whether Acquiring Fund common shares will trade at a premium or discount to net asset value following the Reorganization, or what the extent of any such premium or discount might be.

Affiliated Brokerage and Other Fees

Neither the Target Fund nor the Acquiring Fund paid brokerage commissions within the last fiscal year to (i) any broker that is an affiliated person of such Fund or an affiliated person of such person, or (ii) any broker an affiliated person of which is an affiliated person of such Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser of such Fund.

During the last fiscal year, neither the Target Fund nor the Acquiring Fund made any material payments to the Adviser or Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser for services provided to the Fund (other than pursuant to the Fund’s Investment Management Agreement).

Comparison of Massachusetts Business Trusts and Minnesota Corporations

The Target Fund is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. The Acquiring Fund is organized as a Minnesota corporation. If the Domicile Change takes place, the Acquiring Fund will be organized as a Massachusetts business trust with governing documents substantially identical to those of the Target Fund.

 

48


The following description is based on relevant provisions of applicable Massachusetts law, the Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”) and each Fund’s governing documents (prior to the proposed Domicile Change). This summary does not purport to be complete, and we refer you to applicable Massachusetts law, the MBCA and each Fund’s governing documents. The Target Fund is a Massachusetts business trust. A fund organized as a Massachusetts business trust is governed by the trust’s declaration of trust or similar instrument.

General

Massachusetts law allows the trustees of a business trust to set the terms of a fund’s governance in its declaration of trust. All power and authority to manage the fund and its affairs generally reside with the trustees, and shareholder voting and other rights are limited to those provided to the shareholders in the declaration of trust and related governing documents.

Because Massachusetts law governing business trusts provides more flexibility compared to typical state corporate statutes, the Massachusetts business trust is a common form of organization for closed-end funds. However, some consider it less desirable than other entities because it relies on the terms of the applicable declaration of trust, by-laws and judicial interpretations rather than statutory provisions for substantive issues, such as the personal liability of shareholders and trustees, and does not provide the level of certitude that corporate laws such as those of Minnesota, or newer statutory trust laws such as those of Delaware, provide.

The Acquiring Fund is a Minnesota corporation. A fund organized as a Minnesota corporation is governed both by the MBCA and the Minnesota corporation’s articles of incorporation and by-laws. For a Minnesota corporation, unlike a Massachusetts business trust, the MBCA prescribes many aspects of corporate governance. However, as discussed above, if Acquiring Fund shareholders approve Proposal No. 2, the Acquiring Fund will become a Massachusetts business trust.

Shareholders of a Minnesota corporation generally are shielded from personal liability for the corporation’s debts or obligations. Shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust, on the other hand, are not afforded the statutory limitation of personal liability generally afforded to shareholders of a corporation from the trust’s liabilities. Instead, the declaration of trust of a fund organized as a Massachusetts business trust typically provides that a shareholder will not be personally liable, and further provides for indemnification to the extent that a shareholder is found personally liable, for the fund’s acts or obligations. The declaration of trust for the Target Fund contains such provisions.

Similarly, the trustees of a Massachusetts business trust are not afforded statutory protection from personal liability for the obligations of the trust. The directors of a Minnesota corporation, on the other hand, generally are shielded from personal liability for the corporation’s acts or obligations by the MBCA. However, courts in Massachusetts have recognized limitations of a trustee’s personal liability in contract actions for the obligations of a trust contained in the trust’s declaration of trust, and declarations of trust may also provide that trustees may be indemnified out of the assets of the trust to the extent held personally liable. The declaration of trust for the Target Fund contains such provisions.

On October 5, 2020, the Target Fund’s Board adopted amended and restated by-laws for the Fund, which had the effect of adding, among other things, (i) new deadlines for advance notice of shareholder proposals or nominations to be brought before a meeting of shareholders and amended procedural and informational requirements in connection with any such advance notice of shareholder

 

49


proposals or nominations; (ii) “control share acquisition” provisions that require the Fund’s other shareholders to determine whether shares acquired in a “control share acquisition” have voting rights; (iii) higher voting standards for the election of trustees in a contested election; and (iv) exclusive forum provisions for derivative and certain direct actions.

Additional detail about each of these provisions in the Target Fund’s by-laws is set forth below under “—Massachusetts Business Trusts.” The current by-laws of the Acquiring Fund do not contain similar provisions; however, Minnesota corporate law has a “control share acquisition” statute that functions in a manner similar to the new “control share acquisition” provision in the Target Fund’s by-laws. See “Additional Information About the Acquiring Fund—Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation—Minnesota Anti-Takeover Laws.” If the Domicile Change takes place, the Acquiring Fund will be organized as a Massachusetts business trust with by-laws that contain each of the foregoing provisions.

Massachusetts Business Trusts

The Target Fund is governed by its declaration of trust and by-laws. If the Domicile Change takes place, the Acquiring Fund will be organized as a Massachusetts business trust with governing documents substantially identical to those of the Target Fund.

Under the Target Fund’s declaration of trust, any determination as to what is in the interests of the Fund made by the trustees in good faith is conclusive, and in construing the provisions of the declaration of trust, there is a presumption in favor of a grant of power to the trustees. Further, the declaration of trust provides that certain determinations made in good faith by the trustees are binding upon the Fund and all shareholders, and shares are issued and sold on the condition and understanding, evidenced by the purchase of shares, that any and all such determinations will be so binding. The by-laws of the Target Fund provide that each shareholder of the Fund, by virtue of having become a shareholder, shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to be bound by the terms of the Fund’s governing documents. The following is a summary of some of the key provisions of the governing documents of the Target Fund.

Shareholder Voting. The declaration of trust of the Target Fund requires a shareholder vote on a number of matters, including certain amendments to the declaration of trust, the election of trustees, the merger or reorganization of the Fund (under certain circumstances) or sales of assets in certain circumstances and matters required to be voted on by the 1940 Act. The declaration of trust of the Target Fund provides that each whole share of the Fund is entitled to one vote on any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional share is entitled to a proportional fractional vote.

The by-laws of the Target Fund provide that the holders of a majority (more than 50%) of the shares of the Fund entitled to vote at a meeting will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The declaration of trust of the Target Fund provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (more than 50%) of the shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present is required to approve a matter, except for the election of trustees and as otherwise required by the 1940 Act, the declaration of trust or the by-laws. With respect to the election of trustees, the Target Fund’s by-laws provide that the affirmative vote of a majority (more than 50%) of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote is required to elect trustees in a “contested election” (i.e., an election in which the number of trustees nominated exceeds the number of trustees to be elected), but that a plurality vote applies in an uncontested election.

 

50


The by-laws of the Target Fund provide that a shareholder who obtains beneficial ownership of common shares in a “Control Share Acquisition” shall have the same voting rights as other common shares only to the extent authorized by shareholders. Such authorization shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (more than 50%) of the shares of the Target Fund entitled to vote in the election of trustees excluding “Interested Shares.” Interested Shares include shares held by Target Fund officers and any person who has acquired common shares in a Control Share Acquisition (the “Control Share Provisions”). The by-laws define a “Control Share Acquisition,” subject to various conditions and exceptions, generally to mean an acquisition of common shares that would give the beneficial owner, upon the acquisition of such shares, the ability to exercise voting power, but for the Control Share Provisions, in the election of trustees in any one of the following ranges: (i) one-tenth or more, but less than one-fifth of all voting power; (ii) one-fifth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power; (iii) one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power; or (iv) a majority or more of all voting power. For this purpose, all common shares acquired by a person within ninety days before or after the date on which such person acquires shares that result in a Control Share Acquisition, and all common shares acquired by such person pursuant to a plan to make a Control Share Acquisition, shall be deemed to have been acquired in the same Control Share Acquisition. Subject to various conditions and procedural requirements, including the delivery of a “Control Share Acquisition Statement” to the Target Fund setting forth certain required information, a shareholder who obtains or proposes to obtain beneficial ownership of common shares in a Control Share Acquisition generally may request a vote of shareholders to approve the authorization of voting rights of such shareholder with respect to such shares.

Shareholder Meetings. Meetings of shareholders of the Target Fund may be called by the trustees and must be called upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast at least 10% of all votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Shareholder requests for special meetings are subject to various requirements under the Target Fund’s by-laws, including as to the specific form of, and information required in, a shareholder’s request to call such a meeting. A shareholder may request a special meeting only to act on a matter upon which such shareholder is entitled to vote, and shareholders may not request special meetings for the purpose of electing trustees.

The by-laws of the Target Fund authorize the trustees or the chair of a shareholder meeting to adopt rules, regulations and procedures appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, which may include (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on by the shareholders present or represented at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at and participation in the meeting by shareholders, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by shareholders; and (vii) the extent to which, if any, other participants are permitted to speak.

The by-laws of the Target Fund establish qualification criteria applicable to prospective trustees and generally require that advance notice be given to the Fund in the event a shareholder desires to nominate a person for election to the Board or to transact any other business at a meeting of shareholders. Any notice by a shareholder must be accompanied by certain information as required by the by-laws. No shareholder proposal will be considered at any meeting of shareholders of the Target Fund if such proposal is submitted by a shareholder who does not satisfy all applicable requirements set forth in the by-laws.

 

51


Election and Removal of Trustees. The declaration of trust of the Target Fund provides that the trustees determine the size of the Board, subject to a minimum and a maximum number. Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the declaration of trust also provides that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees. A trustee may be removed only for cause and only by action of at least two-thirds of the remaining trustees or by action of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the class or classes that elected such trustee. The by-laws of the Target Fund establish qualification requirements applicable to any person who is recommended, nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated as a trustee.

Pursuant to the Target Fund’s by-laws, the Fund’s Board is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III) with staggered multi-year terms, such that only the members of one of the three classes stand for election each year. The staggered board structure could delay for up to two years the election of a majority of the Board of the Target Fund.

Issuance of Shares. Under the declaration of trust of the Target Fund, the trustees are permitted to issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe to additional shares, except as the trustees may determine. Shares are subject to such other preferences, conversion, exchange or similar rights, as the trustees may determine.

Classes. The declaration of trust of the Target Fund gives broad authority to the trustees to establish classes or series in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, conversion rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemptions of the shares of the classes or series. The trustees are also authorized to terminate a class or series without a vote of shareholders under certain circumstances.

Amendments to Governing Documents. Amendments to the declaration of trust generally require the consent of shareholders owning more than 50% of shares entitled to vote, voting in the aggregate. Certain amendments may be made by the trustees without a shareholder vote, and any amendment to the voting requirements contained in the declaration of trust requires the approval of two-thirds of the outstanding common shares entitled to vote, voting in the aggregate and not by class except to the extent that applicable law or the declaration of trust may require voting by class. The Target Fund’s by-laws may be amended or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by a vote of a majority of the trustees. The by-laws of the Target Fund may not be amended by shareholders.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability. The declaration of trust of the Target Fund provides that shareholders have no personal liability for the acts or obligations of the Fund and requires the Fund to indemnify a shareholder from any loss or expense arising solely by reason of his or her being or having been a shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason. In addition, the declaration of trust provides that the Fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. Similarly, the declaration of trust provides that any person who is a trustee, officer or employee of the Fund is not personally liable to any person in connection with the affairs of the Fund, other than to the Fund and its shareholders arising from such trustee’s, officer’s or employee’s bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his or her duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The declaration of trust further provides for indemnification of such persons and advancement of the expenses of defending any such actions for which indemnification might be sought. The declaration of trust provides that the trustees may rely in good faith on expert advice.

 

52


Forum Selection. The Target Fund’s by-laws provide that, unless the Fund consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, and except for certain claims brought under the federal securities laws, the sole and exclusive forum for any shareholder or group of shareholders to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Fund, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of any duty owed by a trustee or officer or other employee of the Fund to the Fund or to the Fund’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to Massachusetts business trust law or the Fund’s governing documents, and (iv) any other action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be within the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (Boston Division) or, to the extent such court does not have jurisdiction, the Business Litigation Session of the Massachusetts Superior Court in Suffolk County. The Target Fund’s by-laws further provide that in any such covered action there is no right to a jury trial and the right to a jury trial is expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Derivative and Direct Claims of Shareholders. The Target Fund’s by-laws contain provisions regarding derivative and direct claims of shareholders. Massachusetts has what is commonly referred to as a “universal demand statute,” which requires that a shareholder make a written demand on the board, requesting the trustees to bring an action, before the shareholder is entitled to bring or maintain a derivative action in the right of or name of or on behalf of the trust. Under the Massachusetts statute, a shareholder whose demand has been refused by the trustees may bring the claim only if the shareholder demonstrates to a court that the trustees’ decision not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Target Fund. The by-laws of the Target Fund largely incorporate the substantive elements of the Massachusetts statute and establish procedures for shareholders to bring derivative actions and for the Board to consider shareholder demands that the Fund commence a suit. In addition, the by-laws of the Target Fund distinguish direct actions from derivative claims and prohibit the latter from being brought directly by a shareholder.

Minnesota Corporations

A Minnesota corporation is governed by the MBCA, its articles of incorporation and by-laws. Some of the key provisions of the MBCA and the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Acquiring Fund are summarized below.

Shareholder Voting. Under the MBCA, a Minnesota corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its articles of incorporation, sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its property and assets outside the ordinary course of business or engage in a statutory share exchange, merger or consolidation unless approved by a vote of shareholders. Depending on the circumstances and the articles of incorporation of the corporation, there may be various exceptions to these votes.

Shareholders of Minnesota corporations are generally entitled to one vote per share and fractional votes for fractional shares held. The articles of incorporation of the Acquiring Fund contain such provisions regarding fractional shares.

The by-laws provide that a special meeting of shareholders may be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, which request must state the purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Election and Removal of Directors. Shareholders of a Minnesota corporation generally are entitled to elect and remove directors. The by-laws of the Acquiring Fund provide that directors are elected by a plurality of votes validly cast at such election. The MBCA does not require a corporation

 

53


to hold an annual meeting unless required by the articles of incorporation or by-laws. The by-laws of the Acquiring Fund provide that regular meetings of the shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting will be held on an annual or other less frequent periodic basis at such date and time as the board of directors designates by resolution, except as otherwise required by the MBCA or by other applicable law. The articles of incorporation provide that a director may be removed from office only for cause and only by action of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the class or classes of capital stock that elected such director. For purposes of the foregoing, “cause” requires willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or a felony conviction.

Pursuant to the Acquiring Fund’s by-laws, the Fund’s Board is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III) with staggered multi-year terms, such that only the members of one of the three classes stand for election each year. The staggered board structure could delay for up to two years the election of a majority of the Board of the Acquiring Fund. The board structure of the Acquiring Fund will remain in place following the closing of the Reorganization and the Domicile Change.

Issuance of Shares. The board of directors of a Minnesota corporation has the power to authorize the issuance of shares. If so provided in the articles of incorporation (and the articles of incorporation of the Acquiring Fund do so provide), the board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares in more than one class or series, and prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors must set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series.

Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation. Under the MBCA, shareholders of corporations generally are entitled to vote on amendments to the articles of incorporation.

Shareholder, Director and Officer Liability. Under Minnesota law, shareholders generally are not personally liable for debts or obligations of a corporation. Minnesota law provides that a director’s personal liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated or limited in the articles of incorporation, except for a director’s breach of the duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving an intentional or knowing violation of law or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The articles of incorporation of the Acquiring Fund provide such a limitation on director liability. Minnesota law provides that, unless prohibited by a corporation’s articles of incorporation or by-laws, a corporation must indemnify and advance expenses to its directors for acts and omissions in their official capacity, subject to certain exceptions, and the articles of incorporation of the Acquiring Fund do not prohibit such indemnification or advances. The indemnification provisions and the limitation on liability are both subject to any limitations of the 1940 Act, which generally provides that no director or officer will be protected from liability to a fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The provisions governing the advance of expenses are subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act or rules thereunder.

Preemptive Rights. Pursuant to the articles of incorporation of the Acquiring Fund, shareholders have no preemptive rights.

Dissenters’ Right of Appraisal. Under Minnesota law, shareholders generally are entitled to assert dissenters’ rights in connection with certain amendments to the articles of incorporation, asset

 

54


sales and reorganizations and obtain payment of the “fair value” of their shares, provided that they comply with the requirements of Minnesota law. However, these rights are subject to certain exceptions under the MBCA, including, in the case of asset sales and reorganizations, if the shares to which the dissenters’ rights relate and the shares, if any, that a shareholder is to receive are traded on an exchange.

Derivative Actions. Under Minnesota law, applicable case law at the time of a particular derivative action will establish any requirements or limitations with respect to shareholder derivative actions.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain rights of shareholders under the governing documents of the Funds and under applicable state law and is not a complete description of provisions contained in those sources. Shareholders should refer to the provisions of those documents and state law directly for a more thorough description.

D. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE INVESTMENT POLICIES

Comparison of the Investment Objectives and Policies of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

General

The Funds have substantially similar investment objectives and policies. Each Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Acquiring Fund’s secondary investment objective is to enhance portfolio value relative to the California municipal bond market by investing in tax-exempt California municipal securities that the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser believes are underrated or undervalued or that represent municipal market sectors that are undervalued. The Target Fund’s secondary investment objective is to enhance portfolio value and total return.

Under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. In addition, under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality.

Note that (1) each Fund’s investment objectives; (2) the Acquiring Fund’s policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes and (3) the Target Fund’s policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes, may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares. The term “majority of the outstanding” shares means (1) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present in person (including virtually) or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.

Investment Policies

The Funds have substantially similar investment policies. Under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt

 

55


from regular federal and California income taxes. In addition, under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. Each Fund defines investment grade securities as those that are rated within the four highest grades by a NRSRO or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser.

Each Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade or are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser, and may invest up to 10% of its net assets in municipal securities rated below B3/B- or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser. Each Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that pay interest that is taxable under the federal alternative minimum tax applicable to individuals. In addition, each Fund generally will invest in municipal securities with long-term maturities in order to maintain an effective maturity of at least 15 years, which may be shortened or lengthened, depending on market conditions.

Each Fund may invest in certain derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including interest rate and credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts, or other derivative instruments. The Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser use derivatives to seek to enhance return, to hedge some of the risks of the Fund’s investments in municipal securities or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset.

Each Fund may not invest in the securities of an issuer which, at the time of investment, is in default on its obligations to pay principal or interest thereon when due or that is involved in a bankruptcy proceeding (i.e. rated below C-, at the time of investment); provided, however, that the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser may determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders in pursuing a workout arrangement with issuers of defaulted securities to make loans to the defaulted issuer or another party, or purchase a debt, equity or other interest from the defaulted issuer or another party, or take other related or similar steps involving the investment of additional monies, but only if that issuer’s securities are already held by the Fund. The Target Fund may not invest more than 10% of its net assets in distressed securities. The Acquiring Fund may invest in distressed securities but does not have a stated limit on such investments separate from its other credit quality policies.

Neither Fund will invest more than 25% of its net assets in municipal securities in any one industry. Each Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including ETFs) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly.

As a fundamental policy, each Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, each Fund may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted by the 1940 Act, and invest in certain instruments, including inverse floating rate securities, that have the economic effect of financial leverage. Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in inverse floating rate securities.

Each Fund may temporarily depart from its normal investment policies and strategies—for instance, by allocating up to 100% of its assets to cash equivalents, short-term investments, or municipal bonds that do not comply with the Fund’s name policy—in response to adverse or unusual

 

56


market, economic, political or other conditions. Such conditions could include a temporary decline in the availability of municipal bonds that comply with the Fund’s name policy. During these periods, the weighted average maturity of the Fund’s investment portfolio may fall below the defined range described above and the Fund may not achieve its investment objective to distribute income that is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes.

Portfolio Investments

Municipal Securities

General. The Acquiring Fund may invest in various municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are generally debt obligations issued by state and local governmental entities and may be issued by U.S. territories and possessions to finance or refinance public projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility and pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long-term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments, and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt. Municipal securities may be issued and purchased in the form of bonds, notes, leases or certificates of participation; structured as callable or non-callable; with payment forms including fixed coupon, variable rate, zero coupon, capital appreciation bonds, tender option bonds and residual interest bonds or inverse floating rate securities; or acquired through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships or other investment companies. Inverse floating rate securities are securities that pay interest at rates that vary inversely with changes in prevailing short-term tax-exempt interest rates and represent a leveraged investment in an underlying municipal security, which may increase the effective leverage of the Acquiring Fund.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in municipal bonds issued by U.S. territories and possessions (such as Puerto Rico or Guam) the income from which is exempt from regular federal income tax. The yields on municipal securities depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing interest rates and the condition of the general money market and the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. The market value of municipal securities will vary with changes in interest rate levels and as a result of changing evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet interest and principal payments.

Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. The Acquiring Fund also may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations and certificates of participation in such leases. These carry special risks because the issuer of the securities may not be obligated to appropriate money annually to make payments under the lease. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations generally is exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the

 

57


leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment or facilities. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to recover fully, the Acquiring Fund’s original investment. To the extent that the Acquiring Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. In order to reduce this risk, the Acquiring Fund will purchase municipal securities representing lease obligations only where the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.

A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, an installment purchase agreement or other instruments. The certificates typically are issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Acquiring Fund with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Acquiring Fund with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Fund’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.

Municipal Notes. Municipal securities in the form of notes generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the bond anticipation notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. Mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority secure these notes; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing generally secure the obligations of an issuer of municipal notes. However, an investment in such instruments presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.

 

58


Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer. Interest paid on a municipal bond issued after December 31, 2017 to advance refund another municipal bond is generally subject to federal income tax.

Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.

Inverse Floating Rate Securities. The Acquiring Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities. Inverse floating rate securities are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust, commonly referred to as a “tender option bond trust” (“TOB trust”), that holds municipal bonds. The TOB trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds (“TOBs”)), and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters). Both classes of beneficial interests are represented by certificates or receipts. The floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the TOB trust. In this structure, the floating rate security holders have the option, at periodic short-term intervals, to tender their securities to the trust for purchase and to receive the face value thereof plus accrued interest. The obligation of the trust to repurchase tendered securities is supported by a remarketing agent and by a liquidity provider. As consideration for providing this support, the remarketing agent and the liquidity provider receive periodic fees. The holder of the short-term floater effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rate. However, the trust is not obligated to purchase tendered short-term floaters in the event of certain defaults with respect to the underlying municipal bonds or a significant downgrade in the credit rating assigned to the bond issuer.

As the holder of an inverse floating rate investment, the Acquiring Fund receives the residual cash flow from the TOB trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security plus accrued interest, the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal bond deposited into the TOB trust. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters to the value of the inverse floaters that are issued by the TOB trust, and can exceed

 

59


three times for more “highly leveraged” trusts. All voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the TOB trust are passed through, pro rata, to the holders of the short-term floaters and to the Acquiring Fund as the holder of the associated inverse floaters.

Because any increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters issued by a TOB trust would reduce the residual interest paid on the associated inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the TOB trust would affect only the value of the inverse floater and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the trust so long as the value of the municipal bond held by the trust exceeded the face amount of short-term floaters outstanding, the value of inverse floaters is generally more volatile than that of an otherwise comparable municipal bond held on an unleveraged basis outside a TOB trust. Inverse floaters generally will underperform the market of fixed-rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment (i.e., when bond values are falling), but will tend to outperform the market of fixed-rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile in value and return, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields higher than those available on fixed-rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity or illiquidity based primarily upon the inverse floater holder’s ability to sell the underlying bonds deposited in the TOB trust at an attractive price.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by TOB trusts in which the liquidity providers have recourse to the Fund pursuant to a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement. Such an agreement would require the Acquiring Fund to reimburse the liquidity provider, among other circumstances, upon termination of the TOB trust for the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held in the trust and the principal amount and accrued interest due to the holders of floating rate securities issued by the trust. The Acquiring Fund will enter into such a recourse agreement (1) when the liquidity provider requires such a recourse agreement because the level of leverage in the TOB trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing to support absent such an agreement; and/or (2) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the trust in the event the municipal bond held in the trust has declined in value to the point where it may cease to exceed the face amount of outstanding short-term floaters. In an instance where the Acquiring Fund has entered such a recourse agreement, the Fund may suffer a loss that exceeds the amount of its original investment in the inverse floating rate securities; such loss could be as great as that original investment amount plus the face amount of the floating rate securities issued by the trust plus accrued interest thereon.

The Acquiring Fund will segregate or earmark liquid assets with its custodian in accordance with the 1940 Act to cover its obligations with respect to its investments in TOB trusts.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in both inverse floating rate securities and floating rate securities (as discussed below) issued by the same TOB trust.

Floating Rate Securities. The Acquiring Fund may also invest in short-term floating rate securities, as described above, issued by TOB trusts. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to other periods of up to one year. Since the tender option feature provides a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying municipal bond deposited in the trust, the

 

60


Acquiring Fund, as the holder of the floating rate securities, relies upon the terms of the remarketing and liquidity agreements with the financial institution that acts as remarketing agent and/or liquidity provider as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the TOB trust provide for a liquidation of the municipal bond deposited in the trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the floating rate securities. The TOB trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the floating rate securities.

Special Taxing Districts. Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure developments to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. The bond financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds, generally are payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing power of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings generally are limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development failed to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers failed to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.

Illiquid Securities

The Acquiring Fund may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable), including, but not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws), securities that may be resold only pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act that are deemed to be illiquid, and certain repurchase agreements.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Acquiring Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Acquiring Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at a fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegatee.

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

The Acquiring Fund may buy and sell municipal securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, making payment or taking delivery at a later date, normally within 15 to 45 days of the trade date. On such transactions, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Income generated by any liquid assets held to cover commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued and delayed-delivery basis which provide taxable income for federal income tax purposes is includable in the taxable income of the Acquiring Fund and, to the extent distributed, will be taxable to shareholders. The Acquiring Fund may enter into contracts to purchase municipal securities on a forward basis (i.e., where settlement will occur more than 60 days

 

61


from the date of the transaction) only to the extent that the Fund specifically collateralizes such obligations with a security that is expected to be called or mature within 60 days before or after the settlement date of the forward transaction. The commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward basis may involve an element of risk because no interest accrues on the bonds prior to settlement and, at the time of delivery, the market value may be less than cost.

Derivatives

General. The Acquiring Fund may invest in certain derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including interest rate and credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts or other derivative instruments. The Acquiring Fund may also use credit default swaps and interest rate swaps. Credit default swaps may require initial premium (discount) payments as well as periodic payments (receipts) related to the interest leg of the swap or to the default of a reference obligation. If the Acquiring Fund is a seller of a contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, with respect to such debt obligations. In return, the Acquiring Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Acquiring Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the Acquiring Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If the Acquiring Fund is a buyer of a contract, the Fund would have the right to deliver a referenced debt obligation and receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of such debt obligation from the counterparty in the event of a default or other credit event (such as a credit downgrade) by the reference issuer, such as a U.S. or foreign corporation, with respect to its debt obligations. In return, the Acquiring Fund would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the counterparty would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligations to the Acquiring Fund. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Acquiring Fund with a counterparty of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments. The Acquiring Fund will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

The Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser may use derivative instruments to seek to enhance return, to hedge some of the risks of the Acquiring Fund’s investments in municipal securities or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset. These types of strategies may generate taxable income.

There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser will determine to use them for the Acquiring Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful.

Limitations on the Use of Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps. The Adviser has claimed, with respect to the Acquiring Fund, the exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the CEA provided by CFTC Regulation 4.5 and is therefore not currently subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA with respect to the Fund. In addition, the Sub-Adviser has claimed the exemption from registration as a commodity trading advisor provided by CFTC Regulation

 

62


4.14(a)(8) and is therefore not currently subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA with respect to the Acquiring Fund. In February 2012, the CFTC announced substantial amendments to certain exemptions, and to the conditions for reliance on those exemptions, from registration as a commodity pool operator. Under amendments to the exemption provided under CFTC Regulation 4.5, if the Acquiring Fund uses futures, options on futures, or swaps other than for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums on these positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options that are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase are “in-the-money”) may not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net asset value, or alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of those positions may not exceed 100% of the Fund’s net asset value (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). The CFTC amendments to Regulation 4.5 took effect on December 31, 2012, and the Acquiring Fund intends to comply with amended Regulation 4.5’s requirements such that the Adviser will not be required to register as a commodity pool operator with the CFTC with respect to the Fund. The Acquiring Fund reserves the right to employ futures, options on futures and swaps to the extent allowed by CFTC regulations in effect from time to time and in accordance with the Fund’s policies. However, the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code may limit the extent to which the Acquiring Fund may employ futures, options on futures or swaps.

Structured Notes

The Acquiring Fund may utilize structured notes and similar instruments for investment purposes and also for hedging purposes. Structured notes are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but not ordinarily below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending upon a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index or indices or other assets. Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

Other Investment Companies

The Acquiring Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including ETFs) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations issued thereunder and applicable exemptive orders issued by the SEC. In addition, the Acquiring Fund may invest a portion of its managed assets in pooled investment vehicles (other than investment companies) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. The Acquiring Fund generally expects that it may invest in other investment companies and/or other pooled investment vehicles either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive, high yielding municipal securities available in the market. The Acquiring Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Adviser and/

 

63


or the Sub-Adviser or their affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. The Acquiring Fund has not applied for and currently does not intend to apply for such relief. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Acquiring Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of its own management fees with respect to assets so invested. Common shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Acquiring Fund invests in other investment companies.

The Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available municipal security investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described herein. The net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile, and the yield to common shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

Portfolio Turnover

The Acquiring Fund may buy and sell municipal securities to accomplish its investment objectives in relation to actual and anticipated changes in interest rates. The Acquiring Fund also may sell one municipal security and buy another of comparable quality at about the same time to take advantage of what the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two bonds that may result from imbalanced supply and demand. The Acquiring Fund also may engage in a limited amount of short-term trading, consistent with its investment objectives. The Acquiring Fund may sell securities in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or buy securities in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates) and later sell them, but the Acquiring Fund will not engage in trading solely to recognize a gain. The Acquiring Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objectives by prudently selecting California municipal securities with a view to holding them for investment. Although the Acquiring Fund cannot accurately predict its annual portfolio turnover rate, the Acquiring Fund expects, though it cannot guarantee, that its annual portfolio turnover rate generally will not exceed 25% under normal circumstances. For the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 8%. However, there are no limits on the Acquiring Fund’s rate of portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when, in the opinion of the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser, investment considerations warrant such action. A higher portfolio turnover rate would result in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Acquiring Fund. Although these commissions and expenses are not reflected in the Acquiring Fund’s “Total Annual Expenses” disclosed in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, they will be reflected in the Acquiring Fund’s total return. In addition, high portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Acquiring Fund which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes or may result in greater amounts of net capital gain distributions. See “Additional Information About the Acquiring Fund—Federal Income Tax Matters Associated with Investment in the Acquiring Fund” below and “Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Reorganization SAI.

Zero Coupon Bonds

The Acquiring Fund may invest in zero coupon bonds. A zero coupon bond is a bond that typically does not pay interest for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. The market prices of zero coupon bonds are affected to a greater extent by

 

64


changes in prevailing levels of interest rates and therefore tend to be more volatile in price than securities that pay interest periodically. In addition, because the Acquiring Fund accrues income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of such interest, it may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to obtain cash needed to pay income dividends in amounts necessary to avoid unfavorable tax consequences.

Hedging Strategies

The Acquiring Fund may use various investment strategies designed to limit the risk of bond price fluctuations and to preserve capital. These hedging strategies include using financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based on either an index of long-term municipal securities or on taxable debt securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser, correlate with the prices of the Acquiring Fund’s investments. These hedging strategies may generate taxable income.

 

 

The Target Fund’s Board recommends that shareholders vote FOR the approval of the Reorganization.

 

65


PROPOSAL NO. 2—DOMICILE CHANGE

(ACQUIRING FUND SHAREHOLDERS ONLY)

General

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Predecessor Fund”) is governed by the 1940 Act as well as by the law of the state of its organization. The Predecessor Fund is currently organized as a Minnesota corporation. Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund (the “Successor Fund”), will be a newly-organized Massachusetts business trust formed to facilitate the change of domicile of the Predecessor Fund from a Minnesota corporation to a Massachusetts business trust (the “Domicile Change”). The Agreement and Plan of Reorganization relating to the Domicile Change (the “Domicile Agreement”), in the form attached as Appendix B to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, sets forth the terms and conditions of the Domicile Change reorganization. Material provisions of the Domicile Agreement are summarized below.

If the Domicile Change takes place, the Successor Fund will be formed under a declaration of trust substantially similar to the declarations of trust in effect for other funds in the Nuveen family of funds that are organized as Massachusetts business trusts, including the Target Fund. The Board of the Predecessor Fund believes that the Domicile Change will achieve savings and operating efficiencies by simplifying the legal administration of the Fund through the increased standardization of charter documents among the Nuveen family of funds, most of which are organized as Massachusetts business trusts. Among such potential efficiencies are lower expenses, particularly legal expenses, associated with compliance by the Nuveen family of funds with Massachusetts law only, rather than both Minnesota and Massachusetts law.

As more fully described below, although the Domicile Change is structured as a reorganization, the proposed Domicile Change is not intended to change any investment policies or restrictions, the manner in which the Predecessor Fund is managed, the portfolio manager of the Predecessor Fund, the Predecessor Fund’s Board Members or officers or the Predecessor Fund’s service providers.

A Massachusetts business trust is established by trustees (who serve the same role as directors of a Minnesota corporation) under a declaration of trust, which sets forth various provisions relating primarily to the authority of the trust to conduct business and the specific rules governing the trust.

The Board considered all material issues associated with the proposed Domicile Change and determined that the Domicile Change is in the best interests of the Predecessor Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Predecessor Fund would not be diluted as a result of the Domicile Change.

If approved by shareholders, the Domicile Change is expected to take effect before the closing of the Reorganization on January 11, 2021, or on such other date as the Predecessor Fund and the Successor Fund may agree. If shareholders of the Predecessor Fund do not approve the Domicile Change, the Fund will continue to operate as a Minnesota corporation.

The Domicile Change is not contingent on the approval of Proposal No. 1 relating to the Reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund. If Acquiring Fund shareholders approve the Domicile Change, but shareholders of the Target Fund do not approve the Reorganization, the Domicile Change will occur but the Target Fund will not be reorganized into the Acquiring Fund.

 

66


Terms of the Domicile Change

If the Domicile Change is approved by shareholders and the other conditions are satisfied or waived, the Predecessor Fund will, as of the closing of the Domicile Change, transfer all of its assets to the Successor Fund. In exchange, the Successor Fund would assume all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Predecessor Fund, and the Successor Fund would issue to the Predecessor Fund common shares of beneficial interest of the Successor Fund. The number of Successor Fund common shares to be issued would be equal in number and value to the Predecessor Fund common shares outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the closing of the Domicile Change. Immediately thereafter, the Predecessor Fund will liquidate and distribute, pro rata, to its common shareholders of record the Successor Fund common shares it receives and will then dissolve under applicable state law. Each common shareholder of the Predecessor Fund will receive Successor Fund common shares equal in number and value to the Predecessor Fund common shares held by such common shareholder as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the closing of the Domicile Change.

If and to the extent the Predecessor Fund’s Board deems it advisable for federal income tax purposes, the Fund will make a distribution of investment income, if any, and net capital gain, if any, immediately prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the closing of the Domicile Change. All or a portion of such a distribution may be taxable to the Predecessor Fund’s shareholders for federal income tax purposes.

Prior to the closing of the Domicile Change, the Successor Fund will issue one common share of beneficial interest to the Predecessor Fund (the “Initial Shareholder”) for the sole purpose of taking the following actions:

 

  (1)

approve the Investment Management Agreement for the Successor Fund on substantially similar terms as the Predecessor Fund’s current Investment Management Agreement;

 

  (2)

approve the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement for the Successor Fund on substantially similar terms as the Predecessor Fund’s current Sub-Advisory Agreement;

 

  (3)

approve the assignment and assumption, as of the closing of the Domicile Change, of the Reorganization Agreement with respect to the Predecessor Fund;

 

  (4)

elect as Board Members of the Successor Fund the same persons who are Board Members of the Predecessor Fund prior to the closing of the Domicile Change; and

 

  (5)

approve any other matters for which shareholder approval is required.

A vote in favor of the Domicile Change will be deemed to ratify the Initial Shareholder’s approval of the Successor Fund’s Investment Management and Sub-Advisory Agreements, the assignment and assumption of the Reorganization Agreement, as of the closing of the Domicile Change, with respect to the Predecessor Fund and the election of the Board Members.

Following the Domicile Change, common shareholders of the Predecessor Fund will own common shares of the Successor Fund equal in number and value to the Predecessor Fund common shares held as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the closing of the Domicile Change. A common shareholder will therefore acquire the same pro rata interest in the Successor Fund as of the closing of the Domicile Change as that common shareholder had in the Predecessor Fund immediately prior to the Domicile Change.

 

67


Under the terms of the Domicile Agreement, the closing of the Domicile Change is conditioned upon (a) the requisite approval by the Predecessor Fund’s shareholders, (b) receipt of an opinion substantially to the effect that the Domicile Change will qualify as a reorganization under the Code, (c) the absence of legal proceedings challenging the Domicile Change and (d) receipt of certain customary certificates, legal opinions, consents, confirmations and/or waivers from various third parties.

The Domicile Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties and such termination may be effected by each party’s Chief Administrative Officer or any Vice President without further action by the Board. In addition, either party may at its option terminate the Domicile Agreement at or before the closing of the Domicile Change due to (a) a breach by the other party of any representation, warranty, or agreement contained therein to be performed at or before the closing of the Domicile Change, if not cured within 30 days; (b) a condition precedent to the obligations of the terminating party that has not been met and it reasonably appears it will not or cannot be met; or (c) a determination by its Board that the consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Domicile Agreement is not in the best interests of the party.

Certain Comparative Information About the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund

As a Massachusetts business trust, the Successor Fund’s operations will be governed by its declaration of trust, by-laws and applicable Massachusetts law and will be subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and applicable state securities laws. As a Minnesota corporation, the Predecessor Fund’s operations are governed by its articles of incorporation, by-laws and applicable Minnesota law and are subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and applicable state securities laws. Set forth below is a discussion of the major similarities and differences between the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund.

Investment Objectives, Policies and General Portfolio Characteristics. The investment objectives, policies and general portfolio characteristics of the Successor Fund will not change as a result of the Domicile Change.

Board Members and Officers. The Board Members and officers of the Predecessor Fund serving immediately prior to the Domicile Change will serve in the same capacity for the Successor Fund immediately after the Domicile Change. The Successor Fund will have the same board structure as the Predecessor Fund in which the board is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III) with staggered multi-year terms, such that only the members of one of the three classes stands for election each year.

Common Shares. Notwithstanding that the Successor Fund will be organized as a Massachusetts business trust and the Predecessor Fund is organized as a Minnesota corporation, the common shares of the Successor Fund will have the same rights as the common shares of the Predecessor Fund with respect to the payment of dividends and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation and, like the common shares of the Predecessor Fund, will have no preemptive, conversion or exchange rights or rights to cumulative voting. In addition, the voting rights of the common shares of the Successor Fund generally will be similar to those of the common shares of the Predecessor Fund, although there will be certain differences as described below under “—Comparison of Massachusetts Business Trusts and Minnesota Corporations” as a result of recent amendments to the by-laws of the Nuveen-sponsored closed-end funds organized as Massachusetts business trusts, which by-laws will be adopted by the Successor Fund. Common shareholders of the Successor Fund, like common shareholders of the Predecessor Fund, will not have dissenters’ rights of appraisal. The terms of the

 

68


Successor Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will be identical to the terms of the Predecessor Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan immediately prior to the Domicile Change.

Investment Management and Sub-Advisory Agreements. The Investment Management and Sub-Advisory Agreements for the Successor Fund will be substantially the same as those for the Predecessor Fund, except for their dates and initial terms.

Comparison of Massachusetts Business Trusts and Minnesota Corporations

Set forth below is a discussion of the major similarities and differences between the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund. The summary is based on relevant provisions of applicable Massachusetts law and the Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the “MBCA”) and the governing documents of the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund, and does not purport to be complete.

General

The Successor Fund will be a Massachusetts business trust. A fund organized as a Massachusetts business trust is governed by the trust’s declaration of trust or similar instrument.

Massachusetts law allows the trustees of a business trust to set the terms of a fund’s governance in its declaration of trust. All power and authority to manage the fund and its affairs generally reside with the trustees, and shareholder voting and other rights are limited to those provided to the shareholders in the declaration of trust and related governing documents.

Because Massachusetts law governing business trusts provides more flexibility compared to typical state corporate statutes, the Massachusetts business trust is a common form of organization for closed-end funds. However, some consider it less desirable than other entities because it relies on the terms of the applicable declaration of trust, by-laws and judicial interpretations rather than statutory provisions for substantive issues, such as the personal liability of shareholders and trustees, and does not provide the level of certitude that corporate laws like those of Minnesota, or newer statutory trust laws such as those of Delaware, provide.

The Predecessor Fund is a Minnesota corporation. A fund organized as a Minnesota corporation is governed both by the MBCA and the Minnesota corporation’s articles of incorporation and by-laws. For a Minnesota corporation, unlike a Massachusetts business trust, the MBCA prescribes many aspects of corporate governance.

Shareholders of a Minnesota corporation generally are shielded from personal liability for the corporation’s debts or obligations. Shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust, on the other hand, are not afforded the statutory limitation of personal liability generally afforded to shareholders of a corporation from the trust’s liabilities. Instead, the declaration of trust of a fund organized as a Massachusetts business trust typically provides that a shareholder will not be personally liable, and further provides for indemnification to the extent that a shareholder is found personally liable, for the fund’s acts or obligations. The declaration of trust for the Successor Fund will contain such provisions.

Similarly, the trustees of a Massachusetts business trust are not afforded statutory protection from personal liability for the obligations of the trust. The directors of a Minnesota corporation, on the other hand, generally are shielded from personal liability for the corporation’s acts or obligations by

 

69


the MBCA. However, courts in Massachusetts have recognized limitations of a trustee’s personal liability in contract actions for the obligations of a trust contained in the trust’s declaration of trust, and declarations of trust may also provide that trustees may be indemnified out of the assets of the trust to the extent held personally liable. The declaration of trust for the Successor Fund will contain such provisions.

On October 5, 2020, the boards of trustees of the Nuveen-sponsored closed-end funds organized as Massachusetts business trusts adopted amended and restated by-laws for each such fund, which had the effect of adding, among other things, (i) new deadlines for advance notice of shareholder proposals or nominations to be brought before a meeting of shareholders and amended procedural and informational requirements in connection with any such advance notice of shareholder proposals or nominations; (ii) “control share acquisition” provisions that require the Fund’s other shareholders to determine whether shares acquired in a “control share acquisition” have voting rights; (iii) higher voting standards for the election of trustees in a contested election; and (iv) exclusive forum provisions for derivative and certain direct actions.

The by-laws of the Successor Fund will be in the same form as the amended and restated by-laws adopted by the other Nuveen-sponsored closed-end funds organized as Massachusetts business trusts and will contain these provisions. Additional detail about each of these provisions is set forth below under “—Massachusetts Business Trusts.” The current by-laws of the Predecessor Fund do not contain similar provisions; however, Minnesota corporate law has a “control share acquisition” statute that functions in a manner similar to the “control share acquisition” provision that will appear in the Successor Fund’s by-laws. See “Additional Information About the Acquiring Fund—Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation—Minnesota Anti-Takeover Laws.”

Massachusetts Business Trusts

The Successor Fund will be governed by its declaration of trust and by-laws. Under the declaration of trust to be adopted by the Successor Fund, any determination as to what is in the interests of the Fund made by the trustees in good faith is conclusive, and in construing the provisions of the declaration of trust, there is a presumption in favor of a grant of power to the trustees. Further, the declaration of trust will provide that certain determinations made in good faith by the trustees are binding upon the Fund and all shareholders, and shares are issued and sold on the condition and understanding, evidenced by the purchase of shares, that any and all such determinations will be so binding. The by-laws of the Successor Fund will provide that each shareholder of the Fund, by virtue of having become a shareholder, shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to be bound by the terms of the Fund’s governing documents. The following is a summary of some of the key provisions of the governing documents of the Successor Fund.

Shareholder Voting. The declaration of trust of the Successor Fund will require a shareholder vote on a number of matters, including certain amendments to the declaration of trust, the election of trustees, the merger or reorganization of the Fund (under certain circumstances) or sales of assets in certain circumstances and matters required to be voted by the 1940 Act. The declaration of trust of the Successor Fund will provide that each whole share of the Fund is entitled to one vote on any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional share is entitled to a proportional fractional vote.

The by-laws of the Successor Fund will provide that the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of beneficial interest of the Fund entitled to vote at a meeting will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The declaration of trust of the Successor Fund will provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy and

 

70


entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present is required to approve a matter, except for the election of trustees and as otherwise required by the 1940 Act, the declaration of trust or the by-laws. With respect to the election of trustees, the Successor Fund’s by-laws will provide that the affirmative vote of a majority (more than 50%) of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote is required to elect trustees in a “contested election” (i.e., an election in which the number of trustees nominated exceeds the number of trustees to be elected), but that a plurality vote will apply in an uncontested election.

The by-laws of the Successor Fund will provide that a shareholder who obtains beneficial ownership of common shares in a “Control Share Acquisition” shall have the same voting rights as other common shares only to the extent authorized by shareholders. Such authorization shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (more than 50%) of the shares of the Successor Fund entitled to vote in the election of trustees excluding “Interested Shares.” Interested Shares include shares held by Successor Fund officers and any person who has acquired common shares in a Control Share Acquisition (the “Control Share Provisions”). The by-laws will define a “Control Share Acquisition,” subject to various conditions and exceptions, generally to mean an acquisition of common shares that would give the beneficial owner, upon the acquisition of such shares, the ability to exercise voting power, but for the Control Share Provisions, in the election of trustees in any one of the following ranges: (i) one-tenth or more, but less than one-fifth of all voting power; (ii) one-fifth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power; (iii) one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power; or (iv) a majority or more of all voting power. For this purpose, all common shares acquired by a person within ninety days before or after the date on which such person acquires shares that result in a Control Share Acquisition, and all common shares acquired by such person pursuant to a plan to make a Control Share Acquisition, shall be deemed to have been acquired in the same Control Share Acquisition. Subject to various conditions and procedural requirements, including the delivery of a “Control Share Acquisition Statement” to the Successor Fund setting forth certain required information, a shareholder who obtains or proposes to obtain beneficial ownership of shares in a Control Share Acquisition generally may request a vote of shareholders to approve the authorization of voting rights of such shareholder with respect to such shares.

Shareholder Meetings. Meetings of shareholders of the Successor Fund may be called by the trustees and must be called upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast at least 10% of all votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Shareholder requests for special meetings will be subject to various requirements under the Successor Fund’s by-laws, including as to the specific form of, and information required in, a shareholder’s request to call such a meeting. A shareholder may request a special meeting only to act on a matter upon which such shareholder is entitled to vote, and shareholders may not request special meetings for the purpose of electing trustees.

The by-laws of the Successor Fund will authorize the trustees or the chair of a shareholder meeting to adopt rules, regulations and procedures appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, which may include (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on by the shareholders present or represented at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at and participation in the meeting by shareholders, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by shareholders; and (vii) the extent to which, if any, other participants are permitted to speak.

 

71


The by-laws of the Successor Fund will establish qualification criteria applicable to prospective trustees and generally require that advance notice be given to the Fund in the event a shareholder desires to nominate a person for election to the Board or to transact any other business at a meeting of shareholders. Any notice by a shareholder must be accompanied by certain information as required by the by-laws. No shareholder proposal will be considered at any meeting of shareholders of the Successor Fund if such proposal is submitted by a shareholder who does not satisfy all applicable requirements set forth in the by-laws.

Election and Removal of Trustees. The declaration of trust of the Successor Fund will provide that the trustees determine the size of the Board, subject to a minimum and a maximum number. Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the declaration of trust also will provide that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees. A trustee may be removed only for cause and only by action of at least two-thirds of the remaining trustees or by action of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the class or classes that elected such trustee. The by-laws of the Successor Fund will establish qualification requirements applicable to any person who is recommended, nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated as a trustee.

Issuance of Shares. Under the declaration of trust of the Successor Fund, the trustees will be permitted to issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders will not be entitled to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe to additional shares, except as the trustees may determine. Shares will be subject to such other preferences, conversion, exchange or similar rights, as the trustees may determine.

Classes. The declaration of trust of the Successor Fund will give broad authority to the trustees to establish classes or series in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, conversion rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemptions of the shares of the classes or series. The trustees also will be authorized to terminate a class or series without a vote of shareholders under certain circumstances.

Amendments to Governing Documents. Amendments to the declaration of trust generally will require the consent of shareholders owning more than 50% of shares entitled to vote, voting in the aggregate. Certain amendments may be made by the trustees without a shareholder vote, and any amendment to the voting requirements contained in the declaration of trust will require the approval of two-thirds of the outstanding common shares, voting in the aggregate and not by class except to the extent that applicable law or the declaration of trust may require voting by class. The Successor Fund’s by-laws may be amended or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by a vote of a majority of the trustees. The by-laws of the Successor Fund may not be amended by shareholders.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability. The declaration of trust of the Successor Fund will provide that shareholders have no personal liability for the acts or obligations of the Fund and will require the Fund to indemnify a shareholder from any loss or expense arising solely by reason of his or her being or having been a shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reasons. In addition, the Fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. Similarly, the declaration of trust will provide that any person who is a trustee, officer or employee of the Fund is not personally liable to any person in connection with the affairs of the Fund, other than to the Fund and its shareholders arising from such trustee’s, officer’s or employee’s bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his or her duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The declaration of trust further will

 

72


provide for indemnification of such persons and advancement of the expenses of defending any such actions for which indemnification might be sought. The declaration of trust will provide that the trustees may rely in good faith on expert advice.

Forum Selection. The Successor Fund’s by-laws will provide that, unless the Fund consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, and except for certain claims brought under the federal securities laws, the sole and exclusive forum for any shareholder or group of shareholders to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Fund, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of any duty owed by a trustee or officer or other employee of the Fund to the Fund or to the Fund’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to Massachusetts business trust law or the Fund’s governing documents, and (iv) any other action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, shall be within the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts (Boston Division) or, to the extent such court does not have jurisdiction, the Business Litigation Session of the Massachusetts Superior Court in Suffolk County. The Successor Fund’s by-laws will further provide that in any such covered action there is no right to a jury trial and the right to a jury trial is expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Derivative and Direct Claims of Shareholders. The Successor Fund’s by-laws will contain provisions regarding derivative and direct claims of shareholders. Massachusetts has what is commonly referred to as a “universal demand statute,” which requires that a shareholder make a written demand on the board, requesting the trustees to bring an action, before the shareholder is entitled to bring or maintain a derivative action in the right of or name of or on behalf of the trust. Under the Massachusetts statute, a shareholder whose demand has been refused by the trustees may bring the claim only if the shareholder demonstrates to a court that the trustees’ decision not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Successor Fund. The by-laws of the Successor Fund largely will incorporate the substantive elements of the Massachusetts statute and establish procedures for shareholders to bring derivative actions and for the Board to consider shareholder demands that the Fund commence a suit. In addition, the by-laws of the Successor Fund will distinguish direct actions from derivative claims and prohibit the latter from being brought directly by a shareholder.

Minnesota Corporations

A Minnesota corporation is governed by the MBCA, its articles of incorporation and by-laws. Some of the key provisions of the MBCA and the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Predecessor Fund are summarized below.

Shareholder Voting. Under the MBCA, a Minnesota corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its articles of incorporation, sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its property and assets outside the ordinary course of business or engage in a statutory share exchange, merger or consolidation unless approved by a vote of shareholders. Depending on the circumstances and the articles of incorporation of the corporation, there may be various exceptions to these votes.

Shareholders of Minnesota corporations are generally entitled to one vote per share and fractional votes for fractional shares held. The articles of incorporation of the Predecessor Fund contain such provisions regarding fractional shares.

The by-laws provide that a special meeting of shareholders may be called at the written request of shareholders entitled to cast at least 10% of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, which request must state the purpose or purposes of the meeting.

 

73


Election and Removal of Directors. Shareholders of a Minnesota corporation generally are entitled to elect and remove directors. The by-laws of the Predecessor Fund provide that directors are elected by a plurality of votes validly cast at such election. The MBCA does not require a corporation to hold an annual meeting unless required by the articles of incorporation or by-laws. The by-laws of the Predecessor Fund provide that regular meetings of the shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting will be held on an annual or other less frequent periodic basis at such date and time as the board of directors designates by resolution, except as otherwise required by the MBCA or by other applicable law. The articles of incorporation provide that a director may be removed from office only for cause and only by action of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the class or classes of capital stock that elected such director. For purposes of the foregoing, “cause” requires willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or a felony conviction.

Issuance of Shares. The board of directors of a Minnesota corporation has the power to authorize the issuance of shares. If so provided in the articles of incorporation (and the articles of incorporation of the Predecessor Fund do so provide), the board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares in more than one class or series, and prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors must set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series.

Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation. Under the MBCA, shareholders of corporations generally are entitled to vote on amendments to the articles of incorporation.

Shareholder, Director and Officer Liability. Under Minnesota law, shareholders generally are not personally liable for debts or obligations of a corporation. Minnesota law provides that a director’s personal liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated or limited in the articles of incorporation, except for a director’s breach of the duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving an intentional or knowing violation of law or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The articles of incorporation of the Predecessor Fund provide such a limitation on director liability. Minnesota law provides that, unless prohibited by a corporation’s articles of incorporation or by-laws, a corporation must indemnify and advance expenses to its directors for acts and omissions in their official capacity, subject to certain exceptions, and the articles of incorporation of the Predecessor Fund do not prohibit such indemnification or advances. The indemnification provisions and the limitation on liability are both subject to any limitations of the 1940 Act, which generally provides that no director or officer will be protected from liability to a fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The provisions governing the advance of expenses are subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act or rules thereunder.

Preemptive Rights. Pursuant to the articles of incorporation of the Predecessor Fund, shareholders have no preemptive rights.

Dissenters’ Right of Appraisal. Under Minnesota law, shareholders generally are entitled to assert dissenters’ rights in connection with certain amendments to the articles of incorporation, asset sales and reorganizations and obtain payment of the “fair value” of their shares, provided that they comply with the requirements of Minnesota law. However, these rights are subject to certain exceptions under the MBCA, including, in the case of asset sales and reorganizations, if the shares to which the dissenters’ rights relate and the shares, if any, that a shareholder is to receive are traded on an exchange.

 

74


Under Minnesota law, common shareholders of the Predecessor Fund do not have dissenters’ rights of appraisal in connection with the Domicile Change because the Fund’s common shares are listed and trade on an exchange.

Derivative Actions. Under Minnesota law, applicable case law at the time of a particular derivative action will establish any requirements or limitations with respect to shareholder derivative actions.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain rights of shareholders under the governing documents of the Funds and under applicable state law and is not a complete description of provisions contained in those sources. Shareholders should refer to the provisions of those documents and state law directly for a more thorough description.

Material Federal Income Tax Consequences

As a non-waivable condition to the closing to the Domicile Change, the Predecessor Fund and the Successor Fund will receive a tax opinion from Vedder Price P.C. (which opinion will be based on certain factual representations and certain customary assumptions) with respect to the Domicile Change substantially to the effect that, on the basis of the existing provisions of the Code, current administrative rules and court decisions, for federal income tax purposes:

 

  1.

The transfer by the Predecessor Fund of all of its assets to the Successor Fund solely in exchange for Successor Fund shares and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund, immediately followed by the pro rata distribution of all the Successor Fund shares so received by the Predecessor Fund to the Predecessor Fund’s shareholders of record in complete liquidation of the Predecessor Fund and the dissolution of the Predecessor Fund under applicable state law promptly thereafter, will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, and the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund will each be a “party to a reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Reorganization.

 

  2.

No gain or loss will be recognized by the Successor Fund upon the receipt of all the Predecessor Fund’s assets solely in exchange for Successor Fund shares and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund.

 

  3.

No gain or loss will be recognized by the Predecessor Fund upon the transfer of all of its assets to the Successor Fund solely in exchange for Successor Fund shares and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund or upon the distribution (whether actual or constructive) of all such Successor Fund shares to the Predecessor Fund’s shareholders solely in exchange for such shareholders’ shares of the Predecessor Fund in complete liquidation of the Predecessor Fund.

 

  4.

No gain or loss will be recognized by the Predecessor Fund’s shareholders upon the exchange, pursuant to the Domicile Agreement, of all their shares of the Predecessor Fund solely for Successor Fund shares.

 

  5.

The aggregate basis of the Successor Fund shares received by each Predecessor Fund shareholder pursuant to the Domicile Agreement will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Predecessor Fund shares exchanged therefor by such shareholder.

 

  6.

The holding period of the Successor Fund shares received by a Predecessor Fund shareholder in the Domicile Change will include the period during which the shares of the Predecessor

 

75


  Fund exchanged therefor were held by such shareholder, provided such Predecessor Fund shares are held as capital assets at the effective time of the Domicile Change.

 

  7.

The basis of the assets of the Predecessor Fund received by the Successor Fund will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Predecessor Fund immediately before the effective time of the Domicile Change.

 

  8.

The holding period of the assets of the Predecessor Fund received by the Successor Fund will include the period during which those assets were held by the Predecessor Fund.

No opinion will be expressed as to (1) the effect of the Domicile Change on the Predecessor Fund, the Successor Fund or any Predecessor Fund shareholder with respect to any asset (including, without limitation, any stock held in a passive foreign investment company as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) as to which any gain or loss is required to be recognized under federal income tax principles (a) at the end of a taxable year (or on the termination thereof) or (b) upon the transfer of such asset regardless of whether such transfer would otherwise be a non-taxable transaction under the Code or (2) any other federal income tax issues (except those set forth above) and all state, local or foreign tax issues of any kind.

Such opinion will be based on certain factual representations and customary assumptions. The opinion will rely on such representations and will assume the accuracy of such representations. If such representations and assumptions are incorrect, the Domicile Change may not qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, and the Predecessor Fund and Predecessor Fund shareholders may recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of the Domicile Change.

Opinions of counsel are not binding upon the IRS or the courts. If the Domicile Change occurs but the IRS or the courts determine that the Domicile Change does not qualify as a tax-free transaction under the Code, and thus is taxable, the Predecessor Fund would recognize gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Successor Fund and each shareholder of the Predecessor Fund would recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between its basis in its Predecessor Fund shares and the fair market value of the shares of the Successor Fund it receives.

Shareholder Approval

The Domicile Change is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (more than 50%) of the outstanding shares of the Predecessor Fund’s common stock entitled to vote on the matter.

Abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote against the approval of the Domicile Change. Broker non-votes are shares held by brokers or nominees, typically in “street name,” as to which (1) instructions have not been received from the beneficial owners or persons entitled to vote and (2) the broker or nominee does not have discretionary voting power on a particular matter.

If the requisite shareholder approval is not obtained, the Board of the Predecessor Fund may take such actions as it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund, including conducting additional solicitations with respect to the proposal or continuing to operate the Fund as a Minnesota corporation.

 

 

The Predecessor Fund’s Board recommends that shareholders of the Fund vote FOR the approval of the Domicile Change.

 

76


PROPOSAL NO. 3—THE ELECTION OF BOARD MEMBERS (SHAREHOLDERS OF EACH FUND)

Pursuant to the organizational documents of each Fund, the Board is divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III), to be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders subsequent to their election or thereafter, in each case until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.

For each Fund, three (3) Board Members are to be elected by common shareholders. Board Members Nelson, Toth and Young have been designated as Class II Board Members and are nominees for election at the Annual Meeting to serve for a term expiring at the 2023 annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.

Board Members Evans, Hunter, Moschner, Stockdale, Stone and Wolff are current and continuing Board Members. Board Members Hunter, Stockdale, Stone and Wolff have been designated as Class I Board Members for a term expiring at the 2022 annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Board Members Evans and Moschner have been designated as Class III Board Members for a term expiring at the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Each Board currently has one vacancy due to the resignation of Margo L. Cook on February 27, 2020, who was considered an “interested person” of the Funds by reason of her position with Nuveen and/or certain of its subsidiaries.

It is the intention of the persons named in the enclosed proxy to vote the shares represented thereby for the election of the nominees listed in the table below unless the proxy is marked otherwise. Each of the nominees has agreed to serve as a Board Member of each Fund if elected. However, should any nominee become unable to serve or for good cause will not serve, the proxies will be voted for substitute nominees, if any, designated by that Fund’s current Board. The by-laws of the Target Fund establish qualification requirements applicable to any person who is recommended, nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated as a Board Member.

Class I Board Members Hunter, Stockdale, Stone and Wolff were last elected at the annual meeting of shareholders held on December 5, 2019. Class III Board Members Evans and Moschner were last elected at the annual meeting of shareholders held on November 13, 2018. Class II Board Members Nelson, Toth and Young were last elected at the annual meeting of shareholders held on November 14, 2017. At its meeting held on August 4-6, 2020 , the Board of each Fund appointed Matthew Thornton III as a new Board Member for each Fund designated as a Class III Board Member, effective November 16, 2020.

Each of the Board Members and Board Member nominees is not an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Fund or of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (previously defined as “Nuveen Fund Advisors” or the “Adviser”), the investment adviser to the Fund, and has never been an employee or director of the Adviser, the Adviser’s parent company, or any affiliate. Accordingly, such Board Members are deemed “Independent Board Members.”

For each Fund, the affirmative vote of a plurality (the greatest number of affirmative votes) of the shares present and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting will be required to elect each Board Member of that Fund. When there are three nominees for election to the Board, as is the case here, a vote by plurality means the three nominees with the highest number of affirmative votes, regardless of the votes withheld for the nominees, will be elected. Because the election of Board Members does not

 

77


require that a minimum percentage of a Fund’s outstanding common shares be voted in favor of any nominee, assuming the presence of a quorum, abstentions and broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of the election of a Fund’s Board Members.

 

 

The Board of each Fund unanimously recommends that shareholders vote FOR the election of each Board Member designated as a Class II Board Member.

Board Nominees/Board Members

 

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Board
Member
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Board
Member
During the
Past Five
Years

Board Members/Nominees who are not “interested persons” of the Funds

Terence J. Toth

c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1959

   Chairman of the Board; Board Member   

Term: Class II Board Member until 2020 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2008, Chairman of the Board since 2018

   Formerly, Co-Founding Partner, Promus Capital (2008-2017); Director, Quality Control Corporation (since 2012); formerly, Director, Fulcrum IT Services, LLC (2010-2019); formerly Director, LogicMark LLC (2012-2016); formerly, Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (2008-2013); formerly, CEO and President, Northern Trust Global Investments (2004-2007); Executive Vice President, Quantitative Management & Securities Lending (2000-2004); prior thereto, various positions with Northern Trust Company (since 1994); formerly, Member, Chicago Fellowship Board (2005-2016); Member, Catalyst Schools of Chicago Board (since 2008) and Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and Chair of its Investment Committee; formerly, Member, Northern Trust Mutual Funds Board (2005-2007), Northern Trust Global Investments Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Japan Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Securities Inc. Board (2003-2007) and Northern Trust Hong Kong Board (1997-2004).    155    None

 

78


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Board
Member
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Board
Member
During the
Past Five
Years

Jack B. Evans c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1948    Board Member   

Term: Class III Board Member until 2021 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 1999

   Chairman (since 2019), formerly, President (1996-2019), The Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation (since 1996); Director, Public Member (since 2015), American Board of Orthopaedic Surgery; Life Trustee of Coe College and Iowa College Foundation; formerly, Director, Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago; formerly, President and Chief Operating Officer, SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm; formerly, Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System; formerly, Director, The Gazette Company.    155    Director and Chairman, United Fire Group, a publicly held company; formerly, Director, Alliant Energy.
William C. Hunter c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1948    Board Member   

Term: Annual or Class I Board Member until 2022 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2004

   Dean Emeritus (since 2012), formerly, Dean (2006-2012), Henry B. Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa; past Director (2005-2015) and past President (2010-2014), Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society; formerly, Director (1997-2007), Credit Research Center at Georgetown University; formerly, Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance, School of Business at the University of Connecticut (2003-2006); previously, Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (1995-2003).    155    Director (since 2009) of Wellmark, Inc.; formerly, Director (2004-2018) of Xerox Corporation.

 

79


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Board
Member
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Board
Member
During the
Past Five
Years

Albin F. Moschner c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1952    Board Member   

Term: Class III Board Member until 2021 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2016

   Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm (since 2012); previously, held positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., including Consultant (2011-2012), Chief Operating Officer (2008-2011), and Chief Marketing Officer (2004-2008); formerly, President, Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. (2000-2003); formerly, President, One Point Services at One Point Communications (1999-2000); formerly, Vice Chairman of the Board, Diba, Incorporated (1996-1997); formerly, various executive positions with Zenith Electronics Corporation (1991-1996).    155    Chairman (since 2019) and Director (since 2012), USA Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions and services to facilitate electronic payment transactions; formerly, Director, Wintrust Financial Corporation (1996-2016).
John K. Nelson c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1962    Board Member   

Term: Class II Board Member until 2020 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2013

   Member of Board of Directors of Core12 LLC. (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing and communications strategies for clients; served on The President’s Council, Fordham University (2010-2019) and previously was a Director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018); formerly, senior external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014); formerly, Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Marian University (2010-2014 as trustee, 2011-2014 as Chairman); formerly, Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America and Global Head of the Financial Markets Division (2007-2008) and various executive leadership roles at ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (1996-2007).    155    None

 

80


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Board
Member
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Board
Member
During the
Past Five
Years

Judith M. Stockdale c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1947    Board Member   

Term: Class I Board Member until 2022 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 1997

   Board Member of the Land Trust Alliance (since 2013); formerly, Board Member of the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (2013-2019); formerly, Executive Director (1994-2012), Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation; prior thereto, Executive Director, Great Lakes Protection Fund (1990-1994).    155    None
Carole E. Stone c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1947    Board Member   

Term: Class I Board Member until 2022 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2007

   Former Director, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (2006-2017) and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (2009-2017); formerly, Commissioner, New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform (2005-2010).    155    Formerly, Director, Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (2010-2020), (formerly named CBOE Holdings, Inc.).
Margaret L. Wolff c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1955    Board Member   

Term: Class I Board Member until 2022 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2016

   Formerly, Of Counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (Mergers & Acquisitions Group) (2005-2014); Member of the Board of Trustees of New York-Presbyterian Hospital (since 2005); Member (since 2004) and Chair (since 2015) of the Board of Trustees of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults); formerly, Member (2005-2015) and Vice Chair (2011-2015) of the Board of Trustees of Mt. Holyoke College.    155    Formerly, Member of the Board of Directors (2013-2017) of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each, a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.).

 

81


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

  

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Board
Member
  

Other
Directorships
Held by
Board
Member
During the
Past Five
Years

Robert L. Young c/o Nuveen 333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 1963    Board Member   

Term: Class II Board Member until 2020 annual shareholder meeting

 

Length of Service: Since 2017

   Formerly, Chief Operating Officer and Director, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (2010-2016); formerly, President and Principal Executive Officer (2013-2016), and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (2005-2010) of J.P. Morgan Funds; formerly, Director and various officer positions for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (formerly, JPMorgan Funds Management, Inc. and formerly, One Group Administrative Services) and JPMorgan Distribution Services, Inc. (formerly, One Group Dealer Services, Inc.) (1999-2017).    155    None

 

(1)

Length of Time Served indicates the year in which the individual became a Board Member of a fund in the Nuveen Fund complex.

Board Member Investments in the Funds

In order to create an appropriate identity of interests between Board Members and shareholders, the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Nuveen funds have adopted a governance principle pursuant to which each Board Member is expected to invest, either directly or on a deferred basis, at least the equivalent of one year of compensation in the funds in the Nuveen fund complex.

The following table sets forth for each Board Member the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in each Fund and all Nuveen funds overseen by the Board Member as of September 30, 2020. The information as to beneficial ownership is based on statements furnished by each Board Member/nominee.

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

Name of Board
Member/Nominee

  

Target Fund

  

Acquiring Fund

  

Family of Investment
Companies(1)

Jack B. Evans

   none    none    Over $100,000

William C. Hunter

   none    none    Over $100,000

Albin F. Moschner

   none    none    Over $100,000

John K. Nelson

   none    none    Over $100,000

Judith M. Stockdale

   none    none    Over $100,000

Carole E. Stone

   none    none    Over $100,000

Terence J. Toth

   none    none    Over $100,000

Margaret L. Wolff

   none    none    Over $100,000

Robert L. Young

   none    none    Over $100,000

 

(1)

The amounts reflect the aggregate dollar range of equity securities of the number of shares beneficially owned by the Board Member/nominee in the Funds and in all Nuveen Funds overseen by each Board Member/nominee.

 

82


No Independent Board Member or his or her immediate family member owns beneficially or of record any security of Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, the Funds’ sub-adviser (previously defined as “Nuveen Asset Management” or the “Sub-Adviser”), Nuveen or any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled or under common control with Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management or Nuveen.

As of September 30, 2020, Board Members and executive officers as a group beneficially owned approximately 1.08 million shares of all funds managed by the Adviser (including shares held by the Board Members through the Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Board Members and by executive officers in Nuveen’s 401(k)/profit sharing plan). As of September 30, 2020, each Board Member’s individual beneficial shareholdings of each Fund constituted less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. As of September 30, 2020, the Board Members and executive officers as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Fund. Information regarding beneficial owners of 5% or more of any class of shares of any Fund is provided under “General Information—Shareholders of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund.”

Compensation

Effective January 1, 2020, each Independent Board Member receives a $195,000 annual retainer, increased from $190,000 as of January 1, 2019, plus: (a) a fee of $6,750 per day, which was increased from $6,500 per day as of January 1, 2019, for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled meetings of the Board where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (d) a fee of $5,000 per meeting, which was increased from $2,500 per day as of January 1, 2019, for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Closed-End Funds Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; and (g) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acts as pricing committee for IPOs; plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chairman of the Board receives $90,000, and the chairpersons of the Audit Committee; the Dividend Committee; the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee; the Closed-End Funds Committee; and the Nominating and Governance Committee receive $15,000 each as annual retainers. Independent Board Members also receive a fee of $3,000 per day for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen funds on days on which no Board meeting is held. When ad hoc committees are organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee will at the time of formation determine compensation to be paid to the members of such

 

83


committee; however, in general, such fees will be $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses are allocated among the Nuveen funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may, in its discretion, establish a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund. In certain instances fees and expenses will be allocated only to those Nuveen funds that are discussed at a given meeting. In certain circumstances, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board may hold in-person meetings by telephonic or videographic means and be compensated at the in-person rate.

The Funds do not have retirement or pension plans. Certain Nuveen funds (the “Participating Funds”) participate in a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) that permits an Independent Board Member to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as an Independent Board Member. The deferred compensation of a participating Independent Board Member is credited to a book reserve account of the Participating Fund when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to such Independent Board Member. The value of an Independent Board Member’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen funds. At the time for commencing distributions from an Independent Board Member’s deferral account, the Independent Board Member may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. The Participating Fund will not be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan.

The Funds have no employees. The officers of the Funds and the Board Members of each Fund who are not Independent Board Members serve without any compensation from the Funds.

The table below shows, for each Independent Board Member, the aggregate compensation paid by each Fund to the Board Member/nominee for its last fiscal year.

Aggregate Compensation from the Funds(*)

 

Fund Name

  Jack B.
Evans
    William
C. Hunter
    Albin F.
Moschner
    John K.
Nelson
    Judith M.
Stockdale
    Carole E.
Stone
    Terence J.
Toth
    Margaret
L. Wolff
    Robert
L. Young
 

Target Fund

    $776       $815       $718       $817       $739       $751       $959       $703       $682  

Acquiring Fund

    141       147       130       148       135       140       173       130       132  

Total Compensation from Nuveen Funds Paid to Board Members(2)

    $400,437       $420,625       $376,050       $420,625       $388,232       $409,035       $490,225       $384,667       $363,189  

 

(*)

Includes deferred fees. Pursuant to a deferred compensation agreement with certain of the Funds, deferred amounts are treated as though an equivalent dollar amount has been invested in shares of one or more Participating Funds. Total deferred fees for the Participating Funds (including the return from the assumed investment in the Participating Funds) payable are:

 

Fund Name

  Jack B.
Evans
    William C.
Hunter
    Albin F.
Moschner
    John K.
Nelson
    Judith M.
Stockdale
    Carole E.
Stone
    Terence J.
Toth
    Margaret
L. Wolff
    Robert L.
Young
 

Acquiring Fund

  $ 74                       $ 140     $ 363           $ 222     $ 682  

Target Fund

                                                     

 

84


Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

The Board of each Fund oversees the operations and management of the Fund, including the duties performed for the Fund by the Adviser. The Board has adopted a unitary board structure. A unitary board consists of one group of board members who serves on the board of every fund in the complex. In adopting a unitary board structure, the Board Members seek to provide effective governance through establishing a board, the overall composition of which will, as a body, possess the appropriate skills, independence and experience to oversee the Funds’ business. With this overall framework in mind, when the Board, through its Nominating and Governance Committee discussed below, seeks nominees for the Board, the Board Members consider not only the candidate’s particular background, skills and experience, among other things, but also whether such background, skills and experience enhance the Board’s diversity and at the same time complement the Board given its current composition and the mix of skills and experiences of the incumbent Board Members. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes that the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy on diversity or any particular definition of diversity.

The Board believes the unitary board structure enhances good and effective governance, particularly given the nature of the structure of the investment company complex. Funds in the same complex generally are served by the same service providers and personnel and are governed by the same regulatory scheme which raises common issues that must be addressed by the Board Members across the fund complex (such as compliance, valuation, liquidity, brokerage, trade allocation or risk management). The Board believes it is more efficient to have a single board review and oversee common policies and procedures which increases the Board’s knowledge and expertise with respect to the many aspects of fund operations that are complex-wide in nature. The unitary structure also enhances the Board’s influence and oversight over the Adviser and other service providers.

In an effort to enhance the independence of the Board, the Board also has a Chairman that is an Independent Board Member. The Board recognizes that a chairman can perform an important role in setting the agenda for the Board, establishing the boardroom culture, establishing a point person on behalf of the Board for Fund management, and reinforcing the Board’s focus on the long-term interests of shareholders. The Board recognizes that a chairman may be able to better perform these functions without any conflicts of interests arising from a position with Fund management. Accordingly, the Board Members have elected Terence J. Toth as the independent Chairman of the Board. Specific responsibilities of the Chairman include: (i) presiding at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders; (ii) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the Board Members are carried into effect; and (iii) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the Board Members and the shareholders.

Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as advisory contracts, underwriting contracts and Fund performance), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit Board Members to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the Funds, including risk oversight. More specifically, with respect to risk oversight, the Board has delegated matters relating to valuation and compliance to certain committees (as summarized below) as well as certain aspects of investment risk. In addition, the Board believes that the periodic rotation of Board Members among the different committees allows the Board Members to gain additional and different perspectives of a Fund’s

 

85


operations. The Board has established six standing committees: the Executive Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Closed-End Funds Committee. The Board may also from time to time create ad hoc committees to focus on particular issues as the need arises. The membership and functions of the standing committees are summarized below.

Executive Committee. The Executive Committee, which meets between regular meetings of the Board, is authorized to exercise all of the powers of the Board. The members of the Executive Committee are Terence J. Toth, Chair, Albin F. Moschner and Margaret L. Wolff. For each Fund, the Executive Committee did not hold a meeting during the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020.

Dividend Committee. The Dividend Committee is authorized to declare distributions on each Fund’s shares including, but not limited to, regular and special dividends, capital gains and ordinary income distributions. The members of the Dividend Committee are Robert L. Young, Chair, William C. Hunter, Albin F. Moschner and Margaret L. Wolff. For each Fund, during the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Dividend Committee met four (4) times.

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee, in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, that is composed of Independent Board Members who are also “independent” as that term is defined in the listing standards pertaining to closed-end funds of the NYSE. The Audit Committee assists the Board in: the oversight and monitoring of the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices of the Funds, and the audits of the financial statements of the Funds; the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Funds; the Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Funds’ financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence; and the pricing procedures of the Funds and the internal valuation group of Nuveen. It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to select, evaluate and replace any independent auditors (subject only to Board and, if applicable, shareholder ratification) and to determine their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for, among other things, overseeing the valuation of securities comprising the Funds’ portfolios. Subject to the Board’s general supervision of such actions, the Audit Committee addresses any valuation issues, oversees the Funds’ pricing procedures and actions taken by Nuveen’s internal valuation group which provides regular reports to the Audit Committee, reviews any issues relating to the valuation of the Funds’ securities brought to its attention, and considers the risks to the Funds in assessing the possible resolutions of these matters. The Audit Committee may also consider any financial risk exposures for the Funds in conjunction with performing its functions.

To fulfill its oversight duties, the Audit Committee receives annual and semiannual reports and has regular meetings with the external auditors for the Funds and the internal audit group at Nuveen. The Audit Committee also may review, in a general manner, the processes the Board or other Board committees have in place with respect to risk assessment and risk management as well as compliance with legal and regulatory matters relating to the Funds’ financial statements. The Audit Committee operates under a written Audit Committee Charter (the “Charter”) adopted and approved by the Board, which Charter conforms to the listing standards of the NYSE. Members of the Audit Committee are independent (as set forth in the Charter) and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board Members, would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment as an Audit Committee member. The members of the Audit Committee are Carole E. Stone, Chair, Jack B. Evans, William C. Hunter, John K. Nelson and Judith M. Stockdale, each of whom is an Independent Board Member of

 

86


the Funds. A copy of the Charter is available at https://www.nuveen.com/fund-governance. For each Fund, during the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Funds’ Audit Committee met four (4) times.

Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee. The Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee (the “Compliance Committee”) is responsible for the oversight of compliance issues, risk management and other regulatory matters affecting the Funds that are not otherwise under or within the jurisdiction of the other committees. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews policies and procedures designed to address the Funds’ compliance and risk matters. As part of its duties, the Compliance Committee: reviews the policies and procedures relating to compliance matters and recommends modifications thereto as necessary or appropriate to the full Board; develops new policies and procedures as new regulatory matters affecting the Funds arise from time to time; evaluates or considers any comments or reports from examinations from regulatory authorities and responses thereto; and performs any special reviews, investigations or other oversight responsibilities relating to risk management, compliance and/or regulatory matters as requested by the Board.

In addition, the Compliance Committee is responsible for risk oversight, including, but not limited to, the oversight of risks related to investments and operations. Such risks include, among other things, exposures to: particular issuers, market sectors, or types of securities; risks related to product structure elements, such as leverage; and techniques that may be used to address those risks, such as hedging and swaps. In assessing issues brought to the Compliance Committee’s attention or in reviewing a particular policy, procedure, investment technique or strategy, the Compliance Committee evaluates the risks to the Funds in adopting a particular approach or resolution compared to the anticipated benefits to the Funds and their shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations, the Compliance Committee meets on a quarterly basis, and at least once a year in person. The Compliance Committee receives written and oral reports from the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and meets privately with the CCO at each of its quarterly meetings. The CCO also provides an annual report to the full Board regarding the operations of the Funds’ and other service providers’ compliance programs as well as any recommendations for modifications thereto. The Compliance Committee also receives reports from the investment services group of Nuveen regarding various investment risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board also participates in discussions with management regarding certain matters relating to investment risk, such as the use of leverage and hedging. The investment services group therefore also reports to the full Board at its quarterly meetings regarding, among other things, Fund performance and the various drivers of such performance. Accordingly, the Board directly and/or in conjunction with the Compliance Committee oversees matters relating to investment risks. Matters not addressed at the committee level are addressed directly by the full Board. The Compliance Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Compliance Committee are John K. Nelson, Chair, Albin F. Moschner, Terence J. Toth, Margaret L. Wolff and Robert L. Young. For each Fund, during the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Funds’ Compliance Committee met five (5) times.

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for seeking, identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, the assignment and rotation of committee members, and the establishment of corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable, and matters related thereto. Although the unitary and committee structure has been developed over the years and the Nominating and Governance Committee

 

87


believes the structure has provided efficient and effective governance, the Nominating and Governance Committee recognizes that, as demands on the Board evolve over time (such as through an increase in the number of funds overseen or an increase in the complexity of the issues raised), the Nominating and Governance Committee must continue to evaluate the Board and committee structures and their processes and modify the foregoing as may be necessary or appropriate to continue to provide effective governance. Accordingly, the Nominating and Governance Committee has a separate meeting each year to, among other things, review the Board and committee structures, their performance and functions, and recommend any modifications thereto or alternative structures or processes that would enhance the Board’s governance over the Funds’ business.

In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee, among other things: makes recommendations concerning the continuing education of Board Members; monitors performance of legal counsel and other service providers; establishes and monitors a process by which security holders are able to communicate in writing with Board Members; and periodically reviews and makes recommendations about any appropriate changes to Board Member compensation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee receives suggestions from various sources, including shareholders, as to suitable candidates. Suggestions should be sent in writing to William Siffermann, Manager of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Nominating and Governance Committee sets appropriate standards and requirements for nominations for new Board Members and each nominee is evaluated using the same standards. However, the Nominating and Governance Committee reserves the right to interview any and all candidates and to make the final selection of any new Board Members. In considering a candidate’s qualifications, each candidate must meet certain basic requirements, including relevant skills and experience, time availability (including the time requirements for due diligence site visits to internal and external sub-advisers and service providers) and, if qualifying as an Independent Board Member candidate, independence from the Adviser, sub-advisers, underwriters or other service providers, including any affiliates of these entities. These skill and experience requirements may vary depending on the current composition of the Board, since the goal is to ensure an appropriate range of skills, diversity and experience, in the aggregate. Accordingly, the particular factors considered and weight given to these factors will depend on the composition of the Board and the skills and backgrounds of the incumbent Board Members at the time of consideration of the nominees. All candidates, however, must meet high expectations of personal integrity, independence, governance experience and professional competence. All candidates must be willing to be critical within the Board and with management and yet maintain a collegial and collaborative manner toward other Board Members. In addition, the by-laws of the Target Fund establish qualification requirements applicable to any person who is recommended, nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated as a Board Member. The Nominating and Governance Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board, a copy of which is available on the Funds’ website at https://www.nuveen.com/fund-governance, and is composed entirely of Independent Board Members, who are also “independent” as defined by NYSE listing standards. The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Terence J. Toth, Chair, Jack B. Evans, William C. Hunter, Albin F. Moschner, John K. Nelson, Judith M. Stockdale, Carole E. Stone, Margaret L. Wolff and Robert L. Young. For each Fund, during the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Funds’ Nominating and Governance Committee met five (5) times.

Closed-End Funds Committee. The Closed-End Funds Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the Nuveen funds that are registered as closed-end management investment companies (“Closed-End Funds”). The Closed-End Funds Committee may review and evaluate matters related to the formation and the initial presentation to the Board of any

 

88


new Closed-End Fund and may review and evaluate any matters relating to any existing Closed-End Fund. The Closed-End Funds Committee receives updates on the secondary closed-end fund market and evaluates the premiums and discounts of the Nuveen closed-end funds, including the Funds, at each quarterly meeting. The Closed-End Funds Committee, reviews, among other things, the premium and discount trends in the broader closed-end fund market, by asset category and by closed-end fund; the historical total return performance data for the Nuveen closed-end funds, including the Funds, based on net asset value and price over various periods; the volatility trends in the market; the use of leverage by the Nuveen closed-end funds, including the Funds; the distribution data of the Nuveen closed-end funds, including the Funds, and as compared to peer averages; and a summary of common share issuances, if any, and share repurchases, if any, during the applicable quarter. The Closed-End Funds Committee regularly engages in more in-depth discussions of premiums and discounts of the Nuveen closed-end funds. Additionally, the Closed-End Funds Committee members participate in in-depth workshops to explore, among other things, actions to address discounts of the Nuveen closed-end funds, potential share repurchases and available leverage strategies and their use. The Closed-End Funds Committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Closed-End Funds Committee are Jack B. Evans, Chair, Carole E. Stone, Terence J. Toth, Margaret L. Wolff and Robert L. Young. For each Fund, during the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Closed-End Funds Committee met four (4) times.

Board Member Attendance. During the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020, the Board held six (6) regular meetings and nine (9) special meetings.

During the last fiscal year, each Board Member attended 75% or more of each Fund’s Board meetings and the committee meetings (if a member thereof) held during the period for which such Board Member was a Board Member. The policy of the Board relating to attendance by Board Members at annual meetings of shareholders of the Funds and the number of Board Members who attended the last annual meeting of shareholders of each Fund is posted on the Funds’ website at https://www.nuveen.com/fund-governance.

Board Diversification and Board Member Qualifications. In determining that a particular Board Member was qualified to serve on the Board, the Board considered each Board Member’s background, skills, experience and other attributes in light of the composition of the Board with no particular factor controlling. The Board believes that Board Members need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, and the Board believes each Board Member satisfies this standard. An effective Board Member may achieve this ability through his or her educational background; business, professional training or practice; public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member or executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Accordingly, set forth below is a summary of the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this document, that each Board Member should serve in that capacity. References to the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills of Board Members are pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), do not constitute holding out the Board or any Board Member as having any special expertise or experience and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

 

89


Jack B. Evans

Mr. Evans has served as Chairman since 2019 and President (1996-2019) of The Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation . Mr. Evans was formerly President and Chief Operating Officer of the SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm headquartered in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Formerly, he was a member of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago as well as a Director of Alliant Energy and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System. Mr. Evans is Chairman of the Board of United Fire Group, a Life Trustee of Coe College and formerly served on the Board of The Gazette Company. He has a Bachelor of Arts from Coe College and an M.B.A. from the University of Iowa. Mr. Evans joined the Board in 1999.

William C. Hunter

Dr. Hunter became Dean Emeritus of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa in 2012, after having served as Dean of the College since July 2006. He had been Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance at the University of Connecticut School of Business from 2003 to 2006. From 1995 to 2003, he was the Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. He has held faculty positions at Emory University, Atlanta University, the University of Georgia and Northwestern University. He has consulted with numerous foreign central banks and official agencies in Europe, Asia, Central America and South America. He has been a Director of Wellmark, Inc. since 2009. He is a past Director (2005-2015) and a past President (2010-2014) of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society and a past Director (2004-2018) of the Xerox Corporation. Dr. Hunter joined the Board in 2004.

Albin F. Moschner

Mr. Moschner is a consultant in the wireless industry and, in July 2012, founded Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm that provides operational, management and governance solutions. Prior to founding Northcroft Partners, LLC, Mr. Moschner held various positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., a provider of wireless services, where he was a consultant from February 2011 to July 2012, Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to February 2011, and Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Before he joined Leap Wireless International, Inc., Mr. Moschner was President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. from 2000 to 2003, and President of One Point Services at One Point Communications from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Moschner also served at Zenith Electronics Corporation as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 1996, and as Director, President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Moschner has been Chairman of the Board (since 2019) and a member of the Board of Directors (since 2012) of USA Technologies, Inc. and, from 1996 until 2016, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Wintrust Financial Corporation. In addition, he is emeritus (since 2018) of the Advisory Boards of the Kellogg School of Management (1995-2018) and the Archdiocese of Chicago Financial Council (2012-2018). Mr. Moschner received a Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York in 1974 and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University in 1979. Mr. Moschner joined the Board in 2016.

John K. Nelson

Mr. Nelson is currently on the Board of Directors of Core12, LLC. (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing, and communications strategies for clients. Mr. Nelson has

 

90


extensive experience in global banking and markets, having served in several senior executive positions with ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. and its affiliated entities and predecessors, including LaSalle Bank Corporation from 1996 to 2008, ultimately serving as Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America. During his tenure at the bank, he also served as Global Head of its Financial Markets Division, which encompassed the bank’s Currency, Commodity, Fixed Income, Emerging Markets, and Derivatives businesses. He was a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States and during his tenure with ABN AMRO served as the bank’s representative on various committees of The Bank of Canada, European Central Bank, and The Bank of England. Mr. Nelson previously served as a senior, external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2104). At Fordham University, he served as a director of The President’s Council (2010- 2019) and previously served as a director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (2009-2018). He served as a trustee and Chairman of The Board of Trustees of Marian University (2011-2013). Mr. Nelson is a graduate of Fordham University and holds a BA in Economics (1984) and an MBA in Finance (1991). Mr. Nelson joined the Board in 2013.

Judith M. Stockdale

Ms. Stockdale retired at the end of 2012 as Executive Director of the Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation, a private foundation working in land conservation and artistic vitality in the Chicago region and the Low Country of South Carolina. She is currently a board member of the Land Trust Alliance (since 2013). Her previous positions include Executive Director of the Great Lakes Protection Fund, Executive Director of Openlands, and Senior Staff Associate at the Chicago Community Trust. She has served on the Advisory Council of the National Zoological Park, the Governor’s Science Advisory Council (Illinois) and the Nancy Ryerson Ranney Leadership Grants Program. She has served on the Boards of Brushwood Center, Forefront f/k/a Donors Forum and the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities. Ms. Stockdale, a native of the United Kingdom, has a Bachelor of Science degree in geography from the University of Durham (UK) and a Master of Forest Science degree from Yale University. Ms. Stockdale joined the Board in 1997.

Carole E. Stone

Ms. Stone recently retired from the Board of Directors of the Cboe Global Markets, Inc. (formerly, CBOE Holdings, Inc.) having served from 2010-2020. She previously served on the Boards of the Chicago Board Options Exchange and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated. Ms. Stone retired from the New York State Division of the Budget in 2004, having served as its Director for nearly five years and as Deputy Director from 1995 through 1999. She has also served as the Chair of the New York Racing Association Oversight Board, as Chair of the Public Authorities Control Board, as a Commissioner on the New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform and as a member of the boards of directors of several New York State public authorities. Ms. Stone has a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Skidmore College. Ms. Stone joined the Board in 2007.

Matthew Thornton III

Mr. Thornton has over 40 years of broad leadership and operating experience from his career with FedEx Corporation (“FedEx”), which, through its portfolio of companies, provides transportation, e-commerce and business services. In November 2019, Mr. Thornton retired as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of FedEx Freight Corporation (FedEx Freight), a subsidiary of FedEx, where, from May 2018 until his retirement, he had been responsible for day-to-day operations,

 

91


strategic guidance, modernization of freight operations and delivering innovative customer solutions. From September 2006 to May 2018, Mr. Thornton served as Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations at Federal Express Corporation (FedEx Express), a subsidiary of FedEx. Prior to September 2006, Mr. Thornton held a range of positions of increasing responsibility with FedEx, including various management positions. In addition, Mr. Thornton currently (since 2014) serves on the Board of Directors of The Sherwin-Williams Company, where he is a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Formerly (2012-2018), he was a member of the Board of Directors of Safe Kids Worldwide®, a non-profit organization dedicated to the prevention of childhood injuries. Mr. Thornton is a member (since 2014) of the Executive Leadership Council (ELC), the nation’s premier organization of global black senior executives. He is also a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD). Mr. Thornton has been recognized by Black Enterprise on its 2017 list of the Most Powerful Executives in Corporate America and by Ebony on its 2016 Power 100 list of the world’s most influential and inspiring African Americans. Mr. Thornton received a B.B.A. degree from the University of Memphis in 1980 and an M.B.A. from the University of Tennessee in 2001. Mr. Thornton has been appointed to the Board effective November 16, 2020.

Terence J. Toth

Mr. Toth, the Board’s Independent Chair, was a Co-Founding Partner of Promus Capital (2008 to 2017). From 2010 to 2019, he was a Director of Fulcrum IT Services, LLC and from 2008 to 2013, he served as a Director of Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Northern Trust Global Investments, and Executive Vice President of Quantitative Management & Securities Lending from 2000 to 2004. He also formerly served on the Board of the Northern Trust Mutual Funds. He joined Northern Trust in 1994 after serving as Managing Director and Head of Global Securities Lending at Bankers Trust (1986 to 1994) and Head of Government Trading and Cash Collateral Investment at Northern Trust from 1982 to 1986. He currently serves on the Boards of Quality Control Corporation (since 2012) and Catalyst Schools of Chicago (since 2008). He is on the Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and is Chair of its Investment Committee. Mr. Toth graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Illinois, and received his MBA from New York University. In 2005, he graduated from the CEO Perspectives Program at Northwestern University. Mr. Toth joined the Board in 2008.

Margaret L. Wolff

Ms. Wolff retired from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in 2014 after more than 30 years of providing client service in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group. During her legal career, Ms. Wolff devoted significant time to advising boards and senior management on U.S. and international corporate, securities, regulatory and strategic matters, including governance, shareholder, fiduciary, operational and management issues. From 2013 to November 2017, she was a board member of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each of which is a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). Ms. Wolff has been a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital since 2005 and, since 2004, she has served as a trustee of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults) where she currently is the Chair. From 2005 to 2015, she was a trustee of Mt. Holyoke College and served as Vice Chair of the Board from 2011 to 2015. Ms. Wolff received her Bachelor of Arts from Mt. Holyoke College and her Juris Doctor from Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Ms. Wolff joined the Board in 2016.

 

92


Robert L. Young

Mr. Young has more than 30 years of experience in the investment management industry. From 1997 to 2017, he held various positions with J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“J.P. Morgan Investment”) and its affiliates (collectively, “J.P. Morgan”). Most recently, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Director of J.P. Morgan Investment (from 2010 to 2016) and as President and Principal Executive Officer of the J.P. Morgan Funds (from 2013 to 2016). As Chief Operating Officer of J.P. Morgan Investment, Mr. Young led service, administration and business platform support activities for J.P. Morgan’s domestic retail mutual fund and institutional commingled and separate account businesses, and co-led these activities for J.P. Morgan’s global retail and institutional investment management businesses. As President of the J.P. Morgan Funds, Mr. Young interacted with various service providers to these funds, facilitated the relationship between such funds and their boards, and was directly involved in establishing board agendas, addressing regulatory matters, and establishing policies and procedures. Before joining J.P. Morgan, Mr. Young, a former Certified Public Accountant (CPA), was a Senior Manager (Audit) with Deloitte & Touche LLP (formerly, Touche Ross LLP), where he was employed from 1985 to 1996. During his tenure there, he actively participated in creating, and ultimately led, the firm’s midwestern mutual fund practice. Mr. Young holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from the University of Dayton and, from 2008 to 2011, he served on the Investment Committee of its Board of Trustees. Mr. Young joined the Board in 2017.

Board Member Terms. For each Fund, shareholders will be asked to elect Board Members as each Board Member’s term expires, and such Board Members shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders subsequent to their election or thereafter, in each case when their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. These provisions could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board.

The Officers

The following table sets forth information with respect to each officer of the Funds. Officers receive no compensation from the Funds. The officers are elected by the Board on an annual basis to serve until successors are elected and qualified.

 

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time
Served(1)(2)

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years(3)

David J. Lamb
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1963
  Chief Administrative Officer  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2015

  Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President of Nuveen (since 2006), Vice President prior to 2006.
Nathaniel T. Jones
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1979
  Vice President and Treasurer  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2016

  Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017), formerly, Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen; Managing Director (since 2015) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

93


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time
Served(1)(2)

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years(3)

Walter M. Kelly
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1970
  Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2003

  Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2008-2017) of Nuveen.
Tina M. Lazar
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1961
  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2002

  Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2014-2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC.

Brian J. Lockhart

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1974

  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2019

  Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Vice President (2010-2017) of Nuveen; Head of Investment Oversight (since 2017), formerly, Team Leader of Manager Oversight (2015-2017).

Jacques M. Longerstaey

8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.

Charlotte, NC 28262

1963

  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2019

  Senior Managing Director, Chief Risk Officer (since May 2019) of Nuveen; Senior Managing Director (since May 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; formerly, Chief Investment and Model Risk Officer, Wealth & Investment Management Division, Wells Fargo Bank (NA) (from 2013-2019).

 

94


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time
Served(1)(2)

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years(3)

Kevin J. McCarthy
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1966
  Vice President and Assistant Secretary  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2007

  Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary and General Counsel (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc., formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Nuveen Securities, LLC, formerly Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director (2008-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017), Secretary (since 2016) and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, formerly, Executive Vice President (2016-2017), Managing Director (2008-2016) and Assistant Secretary (2007-2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017), Secretary (since 2016) and Associate General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, formerly Executive Vice President (2016-2017) and Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (2011- 2016); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC, formerly Executive Vice President (2016-2017); Vice President (since 2007) and Secretary (since 2016), formerly, Assistant Secretary, of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Symphony Asset Management LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Senior Managing Director (since 2017) and Secretary (since 2016) of Nuveen Alternative Investments, LLC.

 

95


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time
Served(1)(2)

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years(3)

Jon Scott Meissner

TIAA

8500 Andrew Carnegie Boulevard

Charlotte, NC 28262

1973

  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2019

  Managing Director of Mutual Fund Tax and Financial Reporting (since 2017) of Nuveen; Managing Director (since 2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Senior Director (since 2016) of Teachers Advisors, LLC and TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC; Senior Director, Mutual Fund Taxation (since 2015) of the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and the CREF Accounts; has held various positions with TIAA since 2004.
William T. Meyers
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1966
  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2018

  Senior Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2016-2017), Senior Vice President (2010-2016) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2016) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Senior Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2016-2017), Senior Vice President (2010-2016) of Nuveen, has held various positions with Nuveen since 1991.

Deann D. Morgan

100 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016

1969

  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2020

  Executive Vice President, Global Head of Product of Nuveen (since November 2019); Co-Chief Executive Officer of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since March 2020); Managing Member MDR Collaboratory LLC (since 2018); Managing Director, Head of Wealth Management Product Structuring & COO Multi Asset Investing, The Blackstone Group (2013-2017).

 

96


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time
Served(1)(2)

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years(3)

Christopher M. Rohrbacher
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1971
  Vice President and Assistant Secretary  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2008

  Managing Director (since 2017) and Co-General Counsel (since 2019), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017) and Assistant Secretary (2016-2019) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2017) and Associate General Counsel (since 2016), formerly, Senior Vice President (2012-2017) and Assistant General Counsel (2008-2016) of Nuveen.
William A. Siffermann
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1975
  Vice President  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2017

  Managing Director (since 2017), formerly, Senior Vice President (2016-2017) and Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen.
E. Scott Wickerham
TIAA
730 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017
1973
  Vice President and Controller  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2019

  Senior Managing Director, Head of Fund Administration of Nuveen (since 2019), formerly, Managing Director; Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer (since 2017) to the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, the TIAA Separate Account VA-1 and the Treasurer (since 2017) to the CREF Accounts; Senior Director, TIAA-CREF Fund Administration (2014-2015); has held various positions with TIAA since 2006.
Mark L. Winget
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1968
  Vice President and Assistant Secretary  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 2008

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2008) and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2019); Vice President (since 2010) and Associate General Counsel (since 2016), formerly, Assistant General Counsel (2008-2016) of Nuveen.

 

97


Name,
Address and
Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Fund

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time
Served(1)(2)

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years(3)

Gifford R. Zimmerman
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
1956
  Vice President and Secretary  

Term: Annual

 

Length of Service: Since 1988

  Managing Director (since 2002) and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2002), Assistant Secretary (since 1997) and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 1994) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2011); Vice President (since 2017), formerly, Managing Director (2003-2017) and Assistant Secretary (since 2003) of Symphony Asset Management LLC; Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2002) of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC (since 2006) and of Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

(1)

Officers serve one-year terms through August of each year. The year first elected or appointed represents the year in which the Officer was first elected or appointed to any fund in the Nuveen Fund Complex.

(2)

Length of service indicates the year the individual became an officer of a fund in the Nuveen Fund complex.

(3)

Information as of September 30, 2020.

Audit Committee Report

The Audit Committee of each Board is responsible for the oversight and monitoring of (1) the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices, and the audit of the financial statements, of each Fund, (2) the quality and integrity of the Fund’s financial statements and (3) the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, performance and independence. In its oversight capacity, the Audit Committee reviews each Fund’s annual financial statements with both management and the independent registered public accounting firm and the Audit Committee meets periodically with the independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditors to consider their evaluation of each Fund’s financial and internal controls. The Audit Committee also selects, retains, evaluates and may replace each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee is currently composed of five Independent Board Members and operates under a written charter adopted and approved by each Board. Each Audit Committee member meets the independence and experience requirements, as applicable, of the NYSE, Section 10A of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

98


The Audit Committee, in discharging its duties, has met with and held discussions with management and each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee has also reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management. Management has represented to the independent registered public accounting firm that each Fund’s financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Audit Committee has also discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards (“SAS”) No. 114 (The Auditor’s Communication With Those Charged With Governance), which supersedes SAS No. 61 (Communication with Audit Committees). Each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm provided to the Audit Committee the written disclosure required by Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Rule 3526 (Communications with Audit Committees Concerning Independence), and the Audit Committee discussed with representatives of the independent registered public accounting firm their firm’s independence. As provided in the Audit Committee Charter, it is not the Audit Committee’s responsibility to determine, and the considerations and discussions referenced above do not ensure, that each Fund’s financial statements are complete and accurate and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Based on the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, the representations of management and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm to the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee has recommended that the audited financial statements be included in each Fund’s Annual Report.

The current members of the Audit Committee are:

Jack B. Evans

William C. Hunter

John K. Nelson

Carole E. Stone

Judith M. Stockdale

Audit and Related Fees

The following tables provide the aggregate fees billed during each Fund’s last two fiscal years by each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm for engagements directly related to the operations and financial reporting of each Fund including those relating (i) to each Fund for services provided to the Fund and (ii) to the Adviser and certain entities controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser that provide ongoing services to each Fund (“Adviser Entities”).

 

     Audit  Fees(1)     Audit Related Fees(2)     Tax Fees(3)     All Other Fees(4)  
     Fund     Fund     Adviser and
Adviser Entities
    Fund     Adviser and
Adviser Entities
    Fund     Adviser and
Adviser Entities
 
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
    Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
 

Target Fund

  $ 24,750     $ 25,240     $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –    

Acquiring Fund

  $ 24,750     $ 25,240     $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –       $ –    

 

(1)

“Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for professional services for the audit of the Fund’s annual financial statements and services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

 

99


(2)

“Audit Related Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements that are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These fees include offerings related to the Fund’s common shares and leverage.

(3)

“Tax Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for professional services for tax advice, tax compliance, and tax planning. These fees include: all global withholding tax services; excise and state tax reviews; capital gain, tax equalization and taxable basis calculation performed by the principal accountant.

(4)

“All Other Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for products and services other than “Audit Fees”, “Audit-Related Fees” and “Tax Fees.” These fees represent all “Agreed-Upon Procedures” engagements pertaining to the Fund’s use of leverage.

 

     Total Non-Audit
Fees Billed to Fund
     Total Non-Audit
Fees Billed to
Adviser and Adviser
Entities
(Engagements
Related Directly to
the Operations and
Financial Reporting
of Fund)
     Total Non-Audit
Fees Billed to
Adviser and Adviser

Entities (All Other
Engagements)
     Total  
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2019
     Fiscal
Year
Ended
2020
 

Target Fund

   $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –    

Acquiring Fund

   $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –        $ –    

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Generally, the Audit Committee must approve each Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm’s engagements (i) with the Fund for audit or non-audit services and (ii) with the Adviser and Adviser Entities for non-audit services if the engagement relates directly to the operations and financial reporting of the Fund. Regarding tax and research projects conducted by the independent registered public accounting firm for each Fund and the Adviser and Adviser Entities (with respect to the operations and financial reporting of each Fund), such engagements will be (i) pre-approved by the Audit Committee if they are expected to be for amounts greater than $10,000; (ii) reported to the Audit Committee chairman for her verbal approval prior to engagement if they are expected to be for amounts under $10,000 but greater than $5,000; and (iii) reported to the Audit Committee at the next Audit Committee meeting if they are expected to be for an amount under $5,000.

The Audit Committee has approved in advance all audit services and non-audit services that the independent registered public accounting firm provided to each Fund and to the Adviser and Adviser Entities (with respect to the operations and financial reporting of each Fund). None of the services rendered by the independent registered public accounting firm to each Fund or the Adviser or Adviser Entities were pre-approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to the pre-approval exception under Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) or Rule 2-01(c)(7)(ii) of Regulation S-X.

Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of each Fund has appointed KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) as independent registered public accounting firm to audit the books and records of the Fund for its current fiscal year. A representative of KPMG will be present at the Annual Meetings to make a statement, if such representative so desires, and to respond to shareholders’ questions. KPMG has informed each Fund that it has no direct or indirect material financial interest in the Funds, Nuveen, the Adviser or any other investment company sponsored by Nuveen.

 

100


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ACQUIRING FUND

Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation

The Acquiring Fund articles of incorporation may limit the ability of other companies or persons to acquire control of the Fund. The provisions discussed below will be inapplicable if the Domicile Change proposal is approved.

Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Acquiring Fund’s articles of incorporation include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. The holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of common stock, except as described below, must vote to authorize (1) a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, (2) a merger or consolidation of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund, with any other corporation or a reorganization or recapitalization of the Fund, (3) a sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets (other than in the regular course of the Fund’s investment activities), (4) a liquidation or termination of the Fund, or a series or class of the Fund or (5) a removal of directors by shareholders, and then only for cause, unless, with respect to (1) through (4), such transaction has already been authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of directors fixed in accordance with the Acquiring Fund articles of incorporation or the by-laws, in which case the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Fund’s shares of common stock outstanding at the time, is required; provided, however, that where only a particular class or series is affected (or, in the case of removing a director, when the director has been elected by only one class), only the required vote by the applicable class or series will be required. Approval of shareholders is not required, however, for any transaction, whether deemed a merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise whereby the Fund issues shares in connection with the acquisition of assets (including those subject to liabilities) from any other investment company or similar entity. None of the foregoing provisions may be amended except by the vote of at least two-thirds of the shares of common stock. The votes required to approve the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company are higher than those required by the 1940 Act. The Board of the Acquiring Fund believes that the provisions of the Acquiring Fund articles of incorporation relating to such higher votes are in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders.

Minnesota Anti-Takeover Laws. The Fund, as a Minnesota corporation, is subject to Sections 302A.671, 302A.673 and 302A.675 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act, which may have the effect of discouraging a negotiated acquisition or unsolicited takeover. The following summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the statutory sections cited.

In general, Section 302A.671 provides that a public Minnesota corporation’s shares acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights unless voting rights are approved by the corporation’s other shareholders. A “control share acquisition” is a direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of shares that would, when added to all other shares beneficially owned by the acquiring person, entitle the acquiring person to have voting power of 20% or more in the election of directors.

In general, Section 302A.673 prohibits a public Minnesota corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a period of four years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless either the business combination or the acquisition by which such person becomes an interested shareholder is approved by

 

101


a committee composed solely of disinterested directors. The term “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in the receipt of a financial benefit by the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of a corporation’s voting shares, or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and who, at any time within four years before the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the corporation’s voting shares.

If a tender offer is made for shares of a public Minnesota corporation, Section 302A.675 precludes the offeror from acquiring additional shares (including in acquisitions pursuant to mergers, consolidations or statutory share exchanges) within two years following the completion of the tender offer, unless shareholders selling their shares in the later acquisition are given the opportunity to sell their shares on terms that are substantially equivalent to those provided in the earlier tender offer. Section 302A.675 does not apply if a committee composed solely of disinterested directors approved the earlier tender offer before any shares were acquired pursuant to it.

Reference should be made to the Acquiring Fund’s articles of incorporation on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions, as well as the statutory sections of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act cited above.

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

The Acquiring Fund is a closed-end management investment company, and as such its shareholders do not have the right to cause the Acquiring Fund to redeem their common shares. Instead, the common shares of the Acquiring Fund trade in the open market at a price that is a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because common shares of closed-end management investment companies may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Acquiring Fund’s Board has determined that, at least annually, it will consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares at net asset value, or the conversion of the Acquiring Fund to an open-end investment company. There is no assurance that the Acquiring Fund’s Board will decide to take any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce market discount.

If the Acquiring Fund converted to an open-end investment company, the common shares would no longer be listed on an exchange. In contrast to a closed-end management investment company, shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption. See “Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation” above for a discussion of the voting requirements applicable to the conversion of the Acquiring Fund to an open-end management investment company.

Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Board will consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the

 

102


Acquiring Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Acquiring Fund’s common shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Acquiring Fund, no action should be taken. See the Reorganization SAI under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate such discount to net asset value.

Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent

The custodian of the assets of each Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. Each Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend disbursing agent is Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Federal Income Tax Matters Associated with Investment in the Acquiring Fund

The following information is meant as a general summary of certain federal income tax matters for U.S. shareholders. Please see the Reorganization SAI for additional information. Investors should rely on their own tax adviser for advice about the particular federal, foreign, state and local tax consequences to them of investing in the Acquiring Fund.

The Acquiring Fund has elected to be treated and intends to qualify each year (including the taxable year in which the Domicile Change and Reorganization occur) as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In order to qualify as a RIC, the Acquiring Fund must satisfy certain requirements regarding the sources of its income, the diversification of its assets and the distribution of its income. As a RIC, the Acquiring Fund is not expected to be subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to its shareholders. The Acquiring Fund invests primarily in municipal securities. Thus, substantially all of the Acquiring Fund’s dividends paid to you should qualify as “exempt-interest dividends.” A shareholder treats an exempt-interest dividend as interest on state and local bonds exempt from regular federal income tax. Federal income tax law imposes an alternative minimum tax with respect to individuals, trusts and estates. Interest on certain municipal obligations, such as certain private activity bonds, is included as an item of tax preference in determining the amount of a taxpayer’s alternative minimum taxable income. To the extent that the Acquiring Fund receives income from such municipal obligations, a portion of the dividends paid by the Acquiring Fund, although exempt from regular federal income tax, will be taxable to shareholders to the extent that their tax liability is determined under the federal alternative minimum tax.

Future legislation could limit the exclusion from gross income of tax-exempt interest (which includes exempt-interest dividends received from the Acquiring Fund). Such legislation could affect the value of the municipal securities owned by the Acquiring Fund. The likelihood of such legislation being enacted cannot be predicted. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the potential consequences of future legislation on their investment in the Acquiring Fund.

In addition to exempt-interest dividends, the Acquiring Fund may also distribute to its shareholders amounts that are treated as long-term capital gain or ordinary income (which may include short-term capital gains). These distributions may be subject to federal, state and local taxation, depending on a shareholder’s situation. If so, they are taxable whether or not such distributions are

 

103


reinvested. Distributions of net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short- term capital losses) are generally taxable at rates applicable to long-term capital gains regardless of how long a shareholder has held its shares. Long-term capital gains are currently taxable to noncorporate shareholders at a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%. In addition, certain individuals, estates and trusts are subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income, including net capital gains and other taxable dividends. Corporate shareholders are taxed on capital gain at the same rates as apply to ordinary income. The Acquiring Fund does not expect that any part of its distributions to shareholders from its investments will qualify for the dividends-received deduction available to corporate shareholders or as “qualified dividend income” to noncorporate shareholders.

As a RIC, the Acquiring Fund will not be subject to federal income tax in any taxable year provided that it meets certain distribution requirements. The Acquiring Fund may retain for investment some (or all) of its net capital gains. If the Acquiring Fund retains any net capital gains or its investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Acquiring Fund retains any net capital gains, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (1) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their share of such undistributed amount; (2) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the federal income tax paid by the Acquiring Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any; and (3) may claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Acquiring Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (2) of the preceding sentence.

Dividends declared by the Acquiring Fund in October, November or December to shareholders of record in one of those months and paid during the following January will be treated as having been paid by the Acquiring Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the year the distributions were declared.

Each shareholder will receive an annual statement summarizing the shareholder’s dividend and capital gains distributions.

The redemption, sale or exchange of shares normally will result in capital gain or loss to shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year even though the increase in value in such shares is attributable to tax-exempt interest income. The gain or loss on shares held for one year or less will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Current federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the same rates applicable to ordinary income. However, for noncorporate taxpayers, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%, while short-term capital gains are currently taxed at ordinary income rates. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax may also apply to certain individual, estate or trust shareholders’ capital gain from the sale or other disposition of their shares. Any loss on the sale of shares that have been held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any distribution of exempt-interest dividends received with respect to such shares, unless the shares are of a RIC that declares exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. Any remaining loss on the sale or disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated

 

104


as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains received by the shareholder on such shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Acquiring Fund will be disallowed to the extent those shares of the Acquiring Fund are replaced by other substantially identical shares of the Acquiring Fund or other substantially identical stock or securities (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the original shares. In that event, the basis of the replacement shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Any interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the Acquiring Fund’s shares to which exempt-interest dividends are allocated is not deductible. Under certain applicable rules, the purchase or ownership of shares may be considered to have been made with borrowed funds even though such funds are not directly used for the purchase or ownership of the shares. In addition, if you receive Social Security or certain railroad retirement benefits, you may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of such benefits as a result of receiving investment income, including exempt-interest dividends and other distributions paid by the Acquiring Fund.

If the Acquiring Fund invests in certain pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Acquiring Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Acquiring Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. However, the Acquiring Fund must distribute to shareholders, at least annually, all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and its net tax-exempt income, including such income it is required to accrue, to qualify as a RIC and (with respect to its ordinary income and capital gain) to avoid federal income and excise taxes. Therefore, the Acquiring Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.

The Acquiring Fund may hold or acquire municipal obligations that are market discount bonds. A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond). If the Acquiring Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary taxable income to the extent of the accrued market discount.

The Acquiring Fund’s investment in lower rated or unrated debt securities may present issues for the Acquiring Fund if the issuers of these securities default on their obligations because the federal income tax consequences to a holder of such securities are not certain.

The Acquiring Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 24% from all distributions (including exempt-interest dividends) and redemption proceeds payable to a shareholder if the shareholder fails to provide the Acquiring Fund with his, her or its correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if the shareholder has been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) (or the IRS notifies the Acquiring Fund) that he, she or it is subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, it is a way in which the IRS ensures it will collect taxes otherwise due. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

105


The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally requires the Acquiring Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders. If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA, the Acquiring Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on Acquiring Fund dividends and distributions and redemption proceeds. The Acquiring Fund may disclose the information that it receives from (or concerning) its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, related intergovernmental agreements or other applicable law or regulation. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

Pursuant to recently proposed regulations, the Treasury Department has indicated its intent to eliminate the requirements under FATCA of withholding on gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, maturity or other disposition of relevant financial instruments (including redemption of stock). The Treasury Department has indicated that taxpayers may rely on these proposed regulations pending their finalization.

California Tax Matters

The Fund’s regular monthly dividends will not be subject to California personal income tax to the extent they are paid out of income earned on obligations that, when held by individuals, pay interest that is exempt from taxation by California under California law (e.g., obligations of California and its political subdivisions) or federal law, so long as at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of such obligations and the Fund designates such tax-exempt distributions pursuant to certain written notice requirements to its shareholders. The portion of the Fund’s monthly dividends that is attributable to income other than as described in the preceding sentence will be subject to the California income tax. The Fund expects to earn no or only a minimal amount of such non-exempt income. If you are an individual California resident, you will also be subject to California personal income tax to the extent the Fund distributes any realized capital gains, or if you sell or exchange shares and realize a capital gain on the transaction.

Other State and Local Tax Matters

Exempt-interest dividends may not be exempt from other state or local income or other taxes. Some states exempt from state income tax that portion of any exempt-interest dividend that is derived from interest a RIC receives on its holdings of securities of that state and its political subdivisions and instrumentalities. Therefore, the Fund will report annually to its shareholders the percentage of interest income the Fund earned during the preceding year on tax-exempt obligations and the Fund will indicate, on a state-by-state basis, the source of this income. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisors for more detailed information concerning California tax matters or the tax laws of their state and locality of residence.

Net Asset Value

The Acquiring Fund’s net asset value per common share is determined as of the close of regular session trading (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open for business. Net asset value is calculated by taking the Acquiring Fund’s total assets, including interest or dividends accrued but not yet collected, less all liabilities, and dividing by the total number of common shares

 

106


outstanding. The result, rounded to the nearest cent, is the net asset value per share. All valuations are subject to review by the Acquiring Fund’s Board or its delegate, Nuveen Asset Management.

In determining net asset value, securities and other assets for which market quotations are available are valued daily at market value and expenses are accrued and applied daily. The prices of fixed income securities are provided by a pricing service and are based on the mean between the bid and asked price. When price quotes are not readily available, which is typically the case for municipal bonds, the pricing service establishes a security’s fair value based on various factors, including prices of comparable fixed income securities utilizing a matrix pricing system. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, it is possible that the fair value determined for a particular security may be different from the value realized upon the sale of the security.

Certain securities may not be able to be priced by pre-established pricing methods. Such securities may be valued by the Board or its delegate at fair value. These securities generally include but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities that may not be publicly sold without registration under the 1933 Act) for which a pricing service is unable to provide a market price; securities whose trading has been formally suspended; debt securities that have gone into default and for which there is no current market quotation; a security whose market price is not available from a pre-established pricing source; a security with respect to which an event has occurred that is likely to materially affect the value of the security after the market has closed but before the calculation of net asset value; a security with respect to which an event has occurred that is likely to make it difficult or impossible to obtain a reliable market quotation; and a security whose price, as provided by the pricing service, does not reflect the security’s “fair value.” As a general principle, the current “fair value” of a security would be the amount that the owner might reasonably expect to receive for it upon its current sale. A variety of factors may be considered in determining the fair value of such securities.

Legal Opinions

Certain legal matters in connection with the issuance of common shares pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement will be passed upon by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, 50 South Sixth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

Experts

The financial statements of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund appearing in the Funds’ Annual Reports for each Fund’s fiscal year ended February 29, 2020 are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund have been audited by KPMG, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon. Such financial statements are incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. KPMG provides auditing services to the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund. The principal business address of KPMG is 200 East Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

 

107


GENERAL INFORMATION

Outstanding Shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

The following table sets forth the number of outstanding common shares and certain other share information as of September 30, 2020.

 

(1)
Title of Class

   (2)
Shares
Authorized
     (3)
Shares Held by
Fund for Its Own
Account
     (4)
Shares Outstanding
Exclusive of Shares
Shown under (3)
 

Acquiring Fund

        

Common shares

     250,000,000               28,090,999  

Target Fund

        

Common shares

     Unlimited               3,302,961  

The common shares of the Acquiring Fund and Target Fund are listed and trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbols NCA and NCB, respectively. Upon the closing of the Reorganization, it is expected that the common shares of the Acquiring Fund will continue to be listed on the NYSE.

Shareholders of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund

As of September 30, 2020, the members of the Board and officers of each Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the total outstanding common shares of each Fund.

Information regarding shareholders or groups of shareholders who beneficially own more than 5% of a class of shares of a Fund is provided below. Information in the table below regarding the number and percentage of shares owned is based on a review of Schedule 13D and 13G filings and amendments made on or before September 30, 2020. The estimated pro forma information presented is calculated assuming that outstanding common shares were as of September 30, 2020 for each Fund.

 

Fund and Class

 

Shareholder
Name and
Address

  Number of Shares
Owned
    Percentage
Owned
    Estimated Pro
Forma for
Combined Fund
 

Acquiring Fund

       

Common Shares

 

First Trust Portfolios L.P.*

First Trust Advisors L.P.

The Charger Corporation

120 East Liberty Drive, Suite 400

Wheaton, Illinois 60187

    1,811,165       6.45%       5.47%  

Target Fund

       

Common Shares

 

                 

 

*

First Trust Portfolios L.P., First Trust Advisors L.P. and The Charger Corporation filed their Schedule 13G jointly and each owns an equal amount of the number of shares listed above.

Neither Fund is aware of any person who, as of September 30, 2020, “controls” (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) the Fund. Under the 1940 Act, a person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a fund is presumed to control the fund.

 

108


Expenses of Proxy Solicitation

The cost of preparing, printing and mailing the enclosed proxy, accompanying notice and proxy statement and all other costs in connection with the solicitation of proxies will be borne indirectly by common shareholders of the Funds. Additional solicitation may be made by letter or telephone by officers or employees of Nuveen or Computershare Fund Services, or by dealers and their representatives.

The Funds, and indirectly their common shareholders, will bear the costs of the Reorganization, whether or not the Reorganization is consummated. The allocation of the costs of the Reorganization to the Funds is based on the projected relative benefits of the Reorganization, based on forecasted increases to net earnings, if any to Fund shareholders following the Reorganization. The costs of the Reorganization are estimated to be $455,000. These costs represent the estimated nonrecurring expenses of the Funds in carrying out their obligations under the Reorganization Agreement and consist of management’s estimate of professional service fees, printing costs and mailing charges related to the proposed Reorganization. Based on the projected relative benefits to each Fund, the Target Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $195,000 and the Acquiring Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $260,000 of expenses in connection with the Reorganization. If the Reorganization is not consummated for any reason, including because the requisite shareholder approval is not obtained, the Funds, and indirectly their common shareholders, will still bear the costs of the Reorganization.

The Funds have engaged Computershare Fund Services to assist in the solicitation of proxies at an estimated aggregate cost of $7,500 per Fund plus reasonable expenses, which is included in the foregoing estimate.

Shareholder Proposals

To be considered for presentation at the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders of the Acquiring Fund, a shareholder proposal (including the nomination of an individual for election as a Board Member) submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act must have been received at the offices of the Fund, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, not later than June 25, 2021. A shareholder wishing to provide notice in the manner prescribed by Rule 14a-4(c)(1) under the Exchange Act of a proposal (including the nomination of an individual for election as a Board Member) submitted outside of the process of Rule 14a-8 must, pursuant to the Acquiring Fund’s by-laws, submit such written notice to the Fund no earlier than August 24, 2021 and no later than September 8, 2021 (or no earlier than July 25, 2021 and no later than August 9, 2021 if the Domicile Change takes place). Timely submission of a proposal does not mean that such proposal will be included in a proxy statement.

If Proposal No. 1 is approved and the Reorganization is consummated, the Target Fund will cease to exist and will not hold its 2021 annual meeting. If the Reorganization is not approved or is not consummated, the Target Fund will hold its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders, expected to be held in December 2021.

To be considered for presentation at the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders for the Target Fund, a shareholder proposal (including the nomination of an individual for election as a Board Member) submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act must have been received at the offices of the Fund, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, not later than June 25, 2021. A shareholder wishing to provide notice in the manner prescribed by Rule 14a-4(c)(1) under the Exchange Act of a proposal (including the nomination of an individual for election as a Board Member) submitted outside of

 

109


the process of Rule 14a-8 must, pursuant to the Target Fund’s by-laws, submit such written notice to the Fund no earlier than July 25, 2021 and no later than August 9, 2021. Timely submission of a proposal does not mean that such proposal will be included in a proxy statement.

Proposals may be presented by shareholders only if advance notice is duly submitted in accordance with applicable law and the applicable Fund’s governing documents, and the subject matter of such proposal is a matter upon which the proposing shareholder is entitled to vote. The Target Fund’s by-laws require, and if the Domicile Change takes place the by-laws that the Acquiring Fund will adopt as a Massachusetts business trust will require, shareholders submitting advance notices of proposals of business or nominations for election as Board Members to provide the Fund with certain information and representations about the proponent shareholder and the nominees or business being proposed. A shareholder wishing to present a proposal of business or nomination is encouraged to carefully review the applicable Fund’s by-laws.

Copies of the by-laws of each Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Shareholder Communications

Fund shareholders who want to communicate with the Board or any individual Board Member should write to the attention of William Siffermann, Manager of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen Investments, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The letter should indicate that you are a Fund shareholder and note the Fund or Funds that you own. If the communication is intended for a specific Board Member and so indicates, it will be sent only to that Board Member. If a communication does not indicate a specific Board Member it will be sent to the Independent Chairman and the outside counsel to the Independent Board Members for further distribution as deemed appropriate by such persons.

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year end for each Fund is February  28 (or February 29).

Shareholder Report Delivery

Shareholder reports will be made available to shareholders of record of each Fund following each Fund’s fiscal year end. Each Fund will furnish, without charge, a copy of its annual report and/or semi-annual report as available upon request. Such written or oral requests should be directed to a Fund at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or by calling (800) 257-8787.

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting to Be Held on December 7, 2020:

The Proxy Statement/Prospectus is available at http://www.nuveenproxy.com/Closed-End-Fund-Proxy-Information/. For more information, shareholders may also contact the applicable Fund at the address and phone number set forth above.

Please note that only one annual report or proxy statement may be delivered to two or more shareholders of a Fund who share an address, unless the Fund has received instructions to the contrary.

 

110


To request a separate copy of an annual report or proxy statement, or for instructions as to how to request a separate copy of such documents or as to how to request a single copy if multiple copies of such documents are received, shareholders should contact the applicable Fund at the address and phone number set forth above.

Other Information

Management of the Funds does not intend to present and does not have reason to believe that others will present any items of business at the Annual Meetings, except as described in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. However, if other matters are properly presented at the meetings for a vote, the proxies will be voted upon such matters in accordance with the judgment of the persons acting under the proxies.

A list of shareholders entitled to be present and to vote at each Annual Meeting will be available beginning ten days prior to the date of the Annual Meeting for inspection by any shareholder for any legally valid purpose related to the Annual Meetings. Shareholders interested in inspecting the list of shareholders for their respective Fund(s) should contact (800) 257-8787 for additional information. To email the Fund(s), please visit www.nuveen.com/contact-us.

In the absence of a quorum for a particular matter, business may proceed on any other matter or matters that may properly come before the Annual Meetings if there is present, in person (including virtually) or by proxy, a quorum of shareholders in respect of such other matters. The chair of the Acquiring Fund’s Annual Meeting may, whether or not a quorum is present, propose one or more adjournments with respect to one or more matters to be considered at the Annual Meeting on behalf of the Fund without further notice to permit further solicitation of proxies. Any such adjournment will require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Acquiring Fund present in person (including virtually) or by proxy and entitled to vote at the session of the Annual Meeting to be adjourned. Under the Target Fund’s by-laws, the Target Fund’s Annual Meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may, by announcement of the person appointed to serve as chair of the meeting, be adjourned with respect to one or more or all matters to be considered at the meeting from time to time to a designated time and place. The appointed chair may adjourn the Annual Meeting to permit further solicitation of proxies.

By returning the enclosed form of proxy, you are authorizing the persons named on the proxy to vote in their discretion on any matter that properly comes before the Annual Meeting. For Acquiring Fund shareholders, whether you instruct a vote for or against the Reorganization and/or the Domicile Change, or instruct the proxy to abstain from voting on the Reorganization and/or the Domicile Change, those persons will be authorized to vote in favor of an adjournment if sufficient votes in favor of the Reorganization and/or the Domicile Change are not received by the time scheduled for the Annual Meeting. In determining whether to adjourn the Acquiring Fund’s Annual Meeting, the following factors may be considered by the proxies, among others: the nature of the proposals; the percentage of votes actually cast; the percentage of negative votes actually cast; the nature of any further solicitation; and the information to be provided to shareholders with respect to the reasons for the further solicitation.

Broker-dealer firms holding shares in “street name” for the benefit of their customers and clients are generally required to request the instruction of such customers and clients on how to vote their shares on the proposals. A broker-dealer firm that is subject to the rules of the NYSE and that has not received instructions from a customer prior to the date specified in its request for voting instructions may not vote

 

111


such customer’s shares on the proposals described in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, except for Proposal No. 3. A signed proxy card or other authorization by a beneficial owner of shares of a Fund that does not specify how the beneficial owner’s shares are to be voted on a proposal may be deemed to be an instruction to vote such shares in favor of the proposal.

IF YOU CANNOT BE PRESENT AT THE MEETING, YOU ARE REQUESTED TO FILL IN, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY PROMPTLY. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.

Gifford R. Zimmerman

Vice President and Secretary

The Nuveen Closed-End Funds

 

112


APPENDIX A

FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the “Agreement”) is made as of this [•] day of [•], 2020, between Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Acquiring Fund”), a Minnesota corporation, and Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (the “Target Fund”), a Massachusetts business trust. The Acquiring Fund and Target Fund may be referred to herein each as a “Fund” and, collectively, as the “Funds.”

This Agreement is intended to be, and is adopted as, a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund will consist of: (i) the transfer of substantially all of the assets of the Target Fund to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Acquiring Fund (the “Acquiring Fund Common Shares”), and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund; and (ii) the pro rata distribution of all of the Acquiring Fund Common Shares received by the Target Fund to the holders of common shares of the Target Fund as part of the complete liquidation, dissolution and termination of the Target Fund as provided herein, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Reorganization”).

WHEREAS, each Fund is a closed-end, management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the Target Fund owns securities that generally are assets of the character in which the Acquiring Fund is permitted to invest;

WHEREAS, the Acquiring Fund is authorized to issue the Acquiring Fund Common Shares; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Acquiring Fund (the “Acquiring Fund Board”) has determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Acquiring Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Acquiring Fund will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization, and the Board of Trustees of the Target Fund (the “Target Fund Board”) has determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Target Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Target Fund will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

TRANSFER OF ASSETS OF THE TARGET FUND IN EXCHANGE FOR ACQUIRING FUND COMMON SHARES AND THE ASSUMPTION OF THE LIABILITIES OF THE TARGET FUND AND TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE TARGET FUND

1.1    THE EXCHANGE. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein and on the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, the Target Fund agrees to transfer substantially all of its assets, as set forth in Section 1.2, to the Acquiring Fund. In consideration therefor, the Acquiring Fund agrees to (i) issue and deliver to the Target Fund the number of Acquiring Fund Common Shares computed in the manner set forth in Section 2.3, and (ii) assume substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund, if any, as set forth in Section 1.3. Such transactions shall take place at the closing provided for in Section 3.1 (the “Closing”).

1.2    ASSETS TO BE TRANSFERRED. The Target Fund shall transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund, including, without limitation, cash, securities, commodities, interests in futures, dividends or interest

 

A-1


receivables owned by the Target Fund and any deferred or prepaid expenses shown as an asset on the books of the Target Fund as of the Closing, except that the dividend(s) set forth in Section 8.5 shall be paid as set forth in such section.

The Target Fund will, within a reasonable period of time before the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3.1), furnish the Acquiring Fund with a list of the Target Fund’s portfolio securities and other investments. The Acquiring Fund will, within a reasonable period of time before the Closing Date, identify the securities, if any, on the Target Fund’s list referred to in the foregoing sentence that do not conform to the Acquiring Fund’s investment objectives, policies or restrictions, as set forth in the Acquiring Fund’s Registration Statement (as defined in Section 5.7), and will notify the Target Fund accordingly. The Target Fund, if requested by the Acquiring Fund, will dispose of such non-conforming securities identified by the Acquiring Fund before the Closing Date. In addition, if it is determined that the portfolios of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund, when aggregated, would contain investments exceeding certain percentage limitations applicable to the Acquiring Fund with respect to such investments, the Target Fund, if requested by the Acquiring Fund, will dispose of a sufficient amount of such investments as may be necessary to avoid violating such limitations as of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will require the Target Fund to dispose of any investments or securities if, in the reasonable judgment of the Target Fund Board or Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, the investment adviser to the Funds, such disposition would adversely affect the status of the Reorganization as a “reorganization,” as such term is used in Section 368(a) of the Code, or would otherwise not be in the best interests of the Target Fund.

1.3    LIABILITIES TO BE ASSUMED. The Target Fund will endeavor to discharge all of its known liabilities and obligations to the extent possible before the Closing Date, except that the dividend(s) set forth in Section 8.5 shall be paid as set forth in that section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liabilities not so discharged will be assumed by the Acquiring Fund, which assumed liabilities will include all of the Target Fund’s liabilities, debts, obligations, and duties of whatever kind or nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, whether or not determinable at the Closing, and whether or not specifically referred to in this Agreement, provided that the Acquiring Fund shall not assume any liabilities with respect to the dividend(s) set forth in Section 8.5.

1.4    LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION.

(a)    As soon as practicable after the Closing, the Target Fund will distribute in complete liquidation of the Target Fund, pro rata to its common shareholders of record (the “Target Fund Common Shareholders”), as of the time of such distribution, all of the Acquiring Fund Common Shares received by the Target Fund pursuant to Section 1.1 (together with any dividends declared with respect to the Acquiring Fund Common Shares to holders of record as of a time after the Valuation Time and payable prior to such distribution (“Interim Dividends”)). Such distributions will be accomplished by the transfer of the Acquiring Fund Common Shares then credited to the account of the Target Fund on the books of the Acquiring Fund to open accounts on the share records of the Acquiring Fund in the names of Target Fund Common Shareholders and representing, in the case of a Target Fund Common Shareholder, such shareholder’s pro rata share of the Acquiring Fund Common Shares received by the Target Fund, and by paying to Target Fund Common Shareholders any Interim Dividends. All of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Target Fund simultaneously will be canceled on the books of the Target Fund. The Acquiring Fund will not issue certificates representing Acquiring Fund Common Shares in connection with such transfers, except for any global certificate or certificates required by a securities depository in connection with the establishment of book-entry ownership of the shares.

(b)    On or promptly after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 12 months after the Closing Date, the Target Fund will thereupon proceed to dissolve and terminate as set forth in Section 1.7 below.

1.5    OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. Ownership of Acquiring Fund Common Shares will be shown on the books of the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent.

 

A-2


1.6    TRANSFER TAXES. Any transfer taxes payable upon the issuance of Acquiring Fund Common Shares in a name other than the registered holder of the Target Fund’s common shares on the books of the Target Fund as of that time shall, as a condition of such issuance and transfer, be paid by the person to whom such Acquiring Fund Common Shares are to be issued and transferred.

1.7    TERMINATION. The Target Fund will completely liquidate and be dissolved, terminated and have its affairs wound up in accordance with the Target Fund’s governing documents, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the federal securities laws promptly following the Closing and the distribution pursuant to Section 1.4.

1.8    REPORTING. Any reporting responsibility of the Target Fund, including, without limitation, the responsibility for filing of regulatory reports, tax returns or other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) or other regulatory authority, the exchange on which the Target Fund’s common shares are listed or any state securities commission and any federal, state or local tax authorities or any other relevant regulatory authority, is and shall remain the responsibility of the Target Fund.

1.9    BOOKS AND RECORDS. All books and records of the Target Fund, including all books and records required to be maintained under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be available to the Acquiring Fund from and after the Closing and will be turned over to the Acquiring Fund as soon as practicable following the Closing.

ARTICLE II

VALUATION

2.1    VALUATION OF TARGET FUND ASSETS. The value of the net assets of the Target Fund will be the value of its assets, less its liabilities, computed as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the business day immediately prior to the Closing Date (such time and date being hereinafter called the “Valuation Time”), using the valuation procedures of the Nuveen closed-end funds adopted by the Target Fund Board or such other valuation procedures as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

2.2    VALUATION OF ACQUIRING FUND COMMON SHARES. The net asset value per Acquiring Fund Common Share will be computed as of the Valuation Time, using the valuation procedures of the Nuveen closed-end funds adopted by the Acquiring Fund Board or such other valuation procedures as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

2.3    COMMON SHARES TO BE ISSUED. The number of Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be issued in exchange for the Target Fund’s assets transferred to the Acquiring Fund will be determined by dividing the value of such assets transferred to the Acquiring Fund (net of the liabilities of the Target Fund that are assumed by the Acquiring Fund), determined in accordance with Section 2.1, by the net asset value of an Acquiring Fund Common Share, determined in accordance with Section 2.2. The aggregate net asset value of Acquiring Fund Common Shares received by the Target Fund in the Reorganization will equal, as of the Valuation Time, the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund’s common shares held by Target Fund Common Shareholders as of such time. In the event there are fractional Acquiring Fund Common Shares due Target Fund Common Shareholders after the Target Fund’s assets have been exchanged for Acquiring Fund Common Shares, the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent will aggregate all such fractional common shares and sell the resulting whole shares on the exchange on which such shares are listed for the account of all such Target Fund Common Shareholders, and each such Target Fund Common Shareholder will be entitled to a pro rata share of the proceeds from such sale. With respect to the aggregation and sale of fractional common shares, the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent will act directly on behalf of the Target Fund Common Shareholders entitled to receive fractional shares and will accumulate such fractional shares, sell the shares and distribute the cash proceeds net of brokerage commissions, if any, directly to the Target Fund Common Shareholders entitled to receive the fractional shares (without interest and subject to withholding taxes).

 

A-3


2.4    EFFECT OF SUSPENSION IN TRADING. In the event that at the Valuation Time an accurate appraisal of the value of the net assets of the Acquiring Fund or the Target Fund is impracticable due to either: (a) the closure of, or the imposition of a trading restriction on, the exchange on which shares of a Fund are listed or another exchange on which the portfolio securities of the Acquiring Fund or the Target Fund are purchased or sold; or (b) a disruption in trading or the reporting of trading on the exchange on which shares of a Fund are listed or elsewhere, the Closing Date shall be postponed until at least the first business day after the day on which trading is fully resumed and/or reporting is restored or such later time as the parties may agree pursuant to Section 3.1.

2.5    COMPUTATIONS OF NET ASSETS. Subject to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above, all computations of net asset value in this Article II shall be made by or under the direction of State Street Bank and Trust Company in accordance with its regular practice as custodian of the Funds.

ARTICLE III

CLOSING AND CLOSING DATE

3.1    CLOSING DATE. The conditions precedent set forth in Articles VI-VIII herein must be satisfied or waived with respect to both Funds in order for the closing of the Reorganization to take place. The Closing shall occur on January 11, 2021 or such other date as the parties may agree (the “Closing Date”). Unless otherwise provided, all acts taking place at the Closing shall be deemed to take place as of 7:59 a.m., Central time, on the Closing Date. The Closing will be held as of 7:59 a.m., Central time, at the offices of Vedder Price P.C. in Chicago, Illinois, or at such other time and/or place as the parties may agree.

3.2    CUSTODIAN’S CERTIFICATE. The Target Fund shall cause the custodian for the Target Fund to deliver to the Acquiring Fund at the Closing a certificate of an authorized officer stating that the Target Fund’s portfolio securities, cash and any other assets have been delivered in proper form to the Acquiring Fund as of the Closing.

3.3    CERTIFICATES OF TRANSFER AGENT.

(a)    With respect to its common shares, the Target Fund shall issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, to the Acquiring Fund at the Closing a certificate of an authorized officer stating that its records contain the names and addresses of all holders of common shares of the Target Fund and the number and percentage ownership of outstanding common shares held by each such Target Fund Common Shareholder immediately prior to the Closing.

(b)    The Acquiring Fund shall issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, to the Target Fund a confirmation evidencing the Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be credited at the Closing to the Target Fund or provide evidence satisfactory to the Target Fund that such Acquiring Fund Common Shares have been credited to the Target Fund’s account on the books of the Acquiring Fund.

3.4    DELIVERY OF ADDITIONAL ITEMS. At the Closing, each party shall deliver to the other party such bills of sale, checks, assignments, assumptions of liability, share certificates, opinions, receipts and other documents or instruments, if any, as such other party or its counsel may reasonably request to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

A-4


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1    REPRESENTATIONS OF THE TARGET FUND. The Target Fund represents and warrants to the Acquiring Fund as follows:

(a)    The Target Fund is a business trust duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

(b)    The Target Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and such registration is in full force and effect.

(c)    The Target Fund is not, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (subject to shareholder approval and compliance with the other provisions hereof) will not result, in violation of any provision of the Target Fund’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or of any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which the Target Fund is a party or by which it is bound.

(d)    Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by the Acquiring Fund, the Target Fund has no material contracts or other commitments that will be terminated with liability to it on or before the Closing.

(e)    No litigation, administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body presently is pending or to its knowledge threatened against the Target Fund or any of its properties or assets, which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition, the conduct of its business or the ability of the Target Fund to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Target Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body that materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

(f)    The financial statements of the Target Fund as of February 29, 2020 and for the fiscal year then ended, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and such statements (copies of which have been furnished to the Acquiring Fund) fairly reflect the financial condition of the Target Fund as of February 29, 2020, and there are no known liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Target Fund as of such date that are not disclosed in such statements.

(g)    Since the date of the financial statements referred to in subsection (f) above, there have been no material adverse changes in the Target Fund’s financial condition, assets, liabilities or business (other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of business), and there are no liabilities of a material nature, contingent or otherwise, of the Target Fund that have arisen after such date. Before the Closing Date, the Target Fund will advise the Acquiring Fund of all material liabilities contingent or otherwise, incurred by it subsequent to February 29, 2020, whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of business. For the purposes of this subsection (g), a decline in the net asset value of the Target Fund shall not constitute a material adverse change.

(h)    All federal, state, local and other tax returns and reports of the Target Fund required by law to be filed by it (taking into account permitted extensions for filing) have been timely filed and are complete and correct in all material respects. All federal, state, local and other taxes of the Target Fund required to be paid (whether or not shown on any such return or report) have been paid, or provision shall have been made for the payment thereof, and any such unpaid taxes, as of the date of the financial statements referred to above, are properly reflected thereon. To the best of the Target Fund’s knowledge, no tax authority is currently auditing or preparing to audit the Target Fund, and no assessment for taxes, interest, additions to tax or penalties has been asserted against the Target Fund.

 

A-5


(i)    The authorized capital of the Target Fund consists of an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Target Fund are duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Target Fund (recognizing that under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Target Fund Common Shareholders, under certain circumstances, could be held personally liable for the obligations of the Target Fund). All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Target Fund will, at the time of the Closing, be held by the persons and in the amounts set forth in the records of the Target Fund’s transfer agent, as provided in Section 3.3. The Target Fund has no outstanding preferred shares; no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of the Target Fund; and no outstanding securities convertible into shares of the Target Fund.

(j)    At the Closing, the Target Fund will have good and marketable title to the Target Fund’s assets to be transferred to the Acquiring Fund pursuant to Section 1.2, and full right, power and authority to sell, assign, transfer and deliver such assets, and the Acquiring Fund will acquire good and marketable title thereto, subject to no restrictions on the full transfer thereof, including such restrictions as might arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), except those restrictions as to which the Acquiring Fund has received notice and necessary documentation at or prior to the Closing.

(k)    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Target Fund, including the determinations of the Target Fund Board required by Rule 17a-8(a) under the 1940 Act. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Target Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(l)    The information to be furnished by the Target Fund for use in any “no-action” letters, applications for orders, registration statements, proxy materials and other documents that may be necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws and other laws and regulations.

(m)    From the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 5.7) through the time of the meeting of Target Fund shareholders described in Section 5.2 and as of the Closing, any written information furnished by the Target Fund with respect to the Target Fund for use in the Proxy Materials (as defined in Section 5.7), or any other materials provided in connection with the Reorganization, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading.

(n)    No consent, approval, authorization, or order of any court, governmental authority, or any stock exchange on which shares of the Target Fund are listed is required for the consummation by the Target Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been or will be obtained.

(o)    For each taxable year of its operations (including the taxable year ending on the Closing Date), the Target Fund (i) has elected to qualify, and has qualified or will qualify (in the case of the taxable year ending on the Closing Date), as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code (a “RIC”); (ii) has been eligible to compute and has computed its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code, and on or prior to the Closing Date will have declared a distribution with respect to all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), the excess of its interest income excludible from gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code over its deductions disallowed under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Code and its net capital gain (after reduction for any available capital loss carryforward and excluding any net capital gain on which the Target Fund paid tax under Section 852(b)(3)(A) of the Code) (as such terms are defined in the Code) that has accrued or will accrue on or prior to the Closing Date, and (iii) has

 

A-6


been, and will be (in the case of the taxable year ending on the Closing Date), treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Target Fund has not taken any action, caused any action to be taken or caused any action to fail to be taken which action or failure could cause the Target Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC. Prior to the Closing, the Target Fund will have had no earnings and profits accumulated in any taxable year to which the provisions of Part I of Subchapter M of the Code did not apply to it.

4.2    REPRESENTATIONS OF THE ACQUIRING FUND. The Acquiring Fund represents and warrants to the Target Fund as follows:

(a)    The Acquiring Fund is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota.

(b)    The Acquiring Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and such registration is in full force and effect.

(c)    The Acquiring Fund is not, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (subject to shareholder approval and compliance with the other provisions hereof) will not result, in violation of the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, or By-Laws, or any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which the Acquiring Fund is a party or by which it is bound.

(d)    No litigation, administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body presently is pending or to its knowledge threatened against the Acquiring Fund or any of its properties or assets, which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition, the conduct of its business or the ability of the Acquiring Fund to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Acquiring Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and it is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body that materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

(e)    The financial statements of the Acquiring Fund as of February 29, 2020 and for the fiscal year then ended, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and such statements (copies of which have been furnished to the Target Fund) fairly reflect the financial condition of the Acquiring Fund as of February 29, 2020 and there are no known liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Acquiring Fund as of such date that are not disclosed in such statements.

(f)    Since the date of the financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above, there have been no material adverse changes in the Acquiring Fund’s financial condition, assets, liabilities or business (other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of business), and there are no known liabilities of a material nature, contingent or otherwise, of the Acquiring Fund arising after such date. For the purposes of this subsection (f), a decline in the net asset value of the Acquiring Fund shall not constitute a material adverse change.

(g)    All federal, state, local and other tax returns and reports of the Acquiring Fund required by law to be filed by it (taking into account permitted extensions for filing) have been timely filed and are complete and correct in all material respects. All federal, state, local and other taxes of the Acquiring Fund required to be paid (whether or not shown on any such return or report) have been paid, or provision will have been made for the payment thereof, and any such unpaid taxes, as of the date of the financial statements referred to above, are properly reflected thereon. To the best of the Acquiring Fund’s knowledge, no tax authority is currently auditing or preparing to audit the Acquiring Fund, and no assessment for taxes, interest, additions to tax or penalties has been asserted against the Acquiring Fund.

(h)    The authorized capital of the Acquiring Fund consists of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Acquiring Fund are duly and validly

 

A-7


issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Acquiring Fund. The Acquiring Fund has no outstanding preferred stock; no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of the Acquiring Fund; and no outstanding securities convertible into shares of the Acquiring Fund.

(i)    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Acquiring Fund, including the determinations of the Acquiring Fund Board required pursuant to Rule 17a-8(a) under the 1940 Act. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquiring Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(j)    The Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be issued and delivered to the Target Fund for the account of Target Fund Common Shareholders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will, at the Closing, have been duly authorized. When so issued and delivered, such Acquiring Fund Common Shares will be duly and validly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Acquiring Fund.

(k)    The information to be furnished by the Acquiring Fund for use in any “no-action” letters, applications for orders, registration statements, proxy materials and other documents that may be necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws and other laws and regulations.

(l)    From the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 5.7) through the time of the meeting of Target Fund shareholders described in Section 5.2 and as of the Closing, any written information furnished by the Acquiring Fund with respect to the Acquiring Fund for use in the Proxy Materials (as defined in Section 5.7), or any other materials provided in connection with the Reorganization, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading.

(m)    No consent, approval, authorization, or order of any court or governmental authority is required for the consummation by the Acquiring Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been or will be obtained.

(n)    For each taxable year of its operations, including the taxable year that includes the Closing Date, the Acquiring Fund: (i) has elected to qualify, has qualified or will qualify (in the case of the taxable year that includes the Closing Date) and intends to continue to qualify as a RIC under the Code; (ii) has been eligible to and has computed its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code, and will do so for the taxable year that includes the Closing Date; and (iii) has been, and will be (in the case of the taxable year that includes the Closing Date), treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Acquiring Fund has not taken any action, caused any action to be taken or caused any action to fail to be taken which action or failure could cause the Acquiring Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC. Prior to the Closing, the Acquiring Fund will have had no earnings and profits accumulated in any taxable year to which the provisions of Part I of Subchapter M of the Code did not apply to it.

(o)    The Acquiring Fund agrees to use all reasonable efforts to obtain the approvals and authorizations required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and any state securities laws as it may deem appropriate in order to consummate the transactions hereunder.

 

A-8


ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF THE FUNDS

5.1    OPERATION IN ORDINARY COURSE. Subject to Sections 1.2 and 8.5, and except for the proposed Domicile Change (as defined in Section 13.4) for the Acquiring Fund, each Fund will operate its respective business in the ordinary course from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, it being understood that such ordinary course of business will include customary dividends and distributions, and any other distributions necessary or desirable to avoid federal income or excise taxes.

5.2    APPROVAL OF SHAREHOLDERS. The Target Fund will call a meeting of its shareholders to consider and act upon the proposals required to effect the provisions of this Agreement, as applicable, and to take all other appropriate actions necessary to obtain approval of the transactions contemplated herein.

5.3    INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION. The Target Fund covenants that the Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement are not being acquired for the purpose of making any distribution other than in connection with the Reorganization and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.4    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. The Target Fund will assist the Acquiring Fund in obtaining such information as the Acquiring Fund reasonably requests concerning the beneficial ownership of the Target Fund’s shares.

5.5    FURTHER ACTION. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Fund will take or cause to be taken all actions, and do or cause to be done all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any actions required to be taken after the Closing.

5.6    STATEMENT OF EARNINGS AND PROFITS. As promptly as practicable, but in any case within 60 days after the Closing Date, the Target Fund will furnish the Acquiring Fund, in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Acquiring Fund and which will be certified by the Controller or Treasurer of the Target Fund, a statement of the earnings and profits of the Target Fund for federal income tax purposes, as well as any net operating loss carryovers and capital loss carryovers that will be carried over to the Acquiring Fund pursuant to Section 381 of the Code.

5.7    PREPARATION OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROXY MATERIALS. The Funds will prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on Form N-14 relating to the Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be issued to Target Fund Common Shareholders and related matters (the “Registration Statement”). The Registration Statement shall include a proxy statement of the Target Fund and a prospectus of the Acquiring Fund relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as applicable (the “Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus”). The Registration Statement shall be in compliance with the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act, as applicable. Each party will provide the other party with the materials and information necessary to prepare the Registration Statement, including the proxy statements and related materials (the “Proxy Materials”), for inclusion therein, in connection with the meetings of the Funds’ shareholders to consider the approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

5.8    TAX STATUS OF REORGANIZATION. The intention of the parties is that the Reorganization will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Neither Fund shall take any action, or cause any action to be taken (including, without limitation, the filing of any tax return), that is inconsistent with such treatment or that results in the failure of the transactions to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. At or prior to the Closing, the parties to this Agreement will take such action, or cause such action to be taken, as is reasonably necessary to enable counsel to render the tax opinion contemplated in Section 8.8.

 

A-9


ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE TARGET FUND

The obligations of the Target Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein will be subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

6.1    All representations, covenants and warranties of the Acquiring Fund contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations, covenants and warranties may be modified by the Domicile Change. The Acquiring Fund shall have delivered to the Target Fund a certificate executed in the Acquiring Fund’s name by (i) the Chief Administrative Officer or any Vice President of the Acquiring Fund and (ii) the Controller or Treasurer of the Acquiring Fund, in form and substance satisfactory to the Target Fund and dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect and as to such other matters as the Target Fund shall reasonably request.

6.2    The Acquiring Fund shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, conditions, covenants, obligations, agreements and restrictions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRING FUND

The obligations of the Acquiring Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

7.1    All representations, covenants and warranties of the Target Fund contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing. The Target Fund shall have delivered to the Acquiring Fund on the Closing Date a certificate executed in the Target Fund’s name by (i) the Chief Administrative Officer or any Vice President of the Target Fund and (ii) the Controller or Treasurer of the Target Fund, in form and substance satisfactory to the Acquiring Fund and dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect and as to such other matters as the Acquiring Fund shall reasonably request.

7.2    The Target Fund shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, conditions, covenants, obligations, agreements and restrictions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

7.3    The Target Fund shall have delivered to the Acquiring Fund a statement of the Target Fund’s assets and liabilities, together with a list of the Target Fund’s portfolio securities showing the tax basis of such securities by lot and the holding periods of such securities, as of the Closing, certified by the Controller or Treasurer of the Target Fund.

7.4    Prior to the Valuation Time, the Target Fund will have declared the dividends and/or distributions contemplated by Section 8.5.

7.5    The Target Fund shall have delivered such records, agreements, certificates, instruments and such other documents as the Acquiring Fund shall reasonably request.

 

A-10


ARTICLE VIII

FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The obligations of the Funds to consummate the transactions under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

8.1    This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall have been approved by the requisite vote of the holders of the outstanding common shares of the Target Fund in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of the Target Fund’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties may not waive the condition set forth in this Section 8.1.

8.2    As of the Closing, the Commission shall not have issued an unfavorable report under Section 25(b) of the 1940 Act, or instituted any proceeding seeking to enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under Section 25(c) of the 1940 Act. Furthermore, no action, suit or other proceeding shall be threatened or pending before any court or governmental agency in which it is sought to restrain or prohibit, or obtain damages or other relief in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein.

8.3    All consents, orders and permits of federal, state and local regulatory authorities (including those of the Commission and of state securities authorities, including any necessary “no-action” positions and exemptive orders from such federal and state authorities) to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will have been obtained or made. All notices to, or consents or waivers from, other persons, or other actions necessary to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will have been obtained or made.

8.4    The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the 1933 Act, and no stop orders suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued. To the best knowledge of the parties to this Agreement, no investigation or proceeding for that purpose shall have been instituted or be pending, threatened or contemplated under the 1933 Act.

8.5    The Target Fund shall have declared, prior to the Valuation Time, a dividend or dividends with respect to its common shares that, together with all other dividends paid by the Target Fund with respect to all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date, shall have the effect of distributing to its shareholders at least all of the Target Fund’s investment company taxable income for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date (computed without regard to any deduction for dividends paid), if any, plus the excess of its interest income excludible from gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code, if any, over its deductions disallowed under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Code for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and all of its net capital gains realized in all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date (after reduction for any available capital loss carryforward and excluding any net capital gain on which the Target Fund paid tax under Section 852(b)(3)(A) of the Code). Prior to Closing, the Target Fund shall establish an escrow account and set aside assets in the amount of such dividend or dividends in such escrow account to be held solely for the benefit of Target Fund Common Shareholders as of the record date for such dividend or dividends. The Target Fund shall not have any rights with respect to, or interest in, the assets held in the escrow account.

8.6    The Target Fund shall have received (i) an opinion from Vedder Price P.C., special counsel to the Acquiring Fund, and (ii) an opinion from Dorsey & Whitney LLP, with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, each dated as of the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(a)    The Acquiring Fund has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and, to such counsel’s knowledge, has the corporate power to own its properties and assets and carry on its business as presently conducted, in each case as described in the definitive Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act.

 

A-11


(b)    The Acquiring Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and, to such counsel’s knowledge, such registration under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect.

(c)    Assuming that the Acquiring Fund Common Shares will be issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be issued and delivered to the Target Fund on behalf of the Target Fund Common Shareholders as provided by this Agreement are duly authorized and, upon such delivery, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable by the Acquiring Fund.

(d)    The Registration Statement is effective and, to such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order under the 1933 Act pertaining thereto has been issued.

(e)    To the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority of the United States or the State of Minnesota is required for consummation by the Acquiring Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except as have been obtained.

(f)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Acquiring Fund did not, and the consummation by the Acquiring Fund of the transactions contemplated herein will not, violate the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws.

provided however, that if the Domicile Change has been consummated, insofar as the opinions above then relate to or are dependent on matters governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in lieu of an opinion Dorsey & Whitney LLP, the Target Fund shall have received an opinion from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP with respect to matters governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided further, that such opinions shall be modified, as shall be deemed appropriate by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, to account for the Acquiring Fund’s status as a Massachusetts business trust.

Insofar as the opinions expressed above relate to or are dependent upon matters that are governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, Vedder Price P.C. may rely on the opinions of Dorsey & Whitney LLP. To the extent the opinions expressed above may be modified by the Domicile Change, and insofar as they relate to or are dependent on matters governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Vedder Price P.C. may rely on the opinions of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP.

8.7    The Acquiring Fund shall have received (i) an opinion from Vedder Price P.C., special counsel to the Target Fund, and (ii) an opinion from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, with respect to matters governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, each dated as of the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(a)    The Target Fund has been formed as a voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest commonly referred to as a “Massachusetts business trust,” and is existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and, to such counsel’s knowledge, has the power as a business trust under its Declaration of Trust and Massachusetts law applicable to business trusts to conduct its business as described in the definitive Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act.

(b)    The Target Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and, to such counsel’s knowledge, such registration under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect.

(c)    To the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority of the United States or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts is required for consummation by the Target Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except as have been obtained, and except as may be required under any Massachusetts securities law, statute, rule or regulation, about which such counsel expresses no opinion.

 

A-12


(d)    To the knowledge of such counsel, the Target Fund has the power under its Declaration of Trust to transfer its assets as contemplated by this Agreement.

(e)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Target Fund did not, and the consummation by the Target Fund of the transactions contemplated herein will not, violate the Target Fund’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws (assuming the requisite approval of the Target Fund’s shareholders has been obtained in accordance with the requirements of the Target Fund’s Declaration of Trust and By-Laws).

Insofar as the opinions expressed above relate to or are dependent upon matters that are governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Vedder Price P.C. may rely on the opinions of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP.

8.8    The Funds shall have received an opinion of Vedder Price P.C., dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund, substantially to the effect that for federal income tax purposes:

(a)    The transfer by the Target Fund of substantially all its assets to the Acquiring Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund Common Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all the liabilities of the Target Fund, immediately followed by the pro rata distribution of all the Acquiring Fund Common Shares so received by the Target Fund to the Target Fund Common Shareholders of record in complete liquidation of the Target Fund and the dissolution of the Target Fund under applicable state law promptly thereafter, will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, and the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund will each be a “party to a reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Reorganization.

(b)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund upon the receipt of substantially all the Target Fund’s assets solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund Common Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all the liabilities of the Target Fund.

(c)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Target Fund upon the transfer of substantially all its assets to the Acquiring Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund Common Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of substantially all the liabilities of the Target Fund or upon the distribution (whether actual or constructive) of such Acquiring Fund Common Shares to the Target Fund Common Shareholders solely in exchange for such shareholders’ shares of the Target Fund in complete liquidation of the Target Fund.

(d)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Target Fund Common Shareholders upon the exchange, pursuant to the Reorganization, of all their shares of the Target Fund solely for Acquiring Fund Common Shares, except to the extent the Target Fund Common Shareholders receive cash in lieu of a fractional Acquiring Fund Common Share.

(e)    The aggregate basis of the Acquiring Fund Common Shares received by each Target Fund Common Shareholder pursuant to the Reorganization (including any fractional Acquiring Fund Common Share to which a Target Fund Common Shareholder would be entitled) will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Target Fund shares exchanged therefor by such shareholder.

(f)    The holding period of the Acquiring Fund Common Shares received by each Target Fund Common Shareholder in the Reorganization (including any fractional Acquiring Fund Common Share to which a Target Fund Common Shareholder would be entitled) will include the period during which the shares of the Target Fund exchanged therefor were held by such shareholder, provided the Target Fund shares are held as capital assets at the effective time of the Reorganization.

(g)    The basis of the assets of the Target Fund received by the Acquiring Fund will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Target Fund immediately before the effective time of the Reorganization.

 

A-13


(h)    The holding period of the assets of the Target Fund received by the Acquiring Fund will include the period during which those assets were held by the Target Fund.

No opinion will be expressed as to (1) the effect of the Reorganization on the Target Fund, the Acquiring Fund or any Target Fund Common Shareholder with respect to any asset (including, without limitation, any stock held in a passive foreign investment company as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) as to which any gain or loss is required to be recognized under federal income tax principles (a) at the end of a taxable year (or on the termination thereof) or (b) upon the transfer of such asset regardless of whether such transfer would otherwise be a non-taxable transaction under the Code, or (2) any other federal tax issues (except those set forth above) and all state, local or foreign tax issues of any kind.

Such opinion will be based on customary assumptions and such representations as Vedder Price P.C. may reasonably request of the Funds, and each Fund will cooperate to make and certify the accuracy of such representations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Fund may waive the conditions set forth in this Section 8.8.

ARTICLE IX

EXPENSES

9.1    The expenses incurred in connection with the Reorganization (whether or not the Reorganization is consummated) will be allocated between the Funds based on the projected relative benefits to each Fund during the first year following the Reorganization, and each Fund shall have accrued such expenses as liabilities at or before the Valuation Time. Reorganization expenses include, without limitation, (a) expenses associated with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement and other Proxy Materials; (b) postage; (c) printing; (d) accounting fees; (e) legal fees; (f) proxy solicitation costs; and (g) other related administrative or operational costs.

9.2    Each party represents and warrants to the other party that there is no person or entity entitled to receive any broker’s fees or similar fees or commission payments in connection with structuring the transactions provided for herein.

9.3    Notwithstanding the foregoing, expenses will in any event be paid by the party directly incurring such expenses if and to the extent that the payment by the other party of such expenses would result in the disqualification of a Fund as a RIC under the Code.

ARTICLE X

ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES

10.1    The parties agree that neither party has made to the other party any representation, warranty or covenant not set forth herein and that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.

10.2    The representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement will not survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

A-14


ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION

11.1    This Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties, and such termination may be effected by the Chief Administrative Officer, President or any Vice President of each Fund without further action by the Target Fund Board or the Acquiring Fund Board. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated at or before the Closing due to:

(a)    a breach by the non-terminating party of any representation or warranty, or agreement to be performed at or before the Closing, if not cured within 30 days of the breach and prior to the Closing;

(b)    a condition precedent to the obligations of the terminating party that has not been met or waived and it reasonably appears that it will not or cannot be met; or

(c)    a determination by the Target Fund Board or the Acquiring Fund Board that the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein is not in the best interests of its respective Fund involved in the Reorganization.

11.2    In the event of any such termination, in the absence of willful default, there shall be no liability for damages on the part of the Acquiring Fund or the Target Fund.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

12.1    This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the officers of each Fund subject to the prior review of each Fund’s counsel and the authorization of each Fund’s Board of Directors or Board of Trustees, as applicable; provided, however, that following the meeting of the shareholders of the Target Fund called by such Fund pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Agreement, no such amendment, modification or supplement may have the effect of changing the provisions for determining the number of Acquiring Fund Common Shares to be issued to the Target Fund Common Shareholders under this Agreement to the detriment of such shareholders without their further approval.

ARTICLE XIII

HEADINGS; COUNTERPARTS; GOVERNING LAW; ASSIGNMENT;

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

13.1    The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

13.2    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

13.3    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

A-15


13.4    This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and no assignment or transfer hereof or of any rights or obligations hereunder shall be made by either party without the written consent of the other party, except with respect to the proposed change of the domicile of the Acquiring Fund from a Minnesota corporation to a Massachusetts business trust (the “Domicile Change”) to which, if the Acquiring Fund determines it is desirable to so proceed, each party hereby consents. If the Domicile Change takes effect prior to the Closing, all references in this Agreement to the Acquiring Fund as a Minnesota corporation shall instead be references to the Acquiring Fund as a Massachusetts business trust, and such Massachusetts business trust is a permitted assignee under this Agreement; accordingly, all references herein to the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, to the Board of Directors, to the State of Minnesota, to Minnesota law and to shares of the Acquiring Fund’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, shall be deemed to refer to the Massachusetts business trust’s declaration of trust, to its Board of Trustees, to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to Massachusetts law and to the Massachusetts business trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, respectively, with such other modifications as may be necessary or appropriate to account for the Domicile Change. Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

13.5    With respect to each Fund organized as a Massachusetts business trust, it is expressly agreed that the obligations of such Fund hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of such Fund personally, but shall bind only the property of the Fund, as provided in such Fund’s Declaration of Trust, which is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by such Fund’s Board of Trustees, and this Agreement has been signed by authorized officers of the Fund acting as such. Neither the authorization by such trustees nor the execution and delivery by such officers will be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the property of such Fund, as provided in the Fund’s Declaration of Trust.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

A-16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date first written above.

 

  

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC.

 

 

By:                                                                          

Name:

Title:

 

  

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2

 

 

By:                                                                      

Name:

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (NCA-NCB Reorganization)]


APPENDIX B

FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

(CHANGE OF DOMICILE)

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the “Agreement”) is made as of this [•] day of [•], 2020, between Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund (the “Successor Fund”), a newly created Massachusetts business trust, and Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Predecessor Fund”), a Minnesota corporation. The Successor Fund and Predecessor Fund may be referred to herein each as a “Fund” and, collectively, as the “Funds.”

This Agreement is intended to be, and is adopted as, a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The reorganization of the Predecessor Fund into the Successor Fund will consist of: (i) the transfer of all of the assets of the Predecessor Fund to the Successor Fund in exchange solely for newly issued common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share, of the Successor Fund (the “Successor Fund Common Shares”), and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund, and (ii) the pro rata distribution of all of the Successor Fund Common Shares received by the Predecessor Fund to the holders of common shares of the Predecessor Fund in complete liquidation, dissolution and termination of the Predecessor Fund as provided herein, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Reorganization”).

WHEREAS, the Predecessor Fund is a closed-end, management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, the Successor Fund has been organized in order to continue the business and operations of the Predecessor Fund;

WHEREAS, the Successor Fund currently has no assets and has carried on no business activities prior to the date first shown above and will have had no assets, other than de minimis assets received in connection with the issuance of one share of the Successor Fund to facilitate the organization of the Successor Fund, and will carry on no business activities prior to the consummation of the transactions described herein, other than as necessary to facilitate the organization of the Successor Fund and complete the transactions contemplated hereby;

WHEREAS, the Successor Fund is authorized to issue the Successor Fund Common Shares; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Predecessor Fund (the “Predecessor Fund Board”) has determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Predecessor Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Predecessor Fund will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

TRANSFER OF ASSETS OF THE PREDECESSOR FUND IN EXCHANGE FOR SUCCESSOR FUND COMMON SHARES AND THE ASSUMPTION OF THE LIABILITIES OF THE PREDECESSOR FUND AND TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE PREDECESSOR FUND

1.1    THE EXCHANGE. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein and on the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, the Predecessor Fund agrees to transfer all of its assets, as set

 

B-1


forth in Section 1.2, to the Successor Fund. In consideration therefor, the Successor Fund agrees (i) to issue and deliver to the Predecessor Fund the number of full and fractional Successor Fund Common Shares equal in number and value to the common shares of the Predecessor Fund outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately prior to the Closing (as defined in this Section 1.1), and (ii) to assume all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund, if any, as set forth in Section 1.3. Such transactions shall take place at the closing provided for in Section 2.1 (the “Closing”).

1.2    ASSETS TO BE TRANSFERRED. The Predecessor Fund shall transfer all of its assets to the Successor Fund, including, without limitation, cash, securities, commodities, interests in futures, dividends or interest receivables owned by the Predecessor Fund and any deferred or prepaid expenses shown as an asset on the books of the Predecessor Fund as of the Closing.

1.3    LIABILITIES TO BE ASSUMED. At the Closing, all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund will be assumed by the Successor Fund, which assumed liabilities will include all of the Predecessor Fund’s liabilities, debts, obligations, and duties of whatever kind or nature, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, or otherwise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, whether or not determinable at the Closing, and whether or not specifically referred to in this Agreement.

1.4    SHAREHOLDER APPROVALS FOR SUCCESSOR FUND. Prior to the Closing, the Successor Fund will issue one Successor Fund Common Share (the “Initial Share”) to the Predecessor Fund (the “Sole Shareholder”) in exchange for $1.00 for the sole purpose of allowing the Sole Shareholder to (a) approve the investment management agreement with respect to the Successor Fund, (b) approve the investment sub-advisory agreement with respect to the Successor Fund, (c) approve the assignment and assumption at the Closing of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated [•], 2020 with respect to the Predecessor Fund, (d) elect trustees of the Successor Fund and (e) approve any other matter for which shareholder approval is required.

1.5    LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION. Immediately after the Closing (the “Liquidation Date”), the Predecessor Fund will distribute in complete liquidation of the Predecessor Fund, pro rata to its common shareholders of record (the “Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders”), as of the time of such distribution, all of the Successor Fund Common Shares received by the Predecessor Fund pursuant to Section 1.1. Such distribution and liquidation will be accomplished by the transfer of the Successor Fund Common Shares then credited to the account of the Predecessor Fund on the books of the Successor Fund to open accounts on the share records of the Successor Fund in the names of the Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders and representing such shareholders’ respective pro rata shares of the Successor Fund Common Shares received by the Predecessor Fund. All of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Predecessor Fund simultaneously will be canceled on the books of the Predecessor Fund. The Successor Fund will not issue certificates representing Successor Fund Common Shares in connection with such transfers, except for any global certificate or certificates required by a securities depository in connection with the establishment of book-entry ownership of the shares.

1.6    OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. Ownership of Successor Fund Common Shares will be shown on the books of the Successor Fund’s transfer agent.

1.7    TRANSFER TAXES. Any transfer taxes payable upon the issuance of Successor Fund Common Shares in a name other than the registered holder of the Predecessor Fund’s common shares on the books of the Predecessor Fund as of that time shall, as a condition of such issuance and transfer, be paid by the person to whom such Successor Fund Common Shares are to be issued and transferred.

1.8    TERMINATION. The Predecessor Fund will be dissolved, terminated and have its affairs wound up in accordance with the Predecessor Fund’s governing documents and the laws of the State of Minnesota promptly following the Closing.

 

B-2


1.9    REPORTING. Any reporting responsibility of the Predecessor Fund, including, without limitation, the responsibility for filing of regulatory reports, tax returns or other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) or other regulatory authority, the exchange on which the Predecessor Fund’s common shares are listed or any state securities commission and any federal, state or local tax authorities or any other relevant regulatory authority, is and shall remain the responsibility of the Predecessor Fund up to and including the Liquidation Date.

1.10    BOOKS AND RECORDS. All books and records of the Predecessor Fund, including all books and records required to be maintained under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be available to the Successor Fund from and after the Closing and will be turned over to the Successor Fund as soon as practicable following the Liquidation Date.

1.11    PREDECESSOR FUND DISTRIBUTION. If and to the extent the Predecessor Fund Board deems it advisable for federal income tax purposes, the Predecessor Fund shall make a distribution of its investment company taxable income (within the meaning of Section 852(b)(2) of the Code) (computed without regard to any deduction for dividends paid), if any, plus the excess of interest income excludible from gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code, if any, over deductions disallowed under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Code and net capital gain (after reduction for any available capital loss carryforward and excluding any net capital gain on which the Predecessor Fund paid tax under Section 852(b)(3)(A) of the Code), if any, prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Closing.

ARTICLE II

CLOSING AND CLOSING DATE

2.1    CLOSING DATE. The conditions precedent set forth in Articles V–VII herein must be satisfied or waived with respect to both Funds in order for the closing of the Reorganization to take place. The Closing shall occur on January 11, 2021, or such other date as the parties may agree (the “Closing Date”). Unless otherwise provided, all acts taking place at the Closing shall be deemed to take place as of 7:58 a.m., Central time, on the Closing Date. The Closing will be held as of 7:58 a.m., Central time, at the offices of Vedder Price P.C. in Chicago, Illinois, or at such other time and/or place as the parties may agree.

2.2    CUSTODIAN’S CERTIFICATE. The Predecessor Fund shall cause the custodian for the Predecessor Fund to deliver to the Successor Fund at the Closing a certificate of an authorized officer stating that the Predecessor Fund’s portfolio securities, cash and any other assets have been delivered in proper form to the Successor Fund as of the Closing.

2.3    CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER AGENT

(a)    The Predecessor Fund shall issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, to the Successor Fund at the Closing a certificate of an authorized officer stating that the Predecessor Fund’s records contain the names and addresses of all holders of common shares of the Predecessor Fund and the number and percentage ownership of outstanding common shares held by each such Predecessor Fund Common Shareholder immediately prior to the Closing.

(b)    The Successor Fund shall issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, to the Predecessor Fund a confirmation evidencing the Successor Fund Common Shares to be credited at the Closing to the Predecessor Fund or provide evidence satisfactory to the Predecessor Fund that such Successor Fund Common Shares have been credited to the Predecessor Fund’s account on the books of the Successor Fund.

 

B-3


2.4    DELIVERY OF ADDITIONAL ITEMS. At the Closing, each party shall deliver to the other party such bills of sale, checks, assignments, assumptions of liability, share certificates, opinions, receipts and other documents or instruments, if any, as such other party or its counsel may reasonably request to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1    REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PREDECESSOR FUND. The Predecessor Fund represents and warrants to the Successor Fund as follows:

(a)    The Predecessor Fund is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and has the power to own all of its properties and assets and, subject to approval of the shareholders of the Predecessor Fund, to carry out this Agreement.

(b)    The Predecessor Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and such registration is in full force and effect.

(c)    The Predecessor Fund is not, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (subject to shareholder approval and compliance with the other provisions hereof) will not result, in violation of any provision of the Predecessor Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Articles”) or By-Laws or of any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which the Predecessor Fund is a party or by which it is bound.

(d)    Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by the Successor Fund, the Predecessor Fund has no material contracts or other commitments that will be terminated with liability to it on or before the Closing.

(e)    No litigation, administrative proceeding, or investigation of or before any court or governmental body presently is pending or to its knowledge threatened against the Predecessor Fund or any of its properties or assets, which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition, the conduct of its business or the ability of the Predecessor Fund to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Predecessor Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body that materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

(f)    The financial statements of the Predecessor Fund as of February 29, 2020, and for the fiscal year then ended, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and such statements (copies of which have been furnished to the Successor Fund) fairly reflect the financial condition of the Predecessor Fund as of February 29, 2020, and there are no known liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Predecessor Fund as of such date that are not disclosed in such statements.

(g)    Since the date of the financial statements referred to in subsection (f) above, there have been no material adverse changes in the Predecessor Fund’s financial condition, assets, liabilities or business (other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of business), and there are no liabilities of a material nature, contingent or otherwise, of the Predecessor Fund that have arisen after such date. Before the Closing Date, the Predecessor Fund will advise the Successor Fund of all material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, incurred by it subsequent to February 29, 2020, whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of business. For the purposes of this

 

B-4


subsection (g), a decline in the net asset value of the Predecessor Fund shall not constitute a material adverse change. Other than as discussed herein and other than in the Predecessor Fund’s ordinary course of business of being an investment company registered under the 1940 Act, the Predecessor Fund has not sold or otherwise disposed of, and has no plan or intent to sell or otherwise dispose of, any of its assets prior to the Closing

(h)    All federal, state, local and other tax returns and reports of the Predecessor Fund required by law to be filed by it (taking into account permitted extensions for filing) have been timely filed and are complete and correct in all material respects. All federal, state, local and other taxes of the Predecessor Fund required to be paid (whether or not shown on any such return or report) have been paid, or provision shall have been made for the payment thereof, and any such unpaid taxes, as of the date of the financial statements referred to above, are properly reflected thereon. To the best of the Predecessor Fund’s knowledge, no tax authority is currently auditing or preparing to audit the Predecessor Fund, and no assessment for taxes, interest, additions to tax or penalties has been asserted against the Predecessor Fund.

(i)    For each taxable year of its operations, the Predecessor Fund (i) has elected to qualify, and has qualified or will qualify (in the case of the taxable year that includes the Closing Date for that portion of such taxable year ending with the Closing Date), as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code (a “RIC”); (ii) has been eligible to compute and has computed its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code, and (iii) has been for all its taxable years , and will be on the Closing Date, treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. The Predecessor Fund will qualify as a RIC as of the Closing and will have satisfied as of the close of its most recent prior quarter of its taxable year, the diversification requirements of Section 851(b)(3) of the Code without regard to the last sentence of Section 851(d)(1) of the Code. The Predecessor Fund has not taken any action, caused any action to be taken or caused any action to fail to be taken which action or failure could cause the Predecessor Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC. Prior to the Closing, the Predecessor Fund will have had no earnings and profits accumulated in any taxable year to which the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code did not apply to it.

(j)    The authorized capital of the Predecessor Fund consists of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Predecessor Fund are duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Predecessor Fund. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Predecessor Fund will, at the time of the Closing, be held by the persons and in the amounts set forth in the records of the Predecessor Fund’s transfer agent as provided in Section 2.3. The Predecessor Fund has no outstanding preferred stock; no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of the Predecessor Fund; and no outstanding securities convertible into shares of the Predecessor Fund.

(k)    At the Closing, the Predecessor Fund will have good and marketable title to the Predecessor Fund’s assets to be transferred to the Successor Fund pursuant to Section 1.2, and full right, power and authority to transfer such assets, and the Successor Fund will acquire good and marketable title thereto, subject to no restrictions on the full transfer thereof, including such restrictions as might arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), except those restrictions as to which the Successor Fund has received notice and necessary documentation at or prior to the Closing.

(l)    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action, other than shareholder approval, on the part of the Predecessor Fund, including the determinations of the Predecessor Fund Board required by Rule 17a-8(a) under the 1940 Act. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Predecessor Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(m)    The information to be furnished by the Predecessor Fund for use in any “no-action” letters, applications for orders, registration statements, proxy materials and other documents that may be necessary in

 

B-5


connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws and other laws and regulations.

(n)    From the date of the Proxy Statement (as defined in Section 4.6) through the time of the meeting of shareholders and as of the Closing, any written information furnished by the Predecessor Fund with respect to the Predecessor Fund for use in the Proxy Statement, or any other materials provided in connection with the Reorganization, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading.

(o)    No consent, approval, authorization, or order of any court, governmental authority, or any stock exchange on which shares of the Predecessor Fund are listed is required for the consummation by the Predecessor Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been or will be obtained.

3.2    REPRESENTATIONS OF THE SUCCESSOR FUND. The Successor Fund represents and warrants to the Predecessor Fund as follows:

(a)    The Successor Fund is a business trust duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

(b)    The Successor Fund is not, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not result, in violation of the Successor Fund’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws.

(c)    The authorized capital of the Successor Fund consists of an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share. As of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing, the Successor Fund has had and will have no outstanding common or preferred shares or any other outstanding securities other than the Initial Share issued to the Sole Shareholder for the purposes set forth in Section 1.4; no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of the Successor Fund; and no outstanding securities convertible into shares of the Successor Fund.

(d)    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Successor Fund. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Successor Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.

(e)    The Successor Fund Common Shares to be issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will, at the Closing, have been duly authorized. When so issued and delivered, such Successor Fund Common Shares will be duly and validly issued shares of the Successor Fund, and will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Successor Fund (recognizing that under Massachusetts law, Successor Fund shareholders, under certain circumstances, could be held personally liable for the obligations of the Successor Fund).

(f)    The Successor Fund was newly formed for the sole purpose of consummating the Reorganization and continuing the business and operations of the Predecessor Fund. As of the Closing, and immediately prior to the Reorganization, the Successor Fund has not held any assets other than the consideration received for the Initial Share or engaged in any activity or business, other than such activity as required for the organization of an investment company prior to its commencement of operations or to consummate the Reorganization.

(g)    The information to be furnished by the Successor Fund for use in any “no-action” letters, applications for orders, registration statements, proxy materials and other documents that may be necessary in

 

B-6


connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of the federal securities laws and other laws and regulations.

(h)    From the date of the Proxy Statement through the time of the meeting of shareholders of the Predecessor Fund as described in Section 4.2 and as of the Closing, any written information furnished by the Successor Fund with respect to the Successor Fund for use in the Proxy Statement, or any other materials provided in connection with the Reorganization, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading.

(i)    No consent, approval, authorization, or order of any court or governmental authority is required for the consummation by the Successor Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been or will be obtained.

(j)    The Successor Fund (i) will elect to be taxed as a RIC, will qualify for the tax treatment afforded RICs under the Code for its taxable year that includes the Closing Date, and intends to continue to qualify for such treatment for its subsequent taxable years, and (ii) will be eligible to compute its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code for the taxable year that includes the Closing Date, and will do so for the taxable year that includes the Closing Date. The Successor Fund has not taken any action, caused any action to be taken or caused any action to fail to be taken which action or failure could cause the Successor Fund to fail to qualify as a RIC for its taxable year that includes the Closing Date. The Successor Fund has no earnings and profits accumulated in any taxable year or any other tax attributes for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS OF THE FUNDS

4.1    OPERATION IN ORDINARY COURSE. The Predecessor Fund will operate its business in the ordinary course from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, it being understood that such ordinary course of business will include customary dividends and distributions, and any other distributions necessary or desirable to avoid federal income or excise taxes.

4.2    APPROVAL OF SHAREHOLDERS. The Predecessor Fund will call a meeting of its shareholders to consider and act upon this Agreement and to take all other appropriate actions necessary to obtain approval of the transactions contemplated herein.

4.3    INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION. The Predecessor Fund covenants that the Successor Fund Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement are not being acquired for the purpose of making any distribution other than in connection with the Reorganization and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

4.4    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. The Predecessor Fund will assist the Successor Fund in obtaining such information as the Successor Fund reasonably requests concerning the beneficial ownership of the Predecessor Fund’s shares.

4.5    FURTHER ACTION. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Fund will take or cause to be taken all actions, and do or cause to be done all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any actions required to be taken after the Closing.

 

B-7


4.6    PROXY STATEMENT. The Predecessor Fund will prepare and file with the Commission a Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) in compliance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, which Proxy Statement may be combined with a proxy statement/prospectus of the Predecessor Fund prepared in connection with a separate transaction involving the Predecessor Fund for administrative ease.

4.7    TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES. Each Fund will, from time to time, as and when requested by the other Fund, execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such assignments and other instruments, and will take or cause to be taken such further action, as the other Fund may deem necessary or desirable in order to (a) vest in and confirm to the Successor Fund title to and possession of all the assets of the Predecessor Fund to be transferred to the Successor Fund pursuant to this Agreement, (b) vest in and confirm to the Predecessor Fund title to and possession of all the Successor Fund Common Shares to be transferred to the Predecessor Fund pursuant to this Agreement, (c) cause the Successor Fund to assume all of the Predecessor Fund’s liabilities in accordance with this Agreement, and (d) otherwise carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

4.8    REGULATORY APPROVALS. The Successor Fund will use all reasonable efforts to obtain the approvals and authorizations required by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, any exchange on which the Predecessor Fund’s shares are listed and such of the state “blue sky” or securities laws as it may deem appropriate in order to continue its operations after the Closing Date.

4.9    SUCCESSOR FUND ACTIVITIES. The Successor Fund shall not issue any shares or other securities prior to the Closing, except for the Initial Share issued to the Sole Shareholder for the purposes set forth in Section 1.4, or conduct any business or activity prior to the Closing except for such activity as is required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.10    TAX STATUS OF REORGANIZATION. The intention of the parties is that the Reorganization will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Neither Fund shall take any action, or cause any action to be taken (including, without limitation, the filing of any tax return), that is inconsistent with such treatment or that results in the failure of the transactions to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. At or prior to the Closing, the parties to this Agreement will take such action, or cause such action to be taken, as is reasonably necessary to enable counsel to render the tax opinion contemplated in Section 7.4.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE PREDECESSOR FUND

The obligations of the Predecessor Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein will be subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

5.1    All representations, covenants and warranties of the Successor Fund contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing. The Successor Fund shall have delivered to the Predecessor Fund a certificate executed in the Successor Fund’s name by (i) the Chief Administrative Officer or any Vice President of the Successor Fund and (ii) the Controller or Treasurer of the Successor Fund, in form and substance satisfactory to the Predecessor Fund and dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect and as to such other matters as the Predecessor Fund shall reasonably request.

 

B-8


5.2    The Successor Fund shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, conditions, covenants, obligations, agreements and restrictions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE SUCCESSOR FUND

The obligations of the Successor Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

6.1    All representations, covenants and warranties of the Predecessor Fund contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing. The Predecessor Fund shall have delivered to the Successor Fund on the Closing Date a certificate executed in the Predecessor Fund’s name by (i) the Chief Administrative Officer or any Vice President of the Predecessor Fund and (ii) the Controller or Treasurer of the Predecessor Fund, in form and substance satisfactory to the Successor Fund and dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect and as to such other matters as the Successor Fund shall reasonably request.

6.2    The Predecessor Fund shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, conditions, covenants, obligations, agreements and restrictions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

6.3    The Predecessor Fund shall have delivered to the Successor Fund a statement of the Predecessor Fund’s assets and liabilities, together with a list of the Predecessor Fund’s portfolio securities showing the tax basis of such securities by lot and the holding periods of such securities, as of the Closing, certified by the Controller or Treasurer of the Predecessor Fund.

6.4    The Predecessor Fund shall have delivered such records, agreements, certificates, instruments and such other documents as the Successor Fund shall reasonably request.

ARTICLE VII

FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

The obligations of the Funds to consummate the transactions under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

7.1    This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall have been approved by the requisite vote of the holders of the outstanding common shares of the Predecessor Fund in accordance with applicable law and the provisions of the Predecessor Fund’s Articles and By-Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties may not waive the condition set forth in this Section 7.1.

7.2    As of the Closing, the Commission shall not have issued an unfavorable report under Section 25(b) of the 1940 Act, or instituted any proceeding seeking to enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under Section 25(c) of the 1940 Act. Furthermore, no action, suit or other proceeding shall be threatened or pending before any court or governmental agency in which it is sought to restrain or prohibit, or obtain damages or other relief in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein.

 

B-9


7.3    All consents, orders and permits of federal, state and local regulatory authorities (including those of the Commission and of state securities authorities, including any necessary “no-action” positions and exemptive orders from such federal and state authorities) to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will have been obtained or made. All notices to, or consents or waivers from, other persons or other actions necessary to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will have been obtained or made.

7.4    The Funds shall have received an opinion of Vedder Price P.C., dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund, substantially to the effect that for federal income tax purposes:

(a)    The transfer by the Predecessor Fund of all its assets to the Successor Fund solely in exchange for Successor Fund Common Shares and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund, immediately followed by the pro rata distribution of all the Successor Fund Common Shares so received by the Predecessor Fund to the Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders of record in complete liquidation of the Predecessor Fund and the dissolution of the Predecessor Fund under applicable state law promptly thereafter, will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, and the Successor Fund and the Predecessor Fund will each be a “party to a reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Reorganization.

(b)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Successor Fund upon the receipt of all the Predecessor Fund’s assets solely in exchange for Successor Fund Common Shares and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund.

(c)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Predecessor Fund upon the transfer of all its assets to the Successor Fund solely in exchange for Successor Fund Common Shares and the assumption by the Successor Fund of all the liabilities of the Predecessor Fund or upon the distribution (whether actual or constructive) of such Successor Fund Common Shares to the Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders solely in exchange for such shareholders’ shares of the Predecessor Fund in complete liquidation of the Predecessor Fund.

(d)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders upon the exchange, pursuant to the Reorganization, of all their shares of the Predecessor Fund solely for Successor Fund Common Shares.

(e)    The aggregate basis of the Successor Fund Common Shares received by each Predecessor Fund Common Shareholder pursuant to the Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Predecessor Fund common shares exchanged therefor by such shareholder.

(f)    The holding period of the Successor Fund Common Shares received by each Predecessor Fund Common Shareholder in the Reorganization will include the period during which the common shares of the Predecessor Fund exchanged therefor were held by such shareholder, provided the Predecessor Fund common shares are held as capital assets at the effective time of the Reorganization.

(g)    The basis of the assets of the Predecessor Fund received by the Successor Fund will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Predecessor Fund immediately before the effective time of the Reorganization.

(h)    The holding period of the assets of the Predecessor Fund received by the Successor Fund will include the period during which those assets were held by the Predecessor Fund.

No opinion will be expressed as to (1) the effect of the Reorganization on the Predecessor Fund, the Successor Fund or any Predecessor Fund Common Shareholder with respect to any asset (including, without limitation, any stock held in a passive foreign investment company as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) as

 

B-10


to which any gain or loss is required to be recognized under federal income tax principles (a) at the end of a taxable year (or on the termination thereof) or (b) upon the transfer of such asset regardless of whether such transfer would otherwise be a non-taxable transaction under the Code, or (2) any other federal tax issues (except those set forth above) and all state, local or foreign tax issues of any kind.

Such opinion will be based on customary assumptions and such representations as Vedder Price P.C. may reasonably request of the Funds, and each Fund will cooperate to make and certify the accuracy of such representations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Fund may waive the conditions set forth in this Section 7.4.

7.5    The Predecessor Fund shall have received (i) an opinion from Vedder Price P.C., special counsel to the Successor Fund, and (ii) an opinion from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, with respect to matters governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, each dated as of the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(a)    The Successor Fund has been formed as a voluntary association with transferable shares of beneficial interest commonly referred to as a “Massachusetts business trust,” and is existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has the power as a business trust under its Declaration of Trust and Massachusetts law applicable to business trusts to conduct its business as described in the Proxy Statement.

(b)    Assuming that the Successor Fund Common Shares will be issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Successor Fund Common Shares to be issued and delivered to the Predecessor Fund on behalf of the Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders as provided by this Agreement are duly authorized and, upon such delivery will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Successor Fund, except that, as described in the Proxy Statement, shareholders of the Successor Fund may under certain circumstances be held personally liable for its obligations under Massachusetts law. No shareholder of the Successor Fund has, as such holder, any preemptive rights to acquire, purchase or subscribe for any securities of the Successor Fund, under the Successor Fund’s Declaration of Trust, By-Laws or Massachusetts law.

(c)    To the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority of the United States or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts is required for consummation by the Successor Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except as have been obtained, and except as may be required under any Massachusetts securities law, statute, rule or regulation, about which such counsel expresses no opinion.

(d)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Successor Fund did not, and the consummation by the Successor Fund of the transactions contemplated herein will not, violate the Successor Fund’s Declaration of Trust or By-Laws.

Insofar as the opinions expressed above relate to or are dependent upon matters that are governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Vedder Price P.C. may rely on the opinions of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP.

7.6    The Successor Fund shall have received (i) an opinion from Vedder Price P.C., special counsel to the Predecessor Fund, and (ii) an opinion from Dorsey & Whitney LLP, with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, each dated as of the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(a)    The Predecessor Fund has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and, to such counsel’s knowledge, has the corporate power to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted, in each case as described in the Proxy Statement.

 

B-11


(b)    The Predecessor Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, and, to such counsel’s knowledge, such registration under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect.

(c)    To the knowledge of such counsel, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority of the United States or the State of Minnesota is required for consummation by the Predecessor Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except as have been obtained.

(d)    The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Predecessor Fund did not, and the consummation by the Predecessor Fund of the transactions contemplated herein will not, violate the Predecessor Fund’s Articles or By-Laws (assuming the requisite approval of the Fund’s shareholders has been obtained in accordance with its Articles and By-Laws).

Insofar as the opinions expressed above relate to or are dependent upon matters that are governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota, Vedder Price P.C. may rely on the opinions of Dorsey & Whitney LLP.

ARTICLE VIII

EXPENSES

8.1    The expenses incurred by the Funds in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Predecessor Fund, and any such expenses not paid prior to the Closing will be assumed as a liability by the Successor Fund in connection with the Reorganization.

8.2    Each party represents and warrants to the other party that there is no person or entity entitled to receive any broker’s fees or similar fees or commission payments in connection with structuring the transactions provided for herein.

8.3    Notwithstanding the foregoing, expenses will in any event be paid by the party directly incurring such expenses if and to the extent that the payment by the other party of such expenses would result in the disqualification of a Fund as a RIC under the Code.

ARTICLE IX

ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES

9.1    The parties agree that neither party has made to the other party any representation, warranty or covenant not set forth herein and that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.

9.2    The representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement will not survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

B-12


ARTICLE X

TERMINATION

10.1    This Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties, and such termination may be effected by the Chief Administrative Officer, President or any Vice President of each Fund without further action by the Predecessor Fund Board or the Board of Trustees of the Successor Fund (the “Successor Fund Board”). In addition, this Agreement may be terminated at or before the Closing due to:

(a)    a breach by the non-terminating party of any representation or warranty, or agreement to be performed at or before the Closing, if not cured within 30 days of the breach and prior to the Closing;

(b)    a condition precedent to the obligations of the terminating party that has not been met or waived and it reasonably appears that it will not or cannot be met; or

(c)    a determination by the Predecessor Fund Board or the Successor Fund Board that the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein is not in the best interests of its respective Fund involved in the Reorganization.

10.2    In the event of any such termination, in the absence of willful default, there shall be no liability for damages on the part of the Successor Fund or the Predecessor Fund.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

11.1    This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the officers of each Fund subject to the prior review of each Fund’s counsel and the authorization of each of the Predecessor Fund Board and the Successor Fund Board; provided, however, that following the meeting of the shareholders of the Predecessor Fund called by such Fund pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement, no such amendment, modification or supplement may have the effect of changing the provisions for determining the number of Successor Fund Common Shares to be issued to the Predecessor Fund Common Shareholders under this Agreement to the detriment of such shareholders without their further approval.

ARTICLE XII

HEADINGS; COUNTERPARTS; GOVERNING LAW; ASSIGNMENT; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

12.1    The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.2    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

12.3    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

12.4    This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and no assignment or transfer hereof or of any rights or obligations hereunder shall be

 

B-13


made by either party without the written consent of the other party. Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

12.5    It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Successor Fund hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of such Fund personally, but shall bind only the property of the Fund, as provided in such Fund’s Declaration of Trust, which is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Successor Fund Board, and this Agreement has been signed by an authorized officer of the Successor Fund acting as such. Neither the authorization by such trustees nor the execution and delivery by such officer will be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the property of the Successor Fund, as provided in the Fund’s Declaration of Trust.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

B-14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date first written above.

 

  

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND

 

 

By:                                                                  

Name:

Title:

 

  

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC.

 

 

By:                                                                  

Name:

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Reorganizaiton (NCA Domicile Change)]


APPENDIX C

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Information contained in the tables below under the headings “Per Share Operating Performance” and “Ratios/ Supplemental Data” shows the operating performance for the most recent 10 fiscal years for each Fund.

Target Fund

The following Financial Highlights table is intended to help a prospective investor understand the Target Fund’s financial performance for the periods shown. Certain information of the Target Fund reflects financial results for a single Common Share of the Target Fund. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in Common Shares of the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends). The Target Fund’s financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended February 29, 2020, February 28, 2019, 2018, 2017, February 29, 2016 and February 28, 2015, including the financial highlights for the fiscal years or period then ended, have been audited by KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), an independent registered public accounting firm. KPMG’s report, along with the Target Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Target Fund’s Annual Report. KPMG has not reviewed or examined any records, transactions or events after the date of such reports. The information with respect to the fiscal periods ended February 28, 2014 and prior was audited by other auditors. A copy of the Annual Report may be obtained from www.sec.gov or by visiting www.nuveen.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through the website is not part of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Past results are not indicative of future performance.

 

    Year Ended February 28/29,  

Per Share Operating Performance

  2020     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Beginning Common Share Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

  $ 15.64     $ 15.90     $ 16.28     $ 17.23     $ 17.50     $ 16.80     $ 17.57     $ 16.66     $ 14.88     $ 15.71  

Investment Operations:

                   

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.53       0.66       0.68       0.77       0.82       0.84       0.83       0.83       0.84       0.84  

Net Realized/ Unrealized Gain (Loss)

    1.39       (0.27     (0.10     (0.73     (0.05     0.76       (0.82     0.89       1.76       (0.84
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1.92       0.39       0.58       0.04       0.77       1.60       0.01       1.72       2.60        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less Distributions:

                   

From Net Investment Income

    (0.55     (0.65     (0.83     (0.79     (0.81     (0.79     (0.78     (0.80     (0.80     (0.82

From Accumulated Net Realized Gains

    (0.12           (0.13     (0.20     (0.23     (0.11           (0.01     (0.02     (0.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    (0.67     (0.65     (0.96     (0.99     (1.04     (0.90     (0.78     (0.81     (0.82     (0.83
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Share

                   

Ending NAV

  $ 16.89     $ 15.64     $ 15.90     $ 16.28     $ 17.23     $ 17.50     $ 16.80     $ 17.57     $ 16.66     $ 14.88  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Share Price

  $ 15.70     $ 16.00     $ 15.62     $ 16.70     $ 17.70     $ 16.68     $ 15.53     $ 16.86     $ 16.33     $ 13.65  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Returns:

                   

Based on NAV(a)

    12.52     2.50     3.56     0.25     4.57     9.68     0.22     10.54     17.97     (0.17 )% 

Based on Share Price(a)

    2.31     6.77     (0.90 )%      0.10     12.91     13.41     (3.08 )%      8.39     26.50     (1.25 )% 

Ratios/Supplemental Data

                   

Ending Net Assets (000)

  $ 55,797     $ 51,616     $ 52,469     $ 53,601     $ 56,673     $ 57,532     $ 55,236     $ 57,769     $ 54,772     $ 48,936  

Ratios to Average Net Assets

                   

Expenses(b)

    0.71     0.76     0.77     0.74     0.74     0.75     0.76     0.74     0.77     0.72

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    3.27     4.17     4.14     4.52     4.78     4.84     5.00     4.81     5.41     5.35

Portfolio Turnover Rate(c)

    25     27     8     23     8     7     12     7     4     5

 

(a)

Total Return Based on Common Share NAV is the combination of changes in common share NAV, reinvested dividend income at NAV and reinvested capital gains distributions at NAV, if any. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending NAV. The actual reinvest price for the last dividend declared in the period may often be based on the Fund’s market price (and not its NAV), and therefore may be different from the price used in the calculation. Total returns are not annualized.

 

 

Total Return Based on Common Share Price is the combination of changes in the market price per share and the effect of reinvested dividend income and reinvested capital gains distributions, if any, at the average price paid per share at the time of reinvestment. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending market price. The actual reinvestment for the last dividend declared in the period may take place over several days, and in some instances may not be based on the market price, so the actual reinvestment price may be different from the price used in the calculation. Total returns are not annualized.

 

(b)

Portfolio Turnover Rate is calculated based on the lesser of long-term purchases or sales divided by the average long-term market value during the period.

 

C-1


Acquiring Fund

The following Financial Highlights table is intended to help a prospective investor understand the Acquiring Fund’s financial performance for the periods shown. Certain information of the Acquiring Fund reflects financial results for a single Common Share of the Acquiring Fund. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in Common Shares of the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends). The Acquiring Fund’s financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended February 29, 2020, February 28, 2019, 2018, 2017, February 29, 2016 and February 28, 2015, including the financial highlights for the fiscal years or period then ended, have been audited by KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), an independent registered public accounting firm. KPMG’s report, along with the Acquiring Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Acquiring Fund’s Annual Report. KPMG has not reviewed or examined any records, transactions or events after the date of such reports. The information with respect to the fiscal periods ended February 28, 2014 and prior was audited by other auditors. A copy of the Annual Report may be obtained from www.sec.gov or by visiting www.nuveen.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through the website is not part of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Past results are not indicative of future performance.

 

    Year Ended February 28/29,  

Per Share Operating
Performance

  2020     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Beginning Common Share Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

  $ 10.13     $ 10.19     $ 10.24     $ 10.56     $ 10.54     $ 10.03     $ 10.45     $ 10.08     $ 9.07     $ 9.53  

Investment Operations:

                   

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    0.34       0.34       0.38       0.42       0.45       0.46       0.47       0.47       0.48       0.47  

Net Realized/ Unrealized Gain (Loss)

    0.92       (0.06     (0.03     (0.32     0.03       0.51       (0.42     0.37       0.99       (0.47
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1.26       0.28       0.35       0.10       0.48       0.97       0.05       0.84       1.47        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less Distributions:

                   

From Net Investment Income

    (0.34     (0.34     (0.40     (0.44     (0.47     (0.47     (0.47     (0.47     (0.46     (0.46

From Accumulated Net Realized Gains

                                                           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    (0.34     (0.34     (0.40     (0.44     (0.47     (0.47     (0.47     (0.47     (0.46     (0.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Share

                   

Offering Costs

  $                                                      

Premium per Share Sold through Shelf Offering

                    0.02       0.01       0.01                          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending NAV

  $ 11.05     $ 10.13     $ 10.19     $ 10.24     $ 10.56     $ 10.54     $ 10.03     $ 10.45     $ 10.08     $ 9.07  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Share Price

  $ 10.45     $ 9.42     $ 9.55     $ 10.21     $ 10.79     $ 10.64     $ 9.57     $ 10.45     $ 10.13     $ 8.36  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Returns:

                   

Based on NAV(a)

    12.63     2.82     3.45     1.12     4.81     9.91     0.62     8.48     16.58     (0.13 )% 

Based on Share Price(a)

    14.67     2.31     (2.72 )%      (1.32 )%      6.08     16.36     (3.80 )%      7.99     27.44     (2.32 )% 

Ratios/Supplemental Data

                   

Ending Net Assets (000)

  $ 310,278     $ 284,624     $ 286,121     $ 285,491     $ 279,880     $ 268,050     $ 253,639     $ 264,094     $ 254,563     $ 228,948  

Ratios to Average Net Assets

                   

Expenses

    0.52     0.62     0.56     0.58     0.64     0.64 %(d)      0.62     0.64     0.65     0.65

Net Investment Income (Loss)

    3.22     3.38     3.67     4.00     4.35     4.41 %(d)      4.73     4.55     4.98     4.92

Portfolio Turnover Rate(b)

    8     38     23     25     10     13     20     16     8     14

 

(a)

Total Return Based on Common Share NAV is the combination of changes in common share NAV, reinvested dividend income at NAV and reinvested capital gains distributions at NAV, if any. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending NAV. The actual reinvest price for the last dividend declared in the period may often be based on the Fund’s market price (and not its NAV), and therefore may be different from the price used in the calculation. Total returns are not annualized.

 

 

Total Return Based on Common Share Price is the combination of changes in the market price per share and the effect of reinvested dividend income and reinvested capital gains distributions, if any, at the average price paid per share at the time of reinvestment. The last dividend declared in the period, which is typically paid on the first business day of the following month, is assumed to be reinvested at the ending market price. The actual reinvestment for the last dividend declared in the period may take place over several days, and in some instances may not be based on the market price, so the actual reinvestment price may be different from the price used in the calculation. Total returns are not annualized.

 

C-2


(b)

The expense ratios reflect, among other things, the interest expense deemed to have been paid by the Fund on the floating rate certificates issued by the special purpose trusts for the self-deposited inverse floaters held by the Fund, where applicable, as follows:

 

Year Ended 2/28-2/29:

      

2020

    

2019

      

2018

      

2017

     0.01  

2016

     0.01  

2015

     0.01  

2014

     0.01  

2013

     0.01  

2012

     0.01  

2011

     0.01  

 

(c)

Portfolio Turnover Rate is calculated based on the lesser of long-term purchases or sales divided by the average long-term market value during the period.

(d)

During the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the Adviser voluntarily reimbursed the Fund for certain expenses incurred in connection with its common shares equity shelf program. As a result the expenses and net investment income (loss) ratios to average net assets applicable to common shares reflect the voluntary expense reimbursement from Adviser. The expenses and net investment income (loss) ratios to average net assets applicable to common shares excluding this expense reimbursement from Adviser are as follows:

Year Ended 2/28:

   Expenses     Net Investment
Income (Loss)
 

2015

     0.67     4.38

 

*

Rounds to less than $0.01 per share.

 

C-3


APPENDIX D

FACTORS AFFECTING MUNICIPAL SECURITIES IN CALIFORNIA

The following information constitutes only a brief summary of some of the general factors that may impact certain issuers of municipal bonds and does not purport to be a complete or exhaustive description of all adverse conditions to which the issuers of municipal bonds held by the Fund are subject. Additionally, many factors, including national economic, social and environmental policies and conditions, which are not within the control of the issuers of the municipal bonds, could affect or could have an adverse impact on the financial condition of the issuers. The Fund is unable to predict whether or to what extent such factors or other factors may affect the issuers of the municipal securities, the market value or marketability of the municipal securities or the ability of the respective issuers of the municipal bonds acquired by the Fund to pay interest on or principal of the municipal securities. This information has not been independently verified.

The Fund invests a high proportion of its assets in municipal securities of the State of California (the “State” or “California”). The payment of interest on and preservation of principal in these securities are dependent upon the continuing ability of California issuers and/or obligors of state, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder. In addition to general economic pressures, certain California constitutional amendments, legislative measures, executive orders, administrative regulations and voter initiatives could adversely affect a California issuer’s ability to raise revenues to meet its financial obligations.

Special Risk Considerations Relating to California Municipal Securities

As described in the Prospectus, under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80 percent of its Assets in municipal securities and other related investments the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objectives by investing in tax-exempt California municipal securities that Nuveen Asset Management believes are underrated and undervalued or that represent municipal market sectors that are undervalued. The specific California municipal securities in which the Fund will invest will change from time to time. The Fund is therefore susceptible to political, economic, regulatory or other factors affecting issuers of California municipal securities.

The following information constitutes only a brief summary of a number of the complex factors which may impact issuers of California municipal securities and does not purport to be a complete or exhaustive description of all adverse conditions to which issuers of California municipal securities may be subject. Such information is derived from official statements utilized in connection with the issuance of California municipal securities, as well as from other publicly available documents. Such an official statement, together with any updates or supplements thereto, generally may be obtained upon request to the State’s Treasurer’s office. Such information has not been independently verified by the Fund and the Fund assumes no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of such information. The summary below does not include all of the information pertaining to the budget, receipts and disbursements of the State that would ordinarily be included in various public documents issued thereby, such as an official statement prepared in connection with the issuance of general obligation bonds of the State. Additionally, many factors, including national, economic, social and environmental policies and conditions, which are not within the control of such issuers, could have an adverse impact on the financial condition of such issuers. The Fund cannot predict whether or to what extent such factors or other factors may affect the issuers of California municipal securities, the market value or marketability of such securities or the ability of the respective issuers of such securities acquired by the Fund to pay interest on or principal of such securities. The creditworthiness of obligations issued by local California issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of obligations issued by California, and there is no assurance on the part of the State to make payments on such local obligations. There may be specific factors that are applicable in connection with investment in the obligations of particular issuers located within the State, and it is possible the Fund will invest

 

D-1


in obligations of particular issuers as to which such specific factors are applicable. However, the information set forth below is intended only as a general summary and not as a discussion of any specific factors that may affect any particular issuer of California municipal securities.

General Economic Conditions

The State’s economy, the largest among the 50 states and the fifth largest in the world (in terms of GDP), has major components in high technology, trade, entertainment, manufacturing, government, tourism, construction and services. The relative proportion of the various components of the State’s economy closely resembles the make-up of the national economy. The California economy continues to benefit from broad-based growth.

Real GDP of the United States grew by 2.1 percent in the fourth quarter of 2019, reflecting positive contributions from strong consumption, exports, residential fixed investment and federal, state and local government spending. Growth is expected to continue in the short term with real GDP growth gradually slowing to 1.7 percent by 2022 due to increased pressure from tariffs, slowing global economic growth, slower investments and other risks. The national unemployment rate fell to 3.6 percent in April 2019, a near five decade low and was 3.5 percent as of December 2019. Nationally, real GDP growth is estimated to be around 2 percent through 2021 and the unemployment rate is expected to stay around 3.6 percent through 2020. The State’s unemployment rate as of December 2019 was 3.9 percent.

Inflation in California since 2014 remained concentrated most notably in housing due to housing supply and demand imbalances. California’s inflation averaged 3.7 percent in 2018 and is expected to decelerate to 3.4 percent in 2019 and 2020. In comparison, U.S. inflation rose by 2.4 percent in 2018 and is expected to remain around 2 percent starting in 2019. Inflation in California is expected to remain higher than U.S. inflation due to housing pressures in the State and higher energy prices.

Home building permit issuance is projected to continue grow around 10 percent on average from the 2018 level of around 120,000. It is estimated that approximately 200,000 permit-authorized housing units are needed annually to accommodate population growth, demolitions from infill projects, and disaster recover. The State’s forecast assumes the State will reach 200,000 of such units annually around 2025.

The risk of recession increased throughout 2019 and continues into 2020 with tariffs imposed between the U.S. and China, further global economic slowdown and public health concerns surrounding the global spread of the coronavirus (known as COVID-19 and the “Coronavirus”).

Outbreaks of an infectious disease, pandemic or any other serious public health concern could have wide ranging impacts on the State’s economy. In late 2019, an outbreak of the Coronavirus was identified in China, and over the course of weeks, spread globally. On March 4, 2020, Governor Newsom declared a State of Emergency to help the State prepare for a broader spread of the Coronavirus. The economic projections in this Appendix A were made prior to this declaration. Accordingly, the economic impact of the Coronavirus was not assessed in any such projections. Since the declaration, public officials in California have stated that the Coronavirus has the possibility of sustained damage to the State’s economy, particularly given the impact of quarantines, a decline international trade and a decrease in tourism. An epidemic outbreak may lead to an increase in budgetary spending to respond to the spread of an infectious disease and significant policy changes which could have an unfavorable impact on the State’s economy. Precautions or restrictions imposed by governmental authorities and public health departments could result in undeterminable periods of decreased economic activity in the State, throughout the U.S. and globally, including reduced or ceased business operations, limited travel and shortages of supplies, goods and services. An epidemic outbreak and reactions to such an outbreak could cause uncertainty in the markets and businesses and may adversely affect the performance of the global economy, including market volatility, market and business uncertainty and closures, supply chain and travel interruptions, the need for employees to work at external locations and extensive medical absences among

 

D-2


the workforce. It is difficult to predict accurately the impact of any large epidemic, and because an epidemic may create significant market and business uncertainties and disruptions, not all events can be determined and addressed in advance.

Between July 2019 and March 2020, the Federal Reserve has issued multiple interest rate cuts, including one in response to the outbreak of the Coronavirus, which reflects the perception of increased risks and uncertainty. While lower interest rates might have some positive impact on investment in the short run, low interest rates and federal deficits leave little room for stabilization during times of downturn. Even under continued growth, the federal deficit is projected to reach $1.0 trillion in 2020 and average $1.3 trillion between 2021 and 2030, and the debt to GDP levels are increasing. In addition, federal tax reform and other federal fiscal policies are contributing to a growing federal deficit, which will constrain the federal government’s options to address an economic recession.

In the next recession, the deficit could rise much higher and force cuts to federal programs on which Californians depend.

While the State projects a balanced budget through the projection period, which ends in fiscal year 2022-23, several economic and budget risks threaten the State’s fiscal condition, including the threat of recession, changes to federal policies, federal tax law changes, federal trade policy, the federal census count, possible federal government shutdowns, health care costs, housing constraints, capital gains volatility, debts and liabilities, climate change, cybersecurity risks, public health risks (including the outbreak of the Coronavirus), and the significant unfunded liabilities of the two main State retirement systems, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“CalPERS”) and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”). Although the State has paid down a substantial amount of these debts in the past several years and has put in place plans to pay off all major State retirement-related liabilities over the next three decades, the State faces hundreds of billions of dollars in other long-term cost pressures, and debts and liabilities, including State retiree pension and health care costs.

There can be no assurances that the State will not face fiscal stress and cash pressures again or that other changes in the State or national economies or in federal policies will not materially adversely affect the financial condition of the State.

California—Government

California’s Constitution provides for three separate branches of government: the legislative, the judicial and the executive. The Constitution guarantees the electorate the right to make basic decisions, including amending the Constitution and local government charters. In addition, California’s voters may directly influence the State’s government through the initiative, referendum and recall processes.

Local Governments

The primary units of local government in California are the 58 counties, which range in population from less than 2,000 residents in Alpine County to over 10 million in Los Angeles County. Counties are responsible for the provision of many basic services, including indigent health care, welfare, jails, and public safety in unincorporated areas. There are also nearly 500 incorporated cities in California and thousands of special districts formed for education, utilities, and other services. Spending and revenues collected by the State or by local governments has shifted over the past decades.

The fiscal condition of local governments has been constrained since Proposition 13, which added Article XIII A to the State Constitution, was approved by California voters in 1978. Proposition 13 reduced and limited the future growth of property taxes and limited the ability of local governments to impose “special taxes”

 

D-3


(those devoted to a specific purpose) without two-thirds voter approval. Proposition 218, another constitutional amendment enacted by initiative in 1996, further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes, fees, and other exactions. Counties, in particular, have had fewer options to raise revenues than many other local government entities, while they have been required to maintain many services.

In the aftermath of Proposition 13, the State provided aid to local governments from the General Fund to make up some of the loss of property tax moneys, including assuming principal responsibility for funding K-12 schools and community colleges. During the recession of the early 1990s, the Legislature reduced the post-Proposition 13 aid to local government entities other than K-12 schools and community colleges by requiring cities and counties to transfer some of their property tax revenues to school districts. However, the Legislature also provided additional funding sources, such as sales taxes, and reduced certain mandates for local services funded by cities and counties.

Proposition 218, a constitutional amendment approved by the voters in 1996, further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes, fees, and other exactions. The limitations include requiring a majority vote approval for general local tax increases, prohibiting fees for services in excess of the cost of providing such service, and providing that no fee may be charged for fire, police, or any other service widely available to the public.

The 2004 Budget Act, related legislation and the enactment of Proposition 1A in 2004 and Proposition 22 in 2010 further changed the State-local fiscal relationship. These constitutional and statutory changes implemented an agreement negotiated between the Governor and local government officials (the “state-local agreement”) in connection with the 2004 Budget Act.

As part of the state-local agreement, voters at the November 2004 election approved Proposition 1A. This Proposition amended the State Constitution to, among other things, reduce the Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales, and vehicle license fees (“VLF”) revenues as of November 3, 2004. Proposition 22, adopted on November 2, 2010, supersedes Proposition 1A and generally prohibits the Legislature from making changes in local government funding sources. Allocation of local transportation funds cannot be changed without an extensive process.

The 2011 Budget Act included a major realignment of public safety programs from the State to local governments. The realignment was designed to move program and fiscal responsibility to the level of government that can best provide the service, eliminate duplication of effort, generate savings and increase flexibility. Proposition 30, approved by voters in November 2012 increased personal income tax rates for high-income taxpayers and placed into the State Constitution the current statutory provisions transferring 1.0625 percent of the State sales tax to local governments to fund the “realignment” program for many services including housing criminal offenders. The personal income tax rates for high-income taxpayers, which were set to expire on December 31, 2018, were extended through tax year 2030 by Proposition 55 in the November 2016 election. Under specified conditions, beginning in fiscal year 2018-19, Proposition 55 also authorizes the use of up to $2 billion in a fiscal year from these revenues for health care.

California Finances

The State’s moneys are segregated into the General Fund and over 1,000 other funds, including special, bond, federal and other funds. The General Fund consists of revenues received by the State’s Treasury that are not required by law to be credited to any fund and earnings from the investment of California moneys not allocable to another fund. The General Fund is the principal operating fund for the majority of governmental activities and is the depository of most of the major revenue sources of the State.

 

D-4


The following is a summary of California’s major revenue sources:

 

   

Personal Income Tax. The California personal income tax is closely modeled after the federal income tax law. It is imposed on net taxable income (gross income less exclusions and deductions), with rates ranging from 1 to 12.3 percent. In addition, a 1 percent surcharge is imposed on taxable income above $1 million and proceeds from such surcharge are dedicated to the State’s Mental Health Services Fund. The personal income tax is adjusted annually for inflation. Personal, dependent, and other credits are allowed against the gross tax liability. Taxpayers may be subject to an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), which is much like the federal AMT. Taxes on capital gains realizations, which are largely linked to stock market and real estate performance, can add a significant dimension of volatility to personal income tax receipts. Forecasting capital gains is extremely difficult, as the forecasts can change rapidly during a year due to abrupt changes in asset markets and the overall economy. For example, capital gains tax receipts accounted for over 10 percent of General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2016-17 but were less than 5 percent in fiscal year 2010-11 and have, in the past, changed more than 5 percent from fiscal year to fiscal year. The volatility in these percentages is primarily due to an underlying volatility in the level of capital gains tax revenues, rather than to volatility in other General Fund revenues and transfers.

 

   

Sales Tax. The sales tax is imposed upon retailers for the privilege of selling tangible personal property in California. Most retail sales and leases are subject to the tax. However, exemptions have been provided for certain essentials such as food for home consumption, prescription drugs, gas delivered through mains and electricity. Other exemptions provide relief for a variety of sales ranging from custom computer software to aircraft. As of January 1, 2019, the base State and local sales tax was 7.25 percent. Most cities and counties have increased the sales tax percentage in their jurisdiction above the base amount. On June 21, 2018, the Supreme Court in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. overruled previous decisions which significantly limited states’ legal authority to require out-of-state retailers to collect and remit use tax. In April 2019, the Legislature passed AB 147 which requires that businesses remit sales tax to California if they met a threshold of $500,000 sales into California per year, effective on April 25, 2019. It also mandated, as of October 1, 2019, any business acting as a marketplace facilitator had to remit California sales tax for sales into California that took place on their website. This is expected to result in additional General Fund tax revenue of $280 million in fiscal year 2018-19 and $610 million in fiscal year 2019-20.

 

   

Corporation Tax. The State’s corporate tax revenue is derived from franchise tax, corporate income tax, additional taxes on banks and other financial corporations, a State AMT, a tax on the profits of Sub-Chapter S corporations, and fees and taxes paid by limited liability companies.

 

   

Insurance Tax. The majority of insurance written in the State, subject to certain exceptions, is subject to a 2.35 percent gross premium tax.

 

   

Special Fund Revenues. The State Constitution and statutes specify the uses of certain revenues, and such receipts are accounted for in various special funds. While these funds are not directly available to repay State general obligation bonds, the General Fund may, when needed to meet cash flow needs, temporarily borrow from certain special funds. In general, special fund revenues comprise three categories of income: receipts from tax levies allocated to specified functions; charges for certain services provided by the State government; and rental royalties.

 

   

Taxes on Tobacco Products. Cigarette and tobacco taxes primarily affect special funds, though some goes to the General Fund.

 

   

Taxes on Cannabis Products. Voters approved Proposition 64 in November 2016, which legalized the recreational use of cannabis within California for persons age 21 and over, effective November 9, 2016. The measure also levies new excise taxes on the cultivation and retail sale of both recreational and medical cannabis as of January 1, 2018 to be spent for specific purposes.

 

D-5


California Budget Process

California’s fiscal year begins on July 1st and ends on June 30th of the following year. Under the California Constitution, money may be drawn from the Treasury only through an appropriation made by law. The primary source of the annual expenditure is the annual Budget Act as approved by the Legislature and signed by the Governor. The annual budget is proposed by the Governor by January 10 of each year for the next fiscal year (the “Governor’s Budget”). California law requires the annual proposed Governor’s Budget to provide for projected revenues equal to or in excess of projected expenditures for the ensuing fiscal year. Following the submission of the Governor’s Budget, the Legislature takes up the proposal. During late spring, usually in May, the Department of Finance submits revised revenue and expenditure estimates (known as the May Revision) for both the current and budget years to the Legislature. The Budget Act, which follows the May Revision, must be approved by a majority vote of each House of the Legislature.

Appropriations also may be included in legislation other than the Budget Act. With limited exceptions, bills containing General Fund appropriations must be approved by a two-thirds majority vote in each House of the Legislature and be signed by the Governor. Continuing appropriations, available without regard to fiscal year, may also be provided by statute or the California Constitution.

The Governor may reduce or eliminate specific line items in the Budget Act or any other appropriations bill without vetoing the entire bill. Such individual line-item vetoes are subject to override by a two-thirds majority vote of each House of the Legislature.

The Balanced Budget Amendment (Proposition 58, approved by the voters in 2004) requires the State to enact a balanced budget, establishes a special reserve in the General Fund, restricts future borrowings to cover budget deficits, and provides for mid-year budget adjustments if the budget falls out of balance. The Legislature may not pass a budget bill in which General Fund expenditures exceed estimated General Fund revenues and fund balances at the time of passage and as set forth in the budget bill. As a result of the requirements of Proposition 58, the State must, in some cases, take more immediate actions to correct budgetary shortfalls. For example, if, after passage of the Budget Act, the Governor determines that the State is facing substantial revenue shortfalls or spending deficiencies, the Governor is authorized to declare a fiscal emergency and propose legislation to address the emergency. The Legislature is called in to special session to address this proposal. If the Legislature fails to send legislation to the Governor to address the fiscal emergency within 45 days, it is prohibited from acting on any other bills or adjourning until fiscal legislation is passed. Such fiscal emergencies were declared in years 2008 to 2011, and the Legislature was called into various special sessions to address budget shortfalls. Proposition 58 also prohibits certain future borrowings to cover budget deficits. These restrictions apply to general obligation bonds, revenue bonds and certain other forms of long-term borrowings, but do not apply to certain other types of borrowing, such as (i) short-term borrowing to cover cash shortfalls in the General Fund (including revenue anticipation notes or revenue anticipation warrants currently used by the State), or (ii) inter-fund borrowings.

In addition to Proposition 58, a number of other laws and constitutional amendments have been enacted over the years, often through voter initiatives, which have made it more difficult to raise the State’s taxes, have restricted the use of the General Fund or special fund revenues, or have otherwise limited the Legislature and Governor’s discretion in enacting budgets. Examples of constraints on the budget process include Proposition 13 (requiring a two-thirds vote in each House of the Legislature to change California taxes enacted for the purpose of increasing revenues collected), Proposition 98 (requiring a minimum percentage of General Fund revenues be spent on local education), Proposition 49 (requiring expanded State funding for before and after school programs), Proposition 10 (raising taxes on tobacco products but mandating the expenditure of such revenues), Proposition 56 (further raising taxes on tobacco products and again mandating the expenditures of such revenues), Proposition 63 (imposing a 1 percent tax surcharge on taxpayers with annual taxable income of more than $1 million in order to fund mental health services and limiting the Legislature or Governor from redirecting funds now used for mental health services), Proposition 22 (restricting the ability of the State to use or borrow

 

D-6


money from local governments and moneys dedicated to transportation financing, and prohibiting the use of excise taxes on motor vehicle fuels to offset General Fund costs of debt service on certain transportation bonds), Proposition 30 (transferring 1.0625 percent of State sales tax to local governments to fund realignment), and Proposition 39 (requiring corporations to base their State tax liability on sales in California). Proposition 25 was intended to end delays in the adoption of the annual budget by changing the legislative vote necessary to pass the budget bill from two-thirds to majority vote and requiring the legislators to forgo their pay if the Legislature fails to pass the budget bill on time. Proposition 2, passed in November 2014, changes the way the State pays down debt and saves money in reserves.

California Budget

Budget deficits in California have recurred from year-to-year for over a decade prior to the 2013-14 fiscal year. Weakness in the State economy caused State tax revenues to decline precipitously, resulting in large budget gaps and cash shortfalls. In addition to the economic downturn in 2008, California’s budget crises were also a result of State spending commitments funded by temporary spikes in revenues. Once revenues return to their normal trend or drop precipitously, these commitments cannot be sustained, and dramatic cuts to programs and/or tax increases sometimes have been required. Budgets were balanced using, at least in part, unrealized assumptions and one-time or temporary measures. California’s budget challenges were exacerbated by a “wall of debt,” which was an unprecedented level of debt, deferrals and budgetary obligations that accumulated for over a decade and was recently eliminated in the 2019 Budget.

As the State’s economy has recovered since the last recession, the State’s budgets have significantly expanded government spending. The State has paid down some of its debt and has addressed some long-standing problems — such as implementing plans to restore fiscal health to State pension plans and making improvements to the State’s water system.

The passage of Proposition 2 in November 2014 gives the State a means to seek to avoid repeating the prior boom-and-bust cycles. Under Proposition 2, spikes in capital gains are used, in part, to save money for the next recession through the establishment of a rainy day fund (otherwise known as the “Budget Stabilization Account” or the “BSA”), and to pay down the State’s debts and liabilities. The Proposition also sets requirements as to how money in the rainy day fund is used and requires that the State provide multi-year budget forecasts to help better manage the State’s longer term finances. It is estimated that the State will end the 2022-23 fiscal year with a BSA balance of $19.4 billion and since the adoption of Proposition 2, $13 billion in reductions of debts and liabilities.

Nonetheless, despite the significant budget improvements during the least several years, a number of risks threaten the State’s financial condition. These risks include, but are not limited to, the threat of recession, potentially unfavorable changes to federal fiscal policies, federal tax law changes, federal trade policy, the upcoming federal census count, possible federal government shutdowns, health care costs, housing constraints, capital gains volatility, debts and liabilities, climate change, cybersecurity risks and public health risks (including the outbreak of the Coronavirus). There is also growing uncertainty related to the global and economic climate. The economy is in the longest period of expansion in modern history, and another recession is ultimately inevitable. The stock market was recently at an all-time high and has been highly volatile. A sudden fall would likely adversely affect investment and hiring decision at California companies, even in the absence of a full recession. Federal policy shifts, such as expenditure reductions and changes in interest rates, may cause businesses and individuals to pull back on investment or consumption and could have detrimental effects on the State’s budget. The federal tax bill enacted in December 2017 made significant and complex changes to the federal tax laws beginning in 2018 that are expected to induce changes in taxpayer behavior that are not yet fully understood. Ongoing trade disputes with China and the European Union and the recently negotiated United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement could have negative effects on the California economy as China and Mexico are among the State’s top three trading partners. An undercount in the 2020 federal census could particularly disadvantage the State as federal funds are allocated based on population size and the State has a significant share of the population designated as “hard to count” compared to the rest of the U.S. The State’s Medicaid program is

 

D-7


one of the State’s largest expenditures, and as the State continues to implement federal health care reform or as the federal government continues to make significant policy changes, the State’s spending on health care costs could increase significantly and State budgetary spending could become more dependent on the inflation rate of health costs.

The State also faces significant unfunded liability of the State’s two main retirement systems, CalPERS and CalSTRS, in the tens of billions of dollars. The State has committed to significant increases in the annual payments of these two systems to reduce their unfunded liabilities. The State also has significant unfunded liability with respect to other postemployment benefits (“OPEB”). Strategies to prefund these costs were established in 2015 and today, nearly all state employees contribute toward prefunding OPEB costs.

The discussion below of the proposed fiscal year 2020-21 budget and the fiscal year 2019-20 budget is based on estimates and projections of revenues and expenditures by the Governor’s administration, and must not be construed as statements of fact. These estimates and projections are based upon various assumptions, which may be affected by numerous factors, including future economic conditions in California and the United States, and there can be no assurance that the estimates will be achieved. There can be no assurances that the State will not face fiscal stress and cash pressures again, or that other changes in the State or national economics or in State of federal policies will not materially adversely affect the State’s financial condition.

Proposed Fiscal Year 2020-21 Budget

Governor Newsom presented his proposed fiscal year 2020-21 budget on January 10, 2020 (the “Proposed 2020 Budget”). The Proposed 2020 Budget estimates that the State will end fiscal year 2020-21 with $20.5 billion in total reserves and will have an estimated $6 billion allocable surplus for the 2020-21 budget process. The Proposed 2020 Budget reflects the principle that maintain a balanced budget and strong budget resiliency is non-negotiable and a necessary predicate for expanding programs, especially with the growing risks facing the state.

The Proposed 2020 Budget estimates total General Fund revenues and transfers to be $151.6 billion for fiscal year 2020-21. As in most years, the vast majority of the State’s General Fund revenues and transfers are from personal income tax, and to a lesser extent, sales and use and corporation taxes. The Proposed 2020 Budget estimates expenditures to be $153.1 billion for fiscal year 2020-21. The biggest expenditures from the General Fund are in K-12 education programs ($59.6 billion), health and human services ($47.5 billion) and higher education ($17.5 billion).

The Governor proposes that the State would end fiscal year 2020-21 with $20.5 billion in total reserves, comprised of $18 billion for the rainy day fund, $1.6 billion in the Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (“SFEU”) and $900 million in the safety net reserve. While the State’s reserves have increased, managing a recession can be challenging, as the current level of reserves is not sufficient to fully cover the costs of a moderate or severe recession. If the State experiences a recession, the State would need to take many billions of dollars in actions over a multiyear period to bring the budget back into balance.

The LAO estimates that the State will have a $6 billion surplus to allocate in the 2020-21 budget process. From this amount, the Proposed 2020 Budget allocates $2.6 billion to one-time or temporary programmatic spending, $1.6 billion to maintain the SFEU, $1.6 billion to ongoing spending and $300 million in other spending.

Despite its positive near-term picture, the LAO notes that the Proposed 2020 Budget’s multi-year outlook is subject to considerable uncertainty. In particular, the State’s fiscal situation in the coming years is sensitive to federal decisions around healthcare financing and there are several signals that the economy could be cooling. Either of these could weaken the budget’s condition by billions of dollars. Furthermore, it is risky to eliminate the State’s operating surplus, which is another key tool to insulate the budget from shortfalls.

 

D-8


Fiscal Year 2019-20 Budget

Governor Newsom signed the fiscal year 2019-20 budget on June 27, 2019 (the “2019 Budget”). The 2019 Budget proposed a multi-year plan for the State to pay down debts and liabilities, increase the balance of the rainy day fund, invest in education, health care, housing and homelessness prevention and maintain a balanced budget through fiscal year 2022-23. The 2019 Budget prioritized one-time investments, with 88 percent of new expenditures being temporary rather than ongoing.

Under revised estimates, the State estimates that total General Fund revenues and transfers to be $146.5 billion for fiscal year 2019-20, an increase of approximately $7.1 billion compared to the prior fiscal year. Under the revised estimates, the State estimates that General Fund expenditures will be $149.8 billion for fiscal year 2019-20, an increase from $7.9 billion compared to the prior fiscal year. Under revised estimates, the State estimates that it will end fiscal year 2019-20 with $20 billion in total reserves, an increase of $1.7 billion from the projection in the enacted 2019-20 budget.

The State continued to have hundreds of billions of dollars in liabilities for deferred maintenance on its aging infrastructure and for retiree health care benefits for State employees and various pension benefits. These retirement liabilities have continued to grow due to poor investment returns and changes in investment returns. Without additional action, paying off retirement liabilities would require an increasing portion of the State budget. The 2019 Budget proposed an extra payment of $9 billion over the next four years to pay down unfunded pension liabilities and included $4.5 billion to eliminate the “wall of debt.”

Municipal Bankruptcies

Municipalities in California may declare bankruptcy, which increases the risk of default on municipal bonds. According to the LAO, except for K-12 education, the State does not have a significant role in monitoring the fiscal health of localities. Instead, the responsibility for reviewing local government fiscal conditions rests with local communities.

California provides its local governments with broad authority to file for Chapter 9 bankruptcy, but generally requires cities, counties and special districts to engage in a “neutral evaluation” process prior to filing for Chapter 9 relief. When a local government files for Chapter 9, the locality receives an “automatic stay” that stops the collection activity by creditors and protects the locality from litigation. A court must determine if the locality is eligible for Chapter 9 protection, and, if so, the locality must develop a plan of adjustment. Creditors and the court must approve the plan adjustment. Once the court approves the plan of adjustment, it creates a new contractual agreement between the locality and its creditors. The Chapter 9 process can take several years to be resolved.

California municipalities have previously filed for bankruptcy and continue to be at risk for Chapter 9 bankruptcy as retirement liabilities increase at the local level. The use of Chapter 9 bankruptcy filings by local governments could have an impact on creditors and parties with whom they contract, including bondholders. In addition, bankruptcies at the local level could impact the State’s overall fiscal outlook.

Ratings

The State’s fiscal situation increases the risk of investing in California municipal securities, including the risk of potential issuer default, and also heightens the risk that the prices of California municipal securities, and the Fund’s net asset value, will experience greater volatility.

Fitch, S&P, and Moody’s assign ratings to California’s long-term general obligation bonds, which represent their opinions as to the quality of the municipal bonds they rate. The ratings are general and not absolute

 

D-9


standards of quality. Consequently, municipal bonds with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yields. In 2009 and 2010, California’s general obligation bond ratings were significantly downgraded by Moody’s (to Baa1), S&P (to A-), and Fitch (to BBB). The State’s credit ratings had not been that low since 2003 and 2004. Since 2010, the credit ratings have been increasing, though the State has one of the lowest bond ratings of any state. In July 2015, S&P raised the State’s general obligation credit rating to “AA-”, the State’s highest rating from S&P since 2000; in August 2019, Fitch raised the State’s general obligation credit rating to “AA-”; and Moody’s raised the rating to “Aa2” in October 2019.

There can be no assurance that such ratings will be maintained in the future. The State’s credit rating, and any future revisions or withdrawal of a credit rating, could have a negative effect on the market price of the State’s general obligation bonds, as well as notes and bonds issued by California’s public authorities and local governments. Lower credit ratings make it more expensive for the State to raise revenue, and in some cases, could prevent the State from issuing general obligation bonds in the quantity otherwise desired. Further, downgrades can negatively impact the marketability and price of securities in the Fund’s portfolio.

California Indebtedness and Other Obligations

California’s Treasurer is responsible for the sale of debt obligations of the State and its various authorities and agencies. The State has always paid when due the principal of and interest on its general obligation bonds, general obligation commercial paper notes, lease-revenue obligations and short-term obligations.

As of July 1, 2019, the State had approximately $81.4 billion of outstanding general obligation bonds and lease revenue bonds payable principally from the General Fund or from lease payments paid from the operating budget of the respective lessees, which operating budgets are primarily, but not exclusively, derived from the General Fund. As of July 1, 2019, there were approximately $35.5 billion of authorized and unissued long-term voter-approved general obligation bonds, which when issued will be payable principally from the General Fund and approximately $7.6 billion for authorized but unissued lease-revenue bonds.

Current State debt obligations include:

 

   

General Obligation Bonds. California’s Constitution prohibits the creation of general obligation indebtedness of California unless a bond measure is approved by a majority of the electorate voting at a general election or direct primary. Each general obligation bond act provides a continuing appropriation from the General Fund of amounts for the payment of debt service on the related general obligation bonds, subject under State law only to the prior application of moneys in the General Fund to the support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. Under California’s Constitution, the appropriation to pay debt service on the general obligation bonds cannot be repealed until the principal and interest on the bonds have been paid. Certain general obligation bond programs, called “self-liquidating bonds,” receive revenues from specified sources so that moneys from the General Fund are not expected to pay debt service, but the General Fund will pay the debt service if the specified revenue source is not sufficient. The principal self-liquidating general obligation bond program is the veteran general obligation bonds, supported by mortgage repayments from housing loans made to military veterans. General obligation bonds are typically authorized for infrastructure and other capital improvements at the State and local level. Pursuant to the State Constitution, general obligation bonds cannot be used to finance State budget deficits.

 

   

As of July 1, 2019, the State had authorized and outstanding approximately $73.5 billion aggregate principal amount of long-term general obligation bonds, of which approximately $72.7 billion were payable primarily from the State’s General Fund, and approximately $841.3 million were “self-liquidating” bonds payable first from other special revenue funds. As of July 1, 2019, there were unused voter authorizations for the future issuance of approximately $36.6 billion long-term general

 

D-10


 

obligation bonds, some of which may first be issued as commercial paper notes. Of this unissued amount, approximately $35.5 billion were payable primarily from the General Fund, and approximately $1.1 billion were “self-liquidating” bonds payable first from other special revenue funds.

 

   

Variable Rate General Obligations Bonds. The general obligation bond law permits the State to issue as variable rate indebtedness up to 20 percent of the aggregate amount of long-term general obligation bonds outstanding. As of July 1, 2019, the State had outstanding approximately $3.8 billion principal amount of variable rate general obligation bonds, representing about 5.2 percent of the State’s total outstanding general obligation bonds. If the approximately $1.7 billion of variable rate general obligation bonds having mandatory tender dates cannot be remarketed or refunded on or prior to their respective scheduled mandatory tender dates, there is no default but the interest rate on the bonds not remarketed or refunded on or prior to such date would be increased, in most cases in installments, on or after the applicable scheduled mandatory tender date subject to a maximum interest rate for such bonds that may be less than the statutory maximum interest rate for the bonds, until such bonds can be remarketed or refunded or are paid at maturity. The State is obligated to redeem, on the applicable purchase date, any weekly and daily variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”) tendered for purchase if there is a failure to pay the related purchase price of such VRDOs on such purchase date from proceeds of the remarketing thereof, or from liquidity support related to such VRDOs. The State has not entered into any interest rate hedging contracts in relation to any of its variable rate general obligation bonds.

 

   

General Obligation Commercial Paper Program. Pursuant to legislation enacted in 1995, voter-approved general obligation indebtedness may be issued either as long-term bonds or, for some but not all bond acts, as commercial paper notes. Commercial paper notes may be renewed or refunded by the issuance of long-term bonds. The State uses commercial paper notes to provide flexibility for bond programs, such as to provide interim funding of voter-approved projects and to facilitate refunding of variable rate bonds into fixed rate bonds. Commercial paper notes are not included in the calculation of permitted variable rate indebtedness described above under “Variable Rate General Obligation Bonds” and are not included in the figures provided above under “General Obligation Bonds.” As of July 1, 2019, a total of $2.3 billion in principal amount of commercial paper notes is authorized under agreements with various banks.

 

   

Bank Arrangements. In connection with VRDOs and the commercial paper program (“CP”), the State has entered into a number of reimbursement agreements or other credit agreements with a variety of financial institutions. These agreements include various representations and covenants of the State, and the terms by which the State would be required to pay or repay any obligations thereunder. To the extent that VRDOs or CP offered to the public cannot be remarketed over an extended period (whether due to downgrades of the credit ratings of the institution providing credit enhancement or other factors) and the applicable financial institution is obligated to purchase VRDOs or CP, interest payable by the State pursuant to the reimbursement agreement or credit agreement would generally increase over current market levels relating to the VRDOs or CP, and, with respect to VRDOs, the principal repayment period would generally be shorter than the period otherwise applicable to the VRDOs. In addition, after the occurrence of certain events of default as specified in a credit agreement, payment of the related VRDOs may be further accelerated and payment of related CP, as applicable, may also be accelerated and interest payable by the State on such VRDOs or CP could increase significantly.

 

   

Lease-Revenue Obligations. The State builds and acquires facilities through the issuance of lease-revenue obligations, in addition to general obligation bonds. Such borrowing must be authorized by the Legislature in a separate act or appropriation. Under these arrangements, the State Public Works Board (“SPWB”), another State or local agency or a joint powers authority uses proceeds of bonds to pay for the acquisition or construction of facilities, such as office buildings, university buildings, courthouses or correctional institutions. These facilities are leased to State agencies, the California State University or the Judicial Council under a long-term lease that provides the source of revenues that are pledged to the payment of the debt service on the lease-revenue bonds. Under applicable court decisions, such

 

D-11


 

lease arrangements do not constitute the creation of “indebtedness” within the meaning of State Constitutional provisions that require voter approval. As of July 1, 2019, the State had lease revenue obligations of approximately $8.7 billion for supported issues outstanding from the General Fund and approximately $7.6 billion for authorized but unissued bonds.

 

   

Non-Recourse Debt. Certain State agencies and authorities issue revenue obligations for which the General Fund has no liability. These revenue bonds represent obligations payable from the State’s revenue-producing enterprises and projects (e.g., among other revenue sources, taxes, fees and/or tolls) and conduit obligations payable from revenues paid by private users or local governments of facilities financed by the revenue bonds. In each case, such revenue bonds are not payable from the General Fund. The enterprises and projects include transportation projects, various public works projects, public and private educational facilities, housing, health facilities and pollution control facilities. State agencies and authorities had approximately $66.5 billion aggregate principal amount of revenue bonds and notes which are non-recourse to the General Fund outstanding as of June 30, 2019.

 

   

Build America Bonds. In February 2009, the U.S. Congress enacted certain new municipal bond provisions as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, which allows municipal issuers such as the State to issue Build America Bonds (“BABs”) for new infrastructure investments. BABs are bonds whose interest is subject to federal income tax, but the U.S. Treasury will repay to the State an amount equal to 35 percent of the interest cost on any BABs issued during 2009 and 2010. The BAB subsidy payments from general obligation bonds are General Fund revenues to the State, while subsidy payments for lease-revenue bonds are deposited into a fund which is made available to the SPWB for any lawful purpose. In neither instance are the subsidy payments specifically pledged to repayment of the BABs to which they relate. The cash subsidy payment with respect to the BABs, to which the State is entitled, is treated by the Internal Revenue Service as a refund of a tax credit and such refund may be offset by the Department of Treasury by any liability of the State payable to the federal government. None of the State’s BAB subsidy payments to date have been reduced because of such an offset.

Between April 2009 and December 2010, the State issued approximately $13.5 billion of BAB general obligation bonds and the SPWB issued $551 million of BAB lease-revenue bonds (of which $150 million have been redeemed). The aggregate amount of the subsidy payments expected to be received for fiscal year 2019-20 through the maturity of these bonds (mostly 20 to 30 years from issuance) based on the 35 percent subsidy rate is approximately $6.2 billion for the general obligation BABs and $151.6 million for the SPWB lease-revenue BABs.

Pursuant to federal budget legislation, beginning on March 1, 2013, the federal government’s BAB subsidy payments were reduced as part of a “sequestration” of many program expenditures. The amount of the reduction of the BAB subsidy payment has been less than $30 million annually and is presently scheduled to continue until 2025, although U.S. Congress can terminate or modify it sooner, or extend it. None of the BAB subsidy payments are pledged to pay debt service for the general obligation and SPWB BABs, so this reduction will not affect the State’s ability to pay its debt service on time, nor have any material impact on the General Fund.

 

   

Future Issuance Plans. Based on estimates from the Department of Finance, as well as updates from the State Treasurer’s Office, approximately $4.6 billion of new money general obligation bonds (some of which may initially be in the form of commercial paper notes) and approximately $722.9 million of lease-revenue bonds are expected to be issued in fiscal year 2019-20. These estimates will be updated by the State Treasurer’s Office based on information provided by the Department of Finance with respect to the updated funding needs of, and actual spending by, departments. In addition, the actual amount of bonds sold will depend on other factors such as overall budget constraints, market conditions and other considerations. The State also expects to issue refunding bonds as market conditions warrant.

 

D-12


The ratio of debt service on general obligation and lease-revenue bonds supported by the General Fund, to annual General Fund revenues and transfers (the “General Fund Debt Ratio”), can fluctuate as assumptions for future debt issuance and revenue projections are updated from time to time. Any changes to these assumptions will impact the projected General Fund Debt Ratio. Based on the General Fund revenue estimates less transfers to the BSA contained in the 2019 Budget and bond issuance estimates referred to in the preceding paragraph, the General Fund Debt Ratio is estimated to equal approximately 5.6 percent in fiscal year 2019-20 and 5.5 percent in fiscal year 2020-21.

The General Fund Debt Ratio is calculated based on the amount of debt service expected to be paid, without adjusting for receipts from the U.S. Treasury for the State’s current outstanding general obligation and lease-revenue BABs or the availability of any special funds that may be used to pay a portion of the debt service to help reduce General Fund costs. The total of these offsets is estimated at approximately $2 billion for fiscal year 2019-20 and $2.1 billion for fiscal year 2020-21. Including the estimated offsets reduces the General Fund Debt Ratio to 4.2 percent in fiscal year 2019-20 and 4.1 percent in fiscal year 2020-21. The actual General Fund Debt Ratio in future fiscal years will depend on a variety of factors, including actual debt issuance (which may include additional issuance approved in the future by the Legislature and, for general obligation bonds, the voters), actual interest rates, debt service structure, and actual General Fund revenues and transfers.

 

   

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds. In 1998, the State signed a settlement agreement (the “MSA”) with four major cigarette manufacturers (the “participating manufacturers”). Under the MSA, the participating manufacturers agreed to make payments to the State in perpetuity. Under a separate Memorandum of Understanding, half of the payments made by the cigarette manufacturers will be paid to the State and half to local governments, subject to certain adjustments.

In 2002, the State established a special purpose trust to purchase tobacco assets and to issue revenue bonds secured by the tobacco settlement revenues. Legislation in 2003 authorized a credit enhancement mechanism that requires the Governor to request an appropriation from the General Fund in the annual Budget Act to pay debt service and other related costs in the event tobacco settlement revenues and certain other amounts are insufficient. The Legislature is not obligated to make any General Fund appropriation so requested.

The credit enhancement mechanism only applies to certain tobacco settlement bonds that were issued in 2005, 2013, 2015 and 2018 with an outstanding principal amount of approximately $2 billion (the “Enhanced Bonds”). The Enhanced Bonds are neither general nor legal obligations of the State or any of its political subdivisions and neither the faith and credit nor the taxing power nor any other assets or revenues of the State or any of its political subdivisions shall be pledged to the payment of the Enhanced Bonds. However, as described above, the State committed to request the Legislature for a General Fund appropriation in the event there are insufficient tobacco settlement revenues to pay debt service with respect to the Enhanced Bonds, and certain other available amounts, including the reserve fund for the Enhanced Bonds, are depleted. Every enacted budget since 2003 has included this appropriation, but use of the appropriated moneys has never been required.

Draws on the reserve fund for the Enhanced Bonds in the amount of approximately $7.9 million were used to make required debt service payments on the 2005 bonds in 2011 and 2012. In April 2013, the reserve fund was replenished in full from tobacco revenues. As of July 1, 2019, the balance of the reserve fund for the Enhanced Bonds was $147.4 million. If, in any future year, the tobacco settlement revenues are less than the required debt service payments on the Enhanced Bonds in such year, additional draws on the reserve fund will be required and at some point in the future the reserve fund may become fully depleted. The State is not obligated to replenish the reserve fund from the General Fund, or to request an appropriation to replenish the reserve fund.

 

   

Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development Guarantees. The Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development of the State of California (“OSHPD”) insures loans and bond issues for the financing and refinancing of construction and renovation projects for nonprofit and publicly-owned healthcare facilities. This program is currently authorized by statute to insure up to $3 billion for health facility projects.

 

D-13


State law established the Health Facility Construction Loan Insurance Fund (the “Construction Fund”) as a trust fund which is continuously appropriated and may only be used for purposes of this program. The Construction Fund is used as a depository of fees and insurance premiums and any recoveries and is the initial source of funds used to pay administrative costs of the program and shortfalls resulting from defaults by insured borrowers. If the Construction Fund is unable to make payment on an insured loan or bond, State law provides for the State Treasurer to issue debentures to the holders of the defaulted loan or bond which are payable on parity with State general obligation bonds. The Construction Fund is liable for repayment to the General Fund of any money paid from the General Fund. All claims on insured loans to date have been paid from the Construction Fund and no debentures have been issued.

As of June 30, 2019, OSHPD insured 83 loans to nonprofit or publicly owned health facilities throughout California for approximately $1.8 billion, and a cash balance of approximately $169 million. The actuarial study of the Construction Fund as of June 30, 2016, was completed in August 2018 (the “2016 actuarial study”). Based upon a number of assumptions, the 2016 actuarial study concluded, among other things, that the Construction Fund appeared to be sufficient under the “expected scenario” to maintain a positive balance until at least fiscal year 2045-46. Even under the “most pessimistic scenario,” the 2016 actuarial study found that there was a 70 percent likelihood that the Construction Fund’s reserves as of June 30, 2016 would protect against any General Fund losses until at least fiscal year 2026-27, and a 90 percent likelihood that the Construction Fund’s reserves as of June 30, 2016 would protect against any General Fund losses until at least fiscal year 2021-22. There can be no assurances that the financial condition of the Construction Fund has not materially declined since the 2016 actuarial study.

In December 2016, OSHPD, the Department of Finance, and the State Treasurer entered into a memorandum of understanding that outlined the processes for the (i) issuance of debentures; (ii) payment of debentures from the General Fund should the Construction Fund fail to pay the debentures; and (iii) repayment to the General Fund for any money paid for debentures.

 

   

Cash Flow Borrowings. The majority of General Fund receipts are received in the latter part of the fiscal year. Disbursements from the General Fund occur more evenly throughout the fiscal year. The State’s cash management program customarily addresses this timing difference by making use of internal borrowing and by issuing short-term notes in the capital markets when necessary.

Internal Borrowing. The General Fund is currently authorized by law to borrow for cash management purposes from more than 700 of the State’s approximately 1,300 other funds in the State Treasury (the “Special Funds”). Total borrowing from Special Funds must be approved quarterly by the Pooled Money Investment Board (“PMIB”). The State Controller submits an authorization request to the PMIB quarterly, based on forecasted available funds and borrowing needs. The Legislature may from time to time adopt legislation establishing additional authority to borrow from Special Funds. As of the 2019 Budget, the General Fund is projected to have up to approximately $31 billion of internal funds (excluding the BSA, the SFEU and the Budget Deficit Savings Account) available to borrow during fiscal year 2019-20. One fund from which moneys may be borrowed to provide additional cash resources to the General Fund is the BSA, which increased to $11.2 billion in September 2018 and is expected to increase to $16.5 billion at the end of fiscal year 2019-20. The State also may transfer funds into the General Fund from the SFEU, which is not a special fund.

External Borrowing. External borrowing is typically done with revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) that are payable not later than the last day of the fiscal year in which they are issued. Prior to fiscal year 2015-16, RANs had been issued in all but one fiscal year since the mid-1980s and have always been paid at maturity. No RANs were issued in fiscal years 2015-16 through 2018-19 or are planned to be issued in fiscal year 2019-20. The State also is authorized under certain circumstances to issue revenue anticipation warrants (“RAWs”) that are payable in the succeeding fiscal year. The State issued RAWs to bridge short-term cash management shortages in the early 1990s and early 2000s.

 

D-14


RANs and RAWs are both payable from any “Unapplied Money” in the General Fund on their maturity date, subject to the prior application of such money in the General Fund to pay Priority Payments. “Priority Payments” consists of: (i) the setting apart of State revenues in support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education (as provided in Section 8 of Article XVI of the State Constitution); (ii) payment of the principal of and interest on general obligation bonds and general obligation commercial paper notes of the State as and when due; (iii) a contingent obligation for General Fund payments to local governments for certain costs for realigned public safety programs if not provided from a share of State sales and use taxes, as provided in Article XIII, Section 36 of the State Constitution, enacted by Proposition 30; (iv) reimbursement from the General Fund to any special fund or account to the extent such reimbursement is legally required to be made to repay borrowings therefrom pursuant to California Government Code Sections 16310 or 16418; and (v) payment of State employees’ wages and benefits, required State payments to pension and other State employee benefit trust funds, State Medi-Cal claims, lease payments to support lease-revenue bonds, and any amounts determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be required by federal law or the State Constitution to be paid with State warrants that can be cashed immediately.

The State entered fiscal year 2018-19 with a General Fund positive cash balance of $5.5 billion as of June 30, 2018. The State’s cash flow for fiscal year 2018-19 indicated that internal resources would be sufficient and available to meet the normal peaks and valleys of the State’s cash needs, while maintaining a cushion at all times of at least $2.5 billion. Accordingly, the State did not issue any RANs in fiscal year 2018-19, the fourth consecutive year in which external borrowing was not required.

The State’s cash position was strong entering fiscal year 2019-20, as the General Fund ended the previous year with a positive cash balance of $5.4 billion. Cash flow projections for the balance of the fiscal year show no plan for a RAN borrowing to manage cash requirements, with an estimated cash cushion of unused internal borrowable resources of at least $29 billion at the end of each month.

State fiscal officers constantly monitor the State’s cash position and if it appears that cash resources may become inadequate (including the maintenance of a projected cash reserve of at least $2.5 billion at any time), they will consider the use of other cash management techniques, including seeking additional legislation.

 

   

Retirement Liabilities. The two main State pension funds, CalPERS and CalSTRS, each face unfunded future liabilities in the tens of billions of dollars, which will likely result in increased State contributions. The State also has significant unfunded liabilities with respect to other post-employment benefits. If the State does not take action concerning these liabilities, the extra costs needed to retire these unfunded liabilities over the next few decades will likely increase dramatically. Lower than expected investment returns have been a primary reason for the growth of unfunded pension liabilities in the last decade. There has also been benefit increases that are implemented retroactively, and demographic and pay changes among employees and retirees. In addition, the State has very little flexibility under case law to alter benefit and funding arrangements for current employees. Generally, pension benefit packages, once promised to an employee, cannot be reduced, either retrospectively or prospectively. There can be no assurance that the State’s annual required contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS will not significantly increase in the future. Recent legislation with respect to both CalPERS and CalSTRS and changes in actuarial assumptions and funding methodologies are expected to result in significant annual increases in the amount the State is required to pay from the General Fund for the foreseeable future. The actual amount of any increase will depend on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, investment returns, actuarial assumptions, experience and retirement benefit adjustments. In addition, governments typically do not “pre-fund” their retiree health liabilities. This means that future taxpayers may bear a larger cost burden for these benefits. Unlike pensions, there are no investment returns under this type of funding structure to cover a large portion of benefit costs.

 

   

Health Care Reform. California’s implementation of the Affordable Care Act included the mandatory and optional Medi-Cal expansions. The mandatory Medi-Cal expansion simplified eligibility, enrollment, and retention rules that make it easier to get and stay on Medi-Cal. The optional expansion

 

D-15


 

of Medi-Cal extended eligibility to adults without children, and to parent and caretaker relatives with incomes up to 138 percent of the federal poverty level.

The 2019 Budget estimates that in fiscal year 2019-20, approximately 3.8 million Californians will have health insurance through the optional expansion of Medi-Cal, and 1.4 million through the State’s insurance exchange. The 2019 Budget includes costs of $20 billion ($2.2 billion from the General Fund) in fiscal year 2019-20 for the optional expansion. The federal government paid nearly 100 percent of the costs of this expansion for fiscal years 2013-14 through 2015-16. As of January 1, 2019, California is responsible for 6 percent of these costs, with California’s contribution gradually increasing each fiscal year until fiscal year 2020-21, when the State will pay 10 percent of the total costs. By fiscal year 2020-21, the General Fund share for the optional expansion is projected to be $2.6 billion.

The 2019 Budget does not include the extension of the Managed Care Organization (“MCO”) tax in fiscal year 2019-20. Federal Medicaid regulations allow states to impose certain health care-related taxes on plans or providers as long as certain conditions are met. The revenue from these taxes serve as the non-federal share of spending for health care services in a state’s Medicaid program, which allows the state to draw down additional federal funding and reduce General Fund expenditures. Effective July 1, 2016, a tax on the enrollment of Medi-Cal managed care plans and commercial health plans is authorized until June 30, 2019. The 2019 Budget assumes net savings of $1.4 billion in fiscal year 2018-19 and $582 million in fiscal year 2019-20 from the MCO tax. (The fiscal year 2019-20 savings are due to a one-quarter lag resulting from Medi-Cal’s cash basis budgeting).

The 2019 Budget includes a statewide requirement for California residents to obtain comprehensive health care coverage or pay a penalty consistent with the federal penalties originally outlined under the Affordable Care Act beginning January 1, 2020. The 2019 Budget provides advanced premium assistance subsidies to individuals with household incomes below 138 percent and between 200 and 600 percent of the federal poverty level beginning January 1, 2020. Funding for subsidies is not contingent on penalty revenues and is budgeted to exceed penalty revenues. The appropriation for the subsidy program in the 2019 Budget is made available for coverage year 2020 (beginning January 1, 2020 and ending December 31, 2020) and a similar methodology is intended to be used for future years. The 2019 Budget provides a process by which the Department of Finance may augment the appropriation to pay all subsidies provided for in the annual program design for each coverage year. The program is not an entitlement and is set to sunset on January 1, 2023.

Litigation

The State is a party to numerous legal proceedings, many of which normally occur in governmental operations. In addition, the State is involved in certain other legal proceedings (described in California’s recent financial statements) that, if decided against the State might require the State to make significant future expenditures or substantially impair future revenue sources. Because of the prospective nature of these proceedings, it is not presently possible to predict the outcome of such litigation, estimate the potential impact on the ability of the State to pay debt service costs on its obligations, or determine what impact, if any, such proceedings may have on the Fund.

 

D-16


 

LOGO

 

Nuveen, LLC

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606-1286

(800) 257-8787

www.nuveen.com    NCB 1220


EVERY SHAREHOLDER’S VOTE IS IMPORTANT

 

                    

EASY VOTING OPTIONS:
LOGO  

 

VOTE ON THE INTERNET

Log on to:

www.proxy-direct.com

or scan the QR code

Follow the on-screen instructions

available 24 hours

LOGO  

 

VOTE BY PHONE

Call 1-800-337-3503

Follow the recorded instructions

available 24 hours

LOGO     

 

VOTE BY MAIL

Vote, sign and date this Proxy

Card and return in the

postage-paid envelope

LOGO  

 

VOTE AT THE VIRTUAL MEETING

Visit: www.meetingcenter.io/238367439 on

December 7 at 2:00 p.m. Central Time.

To participate in the Virtual Meeting, enter

the 14-digit control number from the

shaded box on this card.

The Password for this meeting is

NUVC2020.

 

 

                                                                            

 

 

  

Please detach at perforation before mailing.

 

  
LOGO   

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC.

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON DECEMBER 7, 2020

    

  

THIS PROXY IS BEING SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The undersigned shareholder(s) of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, revoking previous proxies, hereby appoints Gifford R. Zimmerman, Kevin J. McCarthy, Christopher M. Rohrbacher and Mark L. Winget, or any one of them as true and lawful attorneys with power of substitution of each, to vote all shares of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held virtually at the following Website: www.meetingcenter.io/238367439, on December 7, 2020, at 2:00 p.m. Central Time, and at any and all adjournments or postponements thereof as indicated on the reverse side. To participate in the virtual meeting, enter the 14-digit control number from the shaded box on this card. The Password for this meeting is NUVC2020. In their discretion, the proxy holders named above are authorized to vote upon such other matters as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Receipt of the Notice of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is hereby acknowledged. The shares of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. represented hereby will be voted as indicated or FOR the proposals if no choice is indicated.

 

VOTE VIA THE INTERNET:   www.proxy-direct.com

VOTE VIA THE TELEPHONE:   1-800-337-3503

 

                                                                            

NCA_31617_101520_BK1

PLEASE SIGN, DATE ON THE REVERSE SIDE AND RETURN THE PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

 

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx            code             


EVERY SHAREHOLDER’S VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

VOTE THIS PROXY CARD TODAY!

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to Be Held Virtually on December 7, 2020.

The Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus for this meeting is available at:

http://www.nuveenproxy.com/Closed-End-Fund-Proxy-Information/

IF YOU VOTE ON THE INTERNET OR BY TELEPHONE,

YOU NEED NOT RETURN THIS PROXY CARD

Please detach at perforation before mailing.

In their discretion, the proxy holders are authorized to vote upon such other matters as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

Properly executed proxies will be voted as specified. If no other specification is made, such shares will be voted “FOR” the proposals.

 

TO VOTE, MARK BLOCKS BELOW IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS SHOWN IN THIS EXAMPLE:

  LOGO

 

 A    Proposals      
    FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
2.  

To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization that would result in Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. reorganizing as a newly created Massachusetts business trust.

     
3.   Election of Board Members:   FOR   WITHHOLD  

FOR ALL

 

 

Class II:

 

01. John K. Nelson            02. Terence J. Toth            03. Robert L. Young

 

INSTRUCTIONS: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s) mark the box “FOR ALL EXCEPT” and write the nominee’s number on the line provided

 

 

ALL

 

ALL

 

EXCEPT

            

 B    Authorized Signatures — This section must be completed for your vote to be counted. — Sign and Date Below

 

Note:

Please sign exactly as your name(s) appear(s) on this Proxy Card, and date it. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as attorney, executor, guardian, administrator, trustee, officer of corporation or other entity or in another representative capacity, please give the full title under the signature.

 

Date (mm/dd/yyyy) — Please print date below     Signature 1 — Please keep signature within the box     Signature 2 — Please keep signature within the box

/      /

 

               

 

Scanner bar code

 

 

 

LOGO

    xxxxxxxxxxxxxx    NCA 31617    M    xxxxxxxx   


EVERY SHAREHOLDER’S VOTE IS IMPORTANT

 

                    

EASY VOTING OPTIONS:
LOGO  

 

VOTE ON THE INTERNET

Log on to:

www.proxy-direct.com

or scan the QR code

Follow the on-screen instructions

available 24 hours

LOGO  

 

VOTE BY PHONE

Call 1-800-337-3503

Follow the recorded instructions

available 24 hours

LOGO     

 

VOTE BY MAIL

Vote, sign and date this Proxy

Card and return in the

postage-paid envelope

LOGO  

 

VOTE AT THE VIRTUAL MEETING

Visit: www.meetingcenter.io/238367439 on

December 7 at 2:00 p.m. Central Time.

To participate in the Virtual Meeting, enter

the 14-digit control number from the

shaded box on this card.

The Password for this meeting is

NUVC2020.

 

 

                                                                            

 

 

  

Please detach at perforation before mailing.

 

  
LOGO   

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON DECEMBER 7, 2020

    

  

THIS PROXY IS BEING SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES. The undersigned shareholder(s) of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2, a Massachusetts business trust, revoking previous proxies, hereby appoints Gifford R. Zimmerman, Kevin J. McCarthy, Christopher M. Rohrbacher and Mark L. Winget, or any one of them as true and lawful attorneys with power of substitution of each, to vote all shares of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held virtually at the following Website: www.meetingcenter.io/238367439, on December 7, 2020, at 2:00 p.m. Central Time, and at any and all adjournments or postponements thereof as indicated on the reverse side. To participate in the virtual meeting, enter the 14-digit control number from the shaded box on this card. The Password for this meeting is NUVC2020. In their discretion, the proxy holders named above are authorized to vote upon such other matters as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Receipt of the Notice of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is hereby acknowledged. The shares of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 represented hereby will be voted as indicated or FOR the proposals if no choice is indicated.

 

VOTE VIA THE INTERNET:   www.proxy-direct.com

VOTE VIA THE TELEPHONE:   1-800-337-3503

 

                                                                            

NCB_31617_101520_BK1

PLEASE SIGN, DATE ON THE REVERSE SIDE AND RETURN THE PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

 

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx            code             


EVERY SHAREHOLDER’S VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

VOTE THIS PROXY CARD TODAY!

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to Be Held Virtually on December 7, 2020.

The Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus for this meeting is available at:

http://www.nuveenproxy.com/Closed-End-Fund-Proxy-Information/

IF YOU VOTE ON THE INTERNET OR BY TELEPHONE,

YOU NEED NOT RETURN THIS PROXY CARD

Please detach at perforation before mailing.

In their discretion, the proxy holders are authorized to vote upon such other matters as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

Properly executed proxies will be voted as specified. If no other specification is made, such shares will be voted “FOR” the proposals.

 

TO VOTE, MARK BLOCKS BELOW IN BLUE OR BLACK INK AS SHOWN IN THIS EXAMPLE:

  LOGO

 

 A    Proposals      
    FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
1.  

To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (the “Target Fund”) would: (i) transfer substantially all of its assets to Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Acquiring Fund”) in exchange solely for newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund; (ii) distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the common shareholders of the Target Fund; and (iii) liquidate, dissolve and terminate in accordance with applicable law.

     
3.   Election of Board Members:   FOR   WITHHOLD   FOR ALL
 

 

Class II:

 

01. John K. Nelson            02. Terence J. Toth            03. Robert L. Young

 

INSTRUCTIONS: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s), mark the box “FOR ALL EXCEPT” and write the nominee’s number on the line provided

 

 

ALL

 

ALL

 

EXCEPT

            

 B    Authorized Signatures — This section must be completed for your vote to be counted. — Sign and Date Below

 

Note:

Please sign exactly as your name(s) appear(s) on this Proxy Card, and date it. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as attorney, executor, guardian, administrator, trustee, officer of corporation or other entity or in another representative capacity, please give the full title under the signature.

 

Date (mm/dd/yyyy) — Please print date below     Signature 1 — Please keep signature within the box     Signature 2 — Please keep signature within the box

/      /

 

               

 

Scanner bar code

 

 

 

LOGO

    xxxxxxxxxxxxxx    NCB 31617    M    xxxxxxxx   


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

RELATING TO THE REORGANIZATION OF

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND, INC (NCA)

AND

NUVEEN CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL VALUE FUND 2 (NCB)

(EACH, A “FUND” AND COLLECTIVELY, THE “FUNDS”)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is available to shareholders of Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (the “Acquiring Fund”) and Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (the “Target Fund”) in connection with the proposed reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization that provides for: (1) the Acquiring Fund’s acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Target Fund in exchange for newly issued common shares of the Acquiring Fund, par value $0.01 per share, and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund; and (2) the pro rata distribution of the newly issued Acquiring Fund common shares by the Target Fund to its common shareholders as part of the liquidation, dissolution and termination of the Target Fund in accordance with applicable law (the “Reorganization”).

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated October 20, 2020 and filed on Form N-14 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) relating to the proposed Reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund (the “Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus”). A copy of the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and other information may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 257-8787 or from the Funds’ website (http://www.nuveen.com). The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Funds’ website is not part of the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or this SAI. You may also obtain a copy of the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus on the website of the SEC (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings assigned to them in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

This SAI is dated October 20, 2020.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Investment Objectives and Policies

     S-1  

Portfolio Composition

     S-2  

Investment Restrictions

     S-21  

Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser

     S-26  

Portfolio Manager

     S-28  

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

     S-31  

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

     S-32  

Federal Income Tax Matters

     S-34  

Experts

     S-40  

Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent

     S-40  

Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)

     S-41  

Additional Information

     S-43  

Appendix A Ratings of Investments

     A-1  

Appendix B Taxable Equivalent Yield Table

     B-1  

Appendix C Nuveen Asset Management Proxy Voting Policies

     C-1  

 

-i-


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the information contained in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus concerning the investment objectives and policies of the Funds. The investment policies described below, except as set forth under “Investment Restrictions” or as otherwise noted, are not fundamental policies and may be changed by a Fund’s Board of Directors or Board of Trustees, as applicable (each, a “Board” or the “Board,” and each director or trustee, a “Board Member”), without the approval of shareholders.

The Funds have substantially similar investment objectives and policies. Each Fund’s primary investment objective is to provide current income exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. The Acquiring Fund’s secondary objective is to enhance portfolio value relative to the California municipal bond market by investing in tax-exempt California municipal securities that the Fund’s investment adviser, Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“Nuveen Fund Advisors” or the “Adviser”), and/or the Fund’s sub-adviser, Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“Nuveen Asset Management” or the “Sub-Adviser”), believes are underrated or undervalued or that represent municipal market sectors that are undervalued. The Target Fund’s secondary objective is to enhance portfolio value and total return. Each Fund’s investment objectives are fundamental policies.

As a fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Acquiring Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income tax. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Acquiring Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade securities. As a non-fundamental policy, the Acquiring Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade or are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser. As a non-fundamental policy, no more than 10% of the Acquiring Fund’s net assets may be invested in municipal securities rated below B3/B- by all nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO”) that rate the security or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser.

As a fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Target Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes. As a non-fundamental policy, under normal circumstances, the Target Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities that, at the time of investment, are investment grade quality. As a non-fundamental policy, the Target Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in municipal securities that at the time of investment are rated below investment grade or are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser. As a non-fundamental policy, the Target Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in municipal securities rated below B3/B- or that are unrated by any NRSRO but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser.

Each Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. As a fundamental policy, each Fund will not leverage its capital structure by issuing senior securities such as preferred shares or debt instruments. However, each Fund may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and invest in certain instruments, including inverse floating rate securities, that have the economic effect of financial leverage. Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in inverse floating rate securities.

 

S-1


PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

In addition to and supplementing the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio will be composed principally of the investments described below.

Municipal Securities

General. The Acquiring Fund may invest in various municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are generally debt obligations issued by state and local governmental entities and may be issued by U.S. territories to finance or refinance public projects such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities may also be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility and pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long-term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt. Municipal securities may be issued and purchased in the form of bonds, notes, leases or certificates of participation; structured as callable or non-callable; with payment forms including fixed coupon, variable rate, zero coupon, capital appreciation bonds, tender option bonds, and residual interest bonds or inverse floating rate securities; or acquired through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships or other investment companies. Inverse floating rate securities are securities that pay interest at rates that vary inversely with changes in prevailing short-term tax-exempt interest rates and represent a leveraged investment in an underlying municipal security, which could have the economic effect of financial leverage.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in municipal bonds issued by U.S. territories and possessions (such as Puerto Rico or Guam) that are exempt from regular federal income tax. The yields on municipal securities depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing interest rates and the condition of the general money market and the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. The market value of municipal securities will vary with changes in interest rate levels and as a result of changing evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet interest and principal payments.

Tobacco Settlement Bonds. Included in the general category of municipal securities described in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus are “tobacco settlement bonds.” The Acquiring Fund may invest in tobacco settlement bonds, which are municipal securities that are backed solely by expected revenues to be derived from lawsuits involving tobacco related deaths and illnesses which were settled between certain states and American tobacco companies. Tobacco settlement bonds are secured by an issuing state’s proportionate share in the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”). The MSA is an agreement, reached out of court in November 1998 between 46 states and nearly all of the U.S. tobacco manufacturers. The MSA provides for annual payments in perpetuity by the manufacturers to the states in exchange for releasing all claims against the manufacturers and a pledge of no further litigation. Tobacco manufacturers pay into a master escrow trust based on their market share, and each state

 

S-2


receives a fixed percentage of the payment as set forth in the MSA. A number of states have securitized the future flow of those payments by selling bonds pursuant to indentures or through distinct governmental entities created for such purpose. The principal and interest payments on the bonds are backed by the future revenue flow related to the MSA. Annual payments on the bonds, and thus risk to the Acquiring Fund, are highly dependent on the receipt of future settlement payments to the state or its governmental entity.

The actual amount of future settlement payments is further dependent on many factors, including, but not limited to, annual domestic cigarette shipments, reduced cigarette consumption, increased taxes on cigarettes, inflation, financial capability of tobacco companies, continuing litigation and the possibility of tobacco manufacturer bankruptcy. The initial and annual payments made by the tobacco companies will be adjusted based on a number of factors, the most important of which is domestic cigarette consumption. If the volume of cigarettes shipped in the U.S. by manufacturers participating in the settlement decreases significantly, payments due from them will also decrease. Demand for cigarettes in the U.S. could continue to decline due to price increases needed to recoup the cost of payments by tobacco companies. Demand could also be affected by: anti-smoking campaigns, tax increases, reduced advertising, enforcement of laws prohibiting sales to minors; elimination of certain sales venues such as vending machines; and the spread of local ordinances restricting smoking in public places. As a result, payments made by tobacco manufacturers could be negatively impacted if the decrease in tobacco consumption is significantly greater than the forecasted decline. A market share loss by the MSA companies to non-MSA participating tobacco manufacturers would cause a downward adjustment in the payment amounts. A participating manufacturer filing for bankruptcy also could cause delays or reductions in bond payments. The MSA itself has been subject to legal challenges and has, to date, withstood those challenges.

Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. The Acquiring Fund also may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations and certificates of participation in such leases. These carry special risks because the issuer of the securities may not be obligated to appropriate money annually to make payments under the lease. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations generally is exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment or facilities. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to recover fully, the Acquiring Fund’s original investment. To the extent that the Acquiring Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. In order to reduce this risk, the Acquiring Fund will purchase municipal securities representing lease obligations only where the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.

 

S-3


A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, an installment purchase agreement or other instruments. The certificates typically are issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Acquiring Fund with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Acquiring Fund with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Fund’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.

Municipal Notes. Municipal securities in the form of notes generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the bond anticipation notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. Mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority secure these notes; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing generally secure the obligations of an issuer of municipal notes. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.

Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer.

Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws

 

S-4


place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. The Fund’s distributions of its interest income from private activity bonds may subject certain investors to the federal alternative minimum tax.

Inverse Floating Rate Securities. The Acquiring Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities. Inverse floating rate securities are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust, commonly referred to as a “tender option bond trust” (“TOB trust”), that holds municipal bonds. The TOB trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds), and inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as inverse floaters). Both classes of beneficial interests are represented by certificates or receipts. The floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the TOB trust. In this structure, the floating rate security holders have the option, at periodic short-term intervals, to tender their securities to the trust for purchase and to receive the face value thereof plus accrued interest. The obligation of the trust to repurchase tendered securities is supported by a remarketing agent and by a liquidity provider. As consideration for providing this support, the remarketing agent and the liquidity provider receive periodic fees. The holder of the short-term floater effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rate. However, the trust is not obligated to purchase tendered short-term floaters in the event of certain defaults with respect to the underlying municipal bonds or a significant downgrade in the credit rating assigned to the bond issuer.

As the holder of an inverse floating rate investment, the Acquiring Fund receives the residual cash flow from the TOB trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security plus accrued interest, the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal bond deposited into the TOB trust. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters to the value of the inverse floaters that are issued by the TOB trust, and it can exceed three times for more “highly leveraged” trusts. All voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the TOB trust are passed through, pro rata, to the holders of the short-term floaters and to the Acquiring Fund as the holder of the associated inverse floaters.

Because any increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters issued by a TOB trust would reduce the residual interest paid on the associated inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the TOB trust would affect only the value of the inverse floater and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the trust so long as the value of the municipal bond held by the trust exceeded the face amount of short-term floaters outstanding, the value of inverse floaters is generally more volatile than that of an otherwise comparable municipal bond held on an unleveraged basis outside a TOB trust. Inverse floaters generally will underperform the market of fixed-rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment (i.e., when bond values are falling), but they will tend to outperform the market of fixed-rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile in value and return, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields higher than those available on fixed-rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity or illiquidity based primarily upon the inverse floater holder’s ability to sell the underlying bonds deposited in the TOB trust at an attractive price.

 

S-5


The Acquiring Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by TOB trusts in which the liquidity providers have recourse to the Fund pursuant to a separate shortfall and forbearance agreement. Such an agreement would require the Acquiring Fund to reimburse the liquidity provider, among other circumstances, upon termination of the TOB trust for the difference between the liquidation value of the bonds held in the trust and the principal amount and accrued interest due to the holders of floating rate securities issued by the trust. The Acquiring Fund will enter into such a recourse agreement (1) when the liquidity provider requires such a recourse agreement because the level of leverage in the TOB trust exceeds the level that the liquidity provider is willing to support absent such an agreement; and/or (2) to seek to prevent the liquidity provider from collapsing the trust in the event the municipal bond held in the trust has declined in value to the point where it may cease to exceed the face amount of outstanding short-term floaters. In an instance where the Acquiring Fund has entered such a recourse agreement, the Fund may suffer a loss that exceeds the amount of its original investment in the inverse floating rate securities; such loss could be as great as that original investment amount plus the face amount of the floating rate securities issued by the trust plus accrued interest thereon.

The Acquiring Fund will segregate or earmark liquid assets with its custodian in accordance with the 1940 Act to cover its obligations with respect to its investments in TOB trusts.

The Acquiring Fund may invest in both inverse floating rate securities and floating rate securities (as discussed below) issued by the same TOB trust.

Floating Rate Securities. The Acquiring Fund may also invest in floating rate securities, as described above, issued by special purpose trusts. Floating rate securities may take the form of short-term floating rate securities or the option period may be substantially longer. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying bond deposited in the trust, the Acquiring Fund, as the holder of the floating rate securities, relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the trust provide for a liquidation of the municipal bond deposited in the trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the floating rate securities. The trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the floating rate securities.

Special Taxing Districts. Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure developments to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. The bond financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds generally are payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing power of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings generally are limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development failed to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers failed to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.

 

S-6


Short-Term Investments

Short-Term Taxable Fixed-Income Securities. For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Acquiring Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term taxable fixed-income securities, although the Fund intends to invest in taxable short-term investments only in the event that suitable tax-exempt short-term investments are not available at reasonable prices and yields. Investment in taxable short-term investments would result in a portion of the dividends paid being subject to regular federal income tax and the federal alternative minimum tax applicable to individuals. Short-term taxable fixed-income investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1)    U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so, since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.

(2)    Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Acquiring Fund may not be fully insured.

(3)    Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Acquiring Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Acquiring Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Acquiring Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Acquiring Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Acquiring Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a

 

S-7


repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Acquiring Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Adviser monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Adviser does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Acquiring Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Acquiring Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.

(4)    Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable-rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Acquiring Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Acquiring Fund at any time. The Adviser will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations because the Acquiring Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major NRSRO and which matures within one year of the date of purchase or carries a variable or floating rate of interest.

Short-Term Tax-Exempt Fixed-Income Securities. Short-term tax-exempt fixed-income securities are securities that are exempt from regular federal income tax and mature within three years or less from the date of issuance. Short-term tax-exempt fixed-income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1)    Bond Anticipation Notes (“BANs”) are usually general obligations of state and local governmental issuers which are sold to obtain interim financing for projects that will eventually be funded through the sale of long-term debt obligations or bonds. The ability of an issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s access to the long-term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal and interest on the BANs.

(2)    Tax Anticipation Notes (“TANs”) are issued by state and local governments to finance the current operations of such governments. Repayment is generally to be derived from specific future tax revenues. TANs are usually general obligations of the issuer. A weakness in an issuer’s capacity to raise taxes due to, among other things, a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs.

(3)    Revenue Anticipation Notes (“RANs”) are issued by governments or governmental bodies with the expectation that future revenues from a designated source will be used to repay the notes. In general, they also constitute general obligations of the issuer. A decline in the receipt of projected revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal and interest on RANs.

(4)    Construction loan notes are issued to provide construction financing for specific projects. Frequently, these notes are redeemed with funds obtained from the Federal Housing Administration.

 

S-8


(5)    Bank notes are notes issued by local government bodies and agencies, such as those described above to commercial banks as evidence of borrowings. The purposes for which the notes are issued are varied, but they are frequently issued to meet short-term working capital or capital project needs. These notes may have risks similar to the risks associated with TANs and RANs.

(6)    Tax-exempt commercial paper (“Municipal Paper”) represents very short-term unsecured, negotiable promissory notes, issued by states, municipalities and their agencies. Payment of principal and interest on issues of municipal paper may be made from various sources to the extent the funds are available therefrom. Maturities of Municipal Paper generally will be shorter than the maturities of TANs, BANs or RANs. There is a limited secondary market for issues of Municipal Paper.

Certain municipal securities may carry variable or floating rates of interest whereby the rate of interest is not fixed but varies with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as a bank prime rate or a tax-exempt money market index.

While the various types of notes described above as a group represent the major portion of the short-term tax-exempt note market, other types of notes are available in the marketplace, and the Acquiring Fund may invest in such other types of notes to the extent permitted under its investment objectives, policies and limitations. Such notes may be issued for different purposes and may be secured differently from those mentioned above.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

The Acquiring Fund may buy and sell municipal securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, making payment or taking delivery at a later date, normally within 15 to 45 days of the trade date. On such transactions, the payment obligation and the interest rate are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Income generated by any liquid assets held to cover commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued and delayed-delivery basis which provide taxable income for federal income tax purposes is includable in the taxable income of the Acquiring Fund and, to the extent distributed, will be taxable to shareholders. The Acquiring Fund may enter into contracts to purchase municipal securities on a forward basis (i.e., where settlement will occur more than 60 days from the date of the transaction) only to the extent that the Fund specifically collateralizes such obligations with a security that is expected to be called or to mature within 60 days before or after the settlement date of the forward transaction. The commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward basis may involve an element of risk because no interest accrues on the bonds prior to settlement and, at the time of delivery, the market value may be less than cost.

Derivatives and Hedging Strategies

The Acquiring Fund may periodically engage in hedging transactions, and otherwise use various types of derivative instruments, described below, to reduce risk, to effectively gain particular market exposures, to seek to enhance returns, and to reduce transaction costs, among other reasons. In addition to inverse floating rate securities and structured notes, the Acquiring Fund may invest in certain other derivative instruments in pursuit of its investment objectives. Such instruments include financial futures contracts, swap contracts (including interest rate and credit default swaps), options on financial futures, options on swap contracts or other derivative instruments whose prices, in the Adviser’s and/or the Sub-Adviser’s opinion, correlate with the prices of the Acquiring Fund’s investments. The Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser uses derivatives to shorten or lengthen the effective

 

S-9


duration of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities, and therefore the interest rate risk, and to adjust other aspects of the portfolio’s risk/return profile. The Acquiring Fund may use these instruments if the Fund deems it more efficient from a transaction cost, total return or income standpoint than investing in cash securities.

“Hedging” is a term used for various methods of seeking to preserve portfolio capital value by offsetting price changes in one investment through making another investment whose price should tend to move in the opposite direction.

A “derivative” is a financial contract whose value is based on (or “derived” from) a traditional security (such as a stock or a bond), an asset (such as a commodity like gold), or a market index (such as the Barclays Capital Municipal Bond Index). Some forms of derivatives may trade on exchanges, while non-standardized derivatives, which tend to be more specialized and complex, trade “over-the-counter” (“OTC”) or on a one-on-one basis. It may be desirable and possible in various market environments to partially hedge the portfolio against fluctuations in market value due to market interest rate or credit quality fluctuations, or instead to gain a desired investment exposure, by entering into various types of derivative transactions, including financial futures and index futures as well as related put and call options on such instruments, structured notes, or interest rate swaps on taxable or tax-exempt securities or indexes (which may be “forward-starting”), credit default swaps, and options on interest rate swaps, among others.

These transactions present certain risks. In particular, the imperfect correlation between price movements in the futures contract and price movements in the securities being hedged creates the possibility that losses on the hedge by the Acquiring Fund may be greater than gains in the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio. In addition, futures and options markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Acquiring Fund may not be able to close out the transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Finally, the potential deposit requirements in futures contracts create an ongoing greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to hedging transactions will reduce yield. The Acquiring Fund will invest in these instruments only in markets believed by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser to be active and sufficiently liquid. Net gains, if any, from hedging and other transactions in derivatives may generate taxable income which will be distributed as taxable distributions to shareholders.

The Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser may use derivative instruments to seek to enhance return, to hedge some of the risk of the Acquiring Fund’s investments in municipal securities or as a substitute for a position in the underlying asset.

There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser will determine to use them for the Acquiring Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful.

Swap Transactions. The Acquiring Fund may enter into total return, interest rate and credit default swap agreements and interest rate caps, floors and collars. The Acquiring Fund may also enter into options on the foregoing types of swap agreements (“swap options”).

The Acquiring Fund may enter into swap transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment objective, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or

 

S-10


spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, as a duration management technique, to reduce risk arising from the ownership of a particular instrument, or to gain exposure to certain sectors or markets in the most economical way possible.

Swap agreements typically are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to several years. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount” (e.g., the change in the value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index).

The “notional amount” of a swap agreement is the agreed-upon basis for calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Under most swap agreements entered into by the Acquiring Fund, the obligations of the parties would be exchanged on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Acquiring Fund’s obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement. See “—Segregation of Assets” below.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banking firms acting as both principals and agents using standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. However, swap agreements may still be subject to liquidity risk, which exists when a particular swap is difficult to purchase or sell. If a swap transaction is particularly large, or if the relevant market is illiquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not been fully developed and, accordingly, swaps with these features are less liquid.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) sets forth a regulatory framework for certain derivatives, such as swaps, in which the Acquiring Fund may be authorized to invest. The Dodd-Frank Act requires many swap transactions to be executed on registered exchanges or through swap execution facilities, cleared through a regulated clearinghouse and publicly reported. In addition, many market participants are now regulated as swap dealers or major swap participants and are subject to required business conduct standards and other regulatory burdens, and will be subject to certain minimum capital and margin requirements upon the adoption of final capital rules. The statutory requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act are being implemented primarily through rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and/or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). The CFTC is responsible for the regulation of most swaps, and it has completed most of its rules implementing the Dodd-Frank Act swap regulations. The SEC has jurisdiction over a small segment of the market referred to as “security-based swaps,” which includes swaps on single securities or credits, or narrow-based indices of securities or credits, but has not yet completed its rulemaking.

Cleared swaps are transacted through CFTC-registered futures commission merchants that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as a central counterparty similar to transactions in futures contracts. Currently, central clearing is required only for certain categories of swaps, although central clearing for additional categories of swaps is expected to be implemented by

 

S-11


the CFTC. The Acquiring Fund may face the indirect risk of the failure of another clearing member customer to meet its obligations to its clearing member. Such scenario could arise due to a default by the clearing member on its obligations to the clearinghouse, triggered by a customer’s failure to meet its obligations to the clearing member. In addition, the CFTC and bank regulators have imposed new margin requirements on uncleared OTC swaps that could adversely affect the Acquiring Fund’s ability to enter into swaps in the OTC market. The SEC is expected to adopt similar margin requirements for uncleared security based swaps. These requirements may increase the amount of collateral the Acquiring Fund is required to provide and the costs associated with providing it. These developments could cause the Acquiring Fund to terminate new or existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such instruments at an inopportune time. Until the mandated rulemaking and regulations are implemented completely, it will not be possible to determine the complete impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations on the Acquiring Fund, and the establishment of centralized clearinghouses and trading facilities for swap transactions may not result in swaps being easier to value or trade. However, it is expected that swap dealers, major market participants and swap counterparties will experience other new and/or additional regulations, requirements, compliance burdens and associated costs, and that such costs will be passed on to customers such as the Acquiring Fund. The rules that have been and will be promulgated may exert a negative effect on the Acquiring Fund’s ability to meet its investment objectives, either through limits or requirements imposed on the Acquiring Fund or its counterparties. The swap market could be disrupted or limited as a result of the new requirements, which may increase the cost of the Acquiring Fund’s investments and of doing business, which could adversely affect the Acquiring Fund’s ability to buy or sell derivatives. The overall impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Acquiring Fund remains highly uncertain and it is unclear how the swap markets will adapt to this regulatory regime, along with additional, sometimes overlapping, regulatory requirements imposed by non-U.S. regulators.

Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors. Interest rate swaps are bilateral contracts in which each party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on different referenced interest rates (e.g., a fixed rate and a floating rate) applied to a specified notional amount. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index rises above a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. Interest rate collars involve selling a cap and purchasing a floor or vice versa to protect the Acquiring Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

The use of interest rate transactions, such as interest rate swaps and caps, is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Acquiring Fund’s use of interest rate swaps or caps could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Fund’s common shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate swap or cap could decline and could result in a decline in the net asset value of the common shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Acquiring Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce common-share net earnings. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance common-share net earnings. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the common shares by providing a maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net

 

S-12


earnings of the common shares in the event that the premium paid by the Acquiring Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional amount the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement.

Total Return Swaps. In a total return swap, one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. A total return swap may be applied to any underlying asset but is most commonly used with equity indices, single stocks, bonds and defined baskets of loans and mortgages. The Acquiring Fund might enter into a total return swap involving an underlying index or basket of securities to create exposure to a potentially widely diversified range of securities in a single trade. An index total return swap can be used by the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser to assume risk, without the complications of buying the component securities from what may not always be the most liquid of markets.

In connection with the Acquiring Fund’s position in a swap contract, the Fund will segregate liquid assets or will otherwise cover its position in accordance with applicable SEC requirements. See “—Segregation of Assets” below.

Credit Default Swaps. A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Acquiring Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements either as a buyer or as a seller. The Acquiring Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in an individual security or a segment of the fixed-income securities market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual bonds or market segments which it does not own. The Acquiring Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular bonds or market segments without investing directly in those bonds or market segments.

As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Acquiring Fund would pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed-upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Acquiring Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. However, if a credit event occurs the Acquiring Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Acquiring Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations.

If the Acquiring Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. However, if a credit event occurs, generally the Acquiring Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Acquiring Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Acquiring Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. See “—Segregation of Assets” below. Thus, the Acquiring Fund bears the same risk as it would by buying the reference obligations directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument discussed below under “—Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.”

 

S-13


Swap Options. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. A cash-settled option on a swap gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to receive an amount of cash equal to the value of the underlying swap as of the exercise date. The Acquiring Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Acquiring Fund generally would incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than when it purchases a swap option. When the Acquiring Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Acquiring Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund would become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Risks Associated with Swap Transactions. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors or events, the investment performance of the Acquiring Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Acquiring Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Acquiring Fund generally may only close out a swap, cap, floor, collar or other two-party contract only with its particular counterparty, and generally it may only transfer a position only with the consent of that counterparty. In addition, the price at which the Acquiring Fund may close out such a two-party contract may not correlate with the price change in the underlying reference asset. If the counterparty defaults, the Acquiring Fund will have contractual remedies, but there can be no assurance that the counterparty will be able to meet its contractual obligations or that the Fund will succeed in enforcing its rights. It also is possible that developments in the derivatives market, including changes in government regulation, could adversely affect the Acquiring Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap or other agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Futures and Options on Futures Generally. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, index or interest rate (each, a “financial instrument”) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract (same exchange, underlying financial instrument and delivery month). Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract.

Unlike when the Acquiring Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Acquiring Fund will be required to deposit with the futures broker, known as a futures commission merchant (“FCM”), an amount of cash or securities equal to a varying specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is

 

S-14


known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held in the margin account generally is not income producing. However, coupon-bearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts generally will earn income. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Acquiring Fund as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Acquiring Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Acquiring Fund, and the Fund realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, the Fund may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs, and the Acquiring Fund may have to segregate additional liquid assets in accordance with applicable SEC requirements. See “—Segregation of Assets” below.

A futures option gives the purchaser of such option the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or a short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the purchaser acquires a long position in the futures contract, and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. Upon the exercise of a put option, the opposite is true.

Bond Futures and Forward Contracts. Bond futures contracts are agreements in which one party agrees to deliver to the other an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific bond at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of securities is made. Forward contracts are agreements to purchase or sell a specified security or currency at a specified future date (or within a specified time period) and price set at the time of the contract. Forward contracts are usually entered into with banks, foreign exchange dealers or broker-dealers and are usually for less than one year, but they may be renewed. Forward contracts are generally purchased or sold in OTC transactions.

Under regulations of the CFTC currently in effect, which may change from time to time, with respect to futures contracts purchased by the Acquiring Fund, the Fund will set aside in a segregated account liquid securities with a value at least equal to the value of instruments underlying such futures contracts less the amount of initial margin on deposit for such contracts. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that the Acquiring Fund’s long and short positions in futures contracts must be collateralized with cash or certain liquid assets held in a segregated account or “covered” in order to counter the impact of any potential leveraging.

Parties to a futures contract must make “initial margin” deposits to secure performance of the contract. There are also requirements to make “variation margin” deposits from time to time as the value of the futures contract fluctuates.

Index Futures. A tax-exempt bond index which assigns relative values to the tax-exempt bonds included in the index is traded on the Chicago Board of Trade. The index fluctuates with changes in the

 

S-15


market values of all tax-exempt bonds included rather than a single bond. An index future is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash—rather than any security—equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index future was originally written. Thus, an index future is similar to traditional financial futures, except that settlement is made in cash.

Index Options. The Acquiring Fund may also purchase put or call options on U.S. government or tax-exempt bond index futures and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. Options on index futures are similar to options on debt instruments, except that an option on an index future gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in an index contract rather than an underlying security at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance of the writer’s futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the index futures contract, at exercise, is less than the exercise price of the option on the index future.

Bond index futures and options transactions would be subject to risks similar to transactions in financial futures and options thereon as described above.

Limitations on the Use of Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps. The Adviser has claimed, with respect to the Acquiring Fund, the exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (“CEA”), provided by CFTC Regulation 4.5 and is therefore not currently subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA with respect to the Acquiring Fund. In addition, the Sub-Adviser has claimed the exemption from registration as a commodity trading advisor provided by CFTC Regulation 4.14(a)(8) and is therefore not currently subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA with respect to the Acquiring Fund. In February 2012, the CFTC announced substantial amendments to certain exemptions, and to the conditions for reliance on those exemptions, from registration as a commodity pool operator. Under amendments to the exemption provided under CFTC Regulation 4.5, if the Acquiring Fund uses futures, options on futures, or swaps other than for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums on these positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options that are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase are “in-the-money”) may not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net asset value, or alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of those positions may not exceed 100% of the Fund’s net asset value (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). The CFTC amendments to Regulation 4.5 took effect on December 31, 2012, and the Acquiring Fund intends to comply with amended Regulation 4.5’s requirements such that the Adviser will not be required to register as a commodity pool operator with the CFTC with respect to the Fund. The Acquiring Fund reserves the right to employ futures, options on futures, and swaps to the extent allowed by CFTC regulations in effect from time to time and in accordance with the Fund’s policies. However, the requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), may limit the extent to which the Acquiring Fund may employ futures, options on futures, or swaps.

 

S-16


Structured Notes

The Acquiring Fund may utilize structured notes and similar instruments for investment purposes and also for hedging purposes. Structured notes are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but not ordinarily below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending upon a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index or indices or other assets. Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

Inter-Fund Borrowing and Lending

The SEC has granted an exemptive order permitting the Nuveen registered open-end and closed-end funds, including the Acquiring Fund, to participate in an inter-fund lending facility whereby those funds may directly lend to and borrow money from each other for temporary purposes (e.g., to satisfy redemption requests or when a sale of securities “fails,” resulting in an unanticipated cash shortfall) (the “Inter-Fund Program”). The closed-end Nuveen funds will participate only as lenders, and not as borrowers, in the Inter-Fund Program because such closed-end funds rarely, if ever, need to borrow cash to meet redemptions. The Inter-Fund Program is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, the requirements that (1) no fund may borrow or lend money through the Inter-Fund Program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than is typically available from a bank or other financial institution for a comparable transaction; (2) no fund may borrow on an unsecured basis through the Inter-Fund Program unless the fund’s outstanding borrowings from all sources immediately after the inter-fund borrowing total 10% or less of its total assets; provided that if the borrowing fund has a secured borrowing outstanding from any other lender, including but not limited to another fund, the inter-fund loan must be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value; (3) if a fund’s total outstanding borrowings immediately after an inter-fund borrowing would be greater than 10% of its total assets, the fund may borrow through the inter-fund loan on a secured basis only; (4) no fund may lend money if the loan would cause its aggregate outstanding loans through the Inter-Fund Program to exceed 15% of its net assets at the time of the loan; (5) a fund’s inter-fund loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending fund’s net assets; (6) the duration of inter-fund loans will be limited to the time required to receive payment for securities sold, but in no event more than seven days; and (7) each inter-fund loan may be called on one business days’ notice by a lending fund and may be repaid on any day by a borrowing fund. In addition, a Nuveen fund may participate in the Inter-Fund Program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with the fund’s investment objective and investment policies. The Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds is responsible for overseeing the Inter-Fund Program. The limitations detailed above and the other conditions of the SEC exemptive order permitting the Inter-Fund Program are designed to minimize the risks associated with Inter-Fund Program for both the lending fund and the borrowing fund. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a fund borrows money from another fund, there is a risk that the loan could be

 

S-17


called on one day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher rate or take other actions to payoff such loan if an inter-fund loan is not available from another fund. Any delay in repayment to a lending fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional borrowing costs.

Other Investment Companies

The Acquiring Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including exchange-traded funds) that invest primarily in municipal securities of the types in which the Fund may invest directly. As a shareholder in another investment company, the Acquiring Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of its own advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Common shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Acquiring Fund invests in other investment companies. The Acquiring Fund will consider the investments of underlying investment companies when determining compliance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act and when determining compliance with its own concentration policy, in each case to the extent the Acquiring Fund has sufficient information about such investments after making a reasonable effort to obtain current information about the investments in underlying companies.

The Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available municipal security investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to leverage risk. The net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile, and the yield to common shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

Segregation of Assets

As a closed-end investment company registered with the SEC, the Acquiring Fund is subject to the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, and various interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff. In accordance with these laws, rules and positions, the Acquiring Fund must maintain liquid assets (often referred to as “asset segregation”), or engage in other SEC or staff-approved measures, to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivative instruments and financial agreements (such as reverse repurchase agreements). Generally, the Acquiring Fund will maintain an amount of liquid assets with its custodian in an amount at least equal to the amount of its obligations, including the value of unpaid past and future payment obligations, under derivative instruments and financial agreements, in accordance with SEC guidance. However, the Acquiring Fund also may “cover” certain obligations by other means such as through ownership of the underlying security or financial instrument. The Acquiring Fund also may enter into offsetting transactions with respect to certain obligations so that its combined position, coupled with any liquid assets maintained by its custodian, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives or financial agreements. In the case of financial futures contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, for example, the Acquiring Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value while the positions are open. With respect to financial futures contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Acquiring Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value. If the Acquiring Fund writes credit default swaps, it will segregate the full notional amount of the payment obligation

 

S-18


under the credit default swap that must be paid upon the occurrence of a credit event. The Acquiring Fund may invest in inverse floating rate securities issued by special purpose trusts. With respect to such investments, the Fund will segregate or earmark assets in an amount equal to at least 100% of the face amount of the floating rate securities issued by such trusts.

The Acquiring Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff regarding asset segregation.

The Acquiring Fund generally will use its assets to cover its obligations as required by the 1940 Act, the rules thereunder, and applicable positions of the SEC and its staff. As a result of their segregation, such assets may not be used for other operational purposes. The Adviser will monitor the Acquiring Fund’s use of derivatives and will take action as necessary for the purpose of complying with the asset segregation policy stated above. Such actions may include the sale of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio investments.

Other Investment Policies and Techniques

Illiquid Securities. The Acquiring Fund may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable), including, but not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws), securities that may only be resold pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), that are deemed to be illiquid and certain repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, the Acquiring Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses, and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Acquiring Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at a fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegatee.

Portfolio Trading and Turnover Rate. Portfolio trading may be undertaken to accomplish the investment objectives of the Acquiring Fund in relation to actual and anticipated movements in interest rates. In addition, a security may be sold and another of comparable quality purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two securities. Temporary price disparities between two comparable securities may result from supply and demand imbalances where, for example, a temporary oversupply of certain bonds may cause a temporarily low price for such bonds, as compared with other bonds of like quality and characteristics. The Acquiring Fund may also engage to a limited extent in short-term trading consistent with its investment objectives. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates) and later sold, but the Fund will not engage in trading solely to recognize gain.

Subject to the foregoing, the Acquiring Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objectives by prudent selection of municipal securities with a view to holding them for investment. While there can be no assurance thereof, the Acquiring Fund anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will

 

S-19


generally not exceed 100%. However, the rate of turnover will not be a limiting factor when the Acquiring Fund deems it desirable to sell or purchase securities. Therefore, depending upon market conditions, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Acquiring Fund may exceed 100% in particular years. A higher portfolio turnover rate would result in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Acquiring Fund. In addition, high portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by the Acquiring Fund which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes or may result in greater amounts of net capital gain distributions. See “Federal Income Tax Matters.”

Repurchase Agreements. As temporary investments, the Acquiring Fund may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities (U.S. government securities or municipal bonds) agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Acquiring Fund’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. Income generated from transactions in repurchase agreements is taxable to the Acquiring Fund and, to the extent distributed, will be taxable to shareholders. See “Federal Income Tax Matters” below. The Acquiring Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Acquiring Fund is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold, but the Acquiring Fund might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and it might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Acquiring Fund may be delayed or limited. The Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Adviser will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.

Zero Coupon Bonds and Other Original Issue Discount Instruments. A zero coupon bond is a bond that typically does not pay interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligation. When held to its maturity, the holder receives the par value of the zero coupon bond, which generates a return equal to the difference between the purchase price and its maturity value. A zero coupon bond is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. This original issue discount (“OID”) approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound prior to its maturity and reflects the payment deferral and credit risk associated with the instrument. Because zero coupon securities and other OID instruments do not pay cash interest at regular intervals, the instruments’ ongoing accruals require ongoing judgments concerning the collectability of deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. As a result, these securities may be subject to greater value fluctuations and less liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparably rated securities that pay cash on a current basis. Because zero coupon bonds, and OID instruments generally, allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments, they may involve greater payment deferral and credit risk than coupon

 

S-20


loans and bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Acquiring Fund generally will be required to distribute dividends to shareholders representing the income of these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive all of the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Acquiring Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, and use the cash proceeds to make income distributions to its shareholders. For accounting purposes, these cash distributions to shareholders will not be treated as a return of capital.

Further, the Adviser collects management fees on the value of a zero coupon bond or OID instrument attributable to the ongoing noncash accrual of interest over the life of the bond or other instrument. As a result, the Adviser receives nonrefundable cash payments based on such noncash accruals while investors incur the risk that such noncash accruals ultimately may not be realized.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

In addition to (1) each Fund’s investment objectives; (2) the Acquiring Fund’s policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in municipal securities and other related investments, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income tax; and (3) the Target Fund’s policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt from regular federal and California income taxes, the following investment restrictions are fundamental policies for the Funds and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares. For this purpose, “a majority of the outstanding shares” means the vote of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities, whichever is less.

Except as described below, each Fund may not:

 

    

Acquiring Fund(1)

  

Target Fund(1)

(1)    Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except to the extent such issuance might be involved with respect to borrowings described under subparagraph (2) below or with respect to transactions involving futures contracts or the writing of options within the limits described herein.    Issue senior securities, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), except as otherwise described in the Prospectus.
(2)    Borrow money, except from banks for temporary or emergency purposes or for repurchase of its shares, and then only in an amount not exceeding one-third of the value of the Fund’s total assets including the amount borrowed. While any such borrowings exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets, no additional purchases of investment securities will be made.    Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.

 

S-21


    

Acquiring Fund(1)

  

Target Fund(1)

(3)    Underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the purchase of Municipal Obligations in accordance with its investment objectives, policies and limitations may be deemed to be an underwriting.    Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
(4)    Invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry; provided, however, that such limitation shall not be applicable to Municipal Obligations issued by governments or political subdivisions of governments, and obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.    Invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of issuers in any one industry; provided, however, that such limitation shall not apply to municipal securities other than those municipal securities backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users.
(5)    Purchase or sell real estate, but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in Municipal Obligations secured by real estate or interests therein.    Purchase or sell real estate, but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in municipal securities secured by real estate or interests therein or foreclosing upon and selling such real estate.
(6)    Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts or derivative instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities).    Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts or derivative instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities).
(7)    Make loans, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.    Make loans, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and exemptive orders granted under the 1940 Act.
(8)    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in securities of any one issuer, except that this limitation shall not apply to securities of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities or to the investment of 25% of its total assets.    With respect to 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer.

 

S-22


    

Acquiring Fund(1)

  

Target Fund(1)

(9)    Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets, except that, to secure borrowings permitted by subparagraph (2) above, it may pledge securities having a market value at the time of pledge not exceeding 20% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.   
(10)    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days.   
(11)    Purchase or retain the securities of any issuer other than the securities of the Fund if, to the Fund’s knowledge, those directors of the Fund, or those officers and directors of the Adviser, who individually own beneficially more than 1/2 of 1% of the outstanding securities of such issuer, together own beneficially more than 5% of such outstanding securities.   

 

(1)

This table presents the fundamental investment restrictions of each Fund as they appear in the respective Fund’s initial registration statement. Accordingly, the use of certain defined terms in the table does not necessarily correspond with defined terms used elsewhere in this SAI.

For the purpose of applying the 25% industry limitation set forth in subparagraph (4) above, with respect to the Acquiring Fund only, such limitation will apply to tax-exempt municipal securities if the payment of principal and interest for such securities is derived principally from a specific project associated with an issuer that is not a governmental entity or a political subdivision of a government, and in that situation the Fund will consider such municipal securities to be in an industry associated with the project.

For the purpose of applying the limitation set forth in subparagraph (8) above, a governmental issuer shall be deemed the single issuer of a security when its assets and revenues are separate from other governmental entities and its securities are backed only by its assets and revenues. Similarly, in the case of a non-governmental issuer, if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental issuer, then such non-governmental issuer would be deemed to be the single issuer. Where a security is also backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated governmental or other entity (other than a bond insurer), it shall also be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such governmental or other entity. Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank. When a municipal security is insured by bond insurance, it shall not be considered a security that is issued or guaranteed by the insurer; instead, the issuer of such municipal security will be determined in accordance with the principles set forth above. The foregoing restrictions do not limit the percentage of any Fund’s assets that may be invested in municipal securities insured by any given insurer.

 

S-23


Each Fund is diversified for purposes of the 1940 Act. Consequently, as to 75% of each Fund’s total assets, a Fund may not (1) purchase the securities of any one issuer (other than cash, securities of other investment companies and securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities) if immediately after such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of such issuer or (2) purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.

Subject to certain exemptions under the 1940 Act, each Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the aggregate in shares of other investment companies and up to 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, provided the investment does not represent more than 3% of the voting shares of beneficial interest of the acquired investment company at the time such shares are purchased. As a shareholder in any investment company, each Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management, advisory and administrative fees with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares of each Fund would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and therefore will be subject to leverage risk.

In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Funds are also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies that may be changed by the Boards of the Funds without prior shareholder notice.

Each Fund may not:

 

Acquiring Fund

  

Target Fund

Unsecured Obligations with Limited Operating History:    Unsecured Obligations with Limited Operating History:
Invest more than 5% of its total assets in unsecured obligations of issuers which, together with their predecessors, have been in operation for less than three years.   
Exercising Control:    Exercising Control:
Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management.    Purchase securities of companies for the purpose of exercising control, except as otherwise permitted in the Fund’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information.
Unmarketable Securities:    Unmarketable Securities:
Invest more than 10% of its total assets in unmarketable securities (including repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days).   

 

S-24


Acquiring Fund

  

Target Fund

Short Selling:    Short Selling:
   Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold at no added cost, and provided that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.
Other Investment Companies:    Other Investment Companies:
   Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act or any exemptive relief obtained thereunder.
Futures Contracts:    Futures Contracts:
   Enter into futures contracts or related options or forward contracts, if more than 30% of the Fund’s net assets would be represented by futures contracts or more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be committed to initial margin deposits and premiums on futures contracts and related options.

The restrictions and other limitations set forth above will apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of an acquisition of securities.

Although the Funds do not intend to issue debt securities or borrow money, if they do, the Funds may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by either guidelines of one or more NRSROs that may issue ratings for preferred shares, or, if issued, commercial paper or notes, or, if the Funds borrows from a lender, by the lender. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Funds by the 1940 Act. If these restrictions were to apply, it is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Adviser and/or the Sub-Adviser from managing the Funds’ portfolio in accordance with the Funds’ investment objectives and policies.

Portfolio Turnover

Each Fund may buy and sell municipal securities to accomplish its investment objectives in relation to actual and anticipated changes in interest rates. Each Fund also may sell one municipal bond and buy another of comparable quality at about the same time to take advantage of what the Adviser believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two bonds that may result from imbalanced supply and demand. Each Fund also may engage to a limited extent in short-term trading consistent with its investment objectives. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates) and later sold. Each Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objectives by prudent selection of municipal

 

S-25


securities with a view to holding them for investment. While there can be no assurance, each Fund anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will generally not exceed 100%.

For the fiscal years ended February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, the portfolio turnover rates of the Funds were as follows:

 

Fund

     2020        2019  

Acquiring Fund

       8        38

Target Fund

       25        27

There are no limits on the rate of portfolio turnover, and investments may be sold without regard to length of time held when investment considerations warrant such action. A higher portfolio turnover rate may result in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by each Fund. In addition, high portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by a Fund which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes or may result in greater amounts of net capital gain distributions.

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISER

Investment Adviser

Nuveen Fund Advisors is the investment adviser to each Fund and is responsible for overseeing each Fund’s overall investment strategy, including the use of leverage, and its implementation. Nuveen Fund Advisors also is responsible for the ongoing monitoring of any sub-adviser to the Funds, managing each Fund’s business affairs and providing certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services to the Funds. Nuveen Fund Advisors is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, each Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee for the overall advisory and administrative services and general office facilities provided by Nuveen Fund Advisors. Each Fund’s management fee is separated into two components— a complex-level component, based on the aggregate amount of Nuveen-branded closed- and open-end registered investment companies organized in the U.S., and a specific fund-level component, based only on the amount of assets within the Fund. This pricing structure enables Nuveen Fund shareholders to benefit from growth in the assets within each individual fund as well as from growth in the amount of complex-wide assets managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, each Fund’s Investment Management Agreement with Nuveen Fund Advisors will remain in effect until August 1, 2021. Each Investment Management Agreement continues in effect from year to year so long as such continuation is approved at least annually by: (1) the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund; and (2) a majority of the Board Members who are not interested persons of any party to the Investment Management Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each Investment Management Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by either the Fund or Nuveen Fund Advisors upon 60 days’ written notice and is automatically terminated in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

S-26


Nuveen Fund Advisors, a registered investment adviser, is a subsidiary of Nuveen, the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“TIAA”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. As of June 30, 2020, Nuveen managed approximately $1.05 trillion in assets, of which approximately $144.4 billion was managed by Nuveen Fund Advisors.

The total dollar amounts paid to Nuveen Fund Advisors by each Fund under each Fund’s Investment Management Agreement for each Fund’s last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

Acquiring Fund

   2020      2019      2018  

Gross Advisory Fees

   $ 1,374,770      $ 1,352,714      $ 1,408,219  

Waiver

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Advisory Fees

   $ 1,374,770      $ 1,352,714      $ 1,408,219  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Target Fund

   2020      2019      2018  

Gross Advisory Fees

   $ 299,864      $ 317,636      $ 331,886  

Waiver

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Advisory Fees

   $ 299,864      $ 317,636      $ 331,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sub-Adviser

Nuveen Fund Advisors has selected Nuveen Asset Management to serve as sub-adviser to each Fund. Nuveen Fund Advisors compensates Nuveen Asset Management for the portfolio management services it provides to the Funds from the management fees paid by the Funds. Nuveen Fund Advisors and Nuveen Asset Management retain the right to reallocate investment advisory responsibilities and fees between themselves in the future.

For the services provided pursuant to the Acquiring Fund’s Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Fund Advisors pays Nuveen Asset Management a portfolio management fee, payable monthly, equal to 71.4286% of the asset-based portion of the management fee (net of applicable breakpoints, waivers and reimbursements) paid by the Fund to Nuveen Fund Advisors. For the services provided pursuant to the Target Fund’s Sub-Advisory Agreement, Nuveen Fund Advisors pays Nuveen Asset Management a portfolio management fee, payable monthly, equal to 41.6667% of the management fee (net of applicable breakpoints, waivers and reimbursements) paid by the Fund to Nuveen Fund Advisors.

The total dollar amounts paid to Nuveen Asset Management by Nuveen Fund Advisors during each Fund’s last three fiscal years are as follows:

 

Acquiring Fund

   2020      2019      2018  

Sub-Advisory Fees

   $ 654,405      $ 629,255      $ 642,556  

Target Fund

   2020      2019      2018  

Sub-Advisory Fees

   $ 124,943      $ 132,348      $ 138,286  

 

S-27


PORTFOLIO MANAGER

Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this SAI.

Portfolio Management. Scott R. Romans, PhD, is the portfolio manager of each Fund. Mr. Romans will manage the combined fund upon completion of the Reorganization.

In addition to managing the Funds, the portfolio manager is also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts, as of February 29, 2020:

 

Portfolio Manager

  Type of Account Managed   Number
of Accounts
    Assets*  
Scott R. Romans   Registered Investment Company     12     $ 15.41 billion  
  Other Pooled Investment Vehicles     0     $ 0  
  Other Accounts     2     $ 3.99 million  

 

*

None of the assets in these accounts is subject to an advisory fee based on performance.

Compensation

Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of base pay, an annual cash bonus and long-term incentive payments.

Portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary and variable components consisting of (i) a cash bonus; (ii) a long-term performance award; and (iii) participation in a profits interest plan.

Base salary. A portfolio manager’s base salary is determined based upon an analysis of the portfolio manager’s general performance, experience and market levels of base pay for such position.

Cash bonus. A portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus that is based on three variables: risk-adjusted investment performance relative to benchmark generally measured over the most recent three and five year periods (unless the portfolio manager’s tenure is shorter), ranking versus Morningstar peer funds generally measured over the most recent three and five year periods (unless the portfolio manager’s tenure is shorter), and management and peer reviews.

Long-term performance award. A portfolio manager is eligible to receive a long-term performance award that vests after three years. The amount of the award when granted is based on the same factors used in determining the cash bonus. The value of the award at the completion of the three-year vesting period is adjusted based on the risk-adjusted investment performance of Fund(s) managed by the portfolio manager during the vesting period and the performance of the TIAA organization as a whole.

Profits interest plan. Portfolio managers are eligible to receive profits interests in Nuveen Asset Management and its affiliate, Teachers Advisors, LLC, which vest over time and entitle their holders to a percentage of the firms’ annual profits. Profits interests are allocated to each portfolio manager based on such person’s overall contribution to the firms.

There are generally no differences between the methods used to determine compensation with respect to the Funds and the other accounts shown in the table above.

 

S-28


Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple accounts are presented with a number of potential conflicts, including, among others, those discussed below.

The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. Nuveen Asset Management seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most accounts managed by a portfolio manager in a particular investment strategy are managed using the same investment models.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one account, an account may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible accounts. To deal with these situations, Nuveen Asset Management has adopted procedures for allocating limited opportunities across multiple accounts.

With respect to many of its clients’ accounts, Nuveen Asset Management determines which broker to use to execute transaction orders, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts, Nuveen Asset Management may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Nuveen Asset Management may place separate, non-simultaneous transactions for a Fund and other accounts which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of a Fund or the other accounts.

Some clients are subject to different regulations. As a consequence of this difference in regulatory requirements, some clients may not be permitted to engage in all the investment techniques or transactions or to engage in these transactions to the same extent as the other accounts managed by the portfolio manager. Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Nuveen Asset Management has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of some accounts, with respect to which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.

Nuveen Asset Management has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts common among investment managers. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Conflicts of interest may also arise when the Sub-Adviser invests one or more of its client accounts in different or multiple parts of the same issuer’s capital structure, including investments in public versus private securities, debt versus equity, or senior versus junior/subordinated debt, or otherwise where there are different or inconsistent rights or benefits. Decisions or actions such as investing, trading, proxy voting, exercising, waiving or amending rights or covenants, workout activity, or serving on a board, committee or other involvement in governance may result in conflicts of interest between clients holding different securities or investments. Generally, individual portfolio managers will seek to act in a manner that they believe serves the best interest of the accounts they manage. In

 

S-29


cases where a portfolio manager or team faces a conflict among its client accounts, it will seek to act in a manner that it believes best reflects its overall fiduciary duty, which may result in relative advantages or disadvantages for particular accounts.

Beneficial Ownership of Securities. The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Funds’ portfolio manager as of February 29, 2020:

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
Beneficially
Owned in the
Acquiring Fund
     Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
Beneficially
Owned in the
Target Fund
 

Scott R. Romans

   $ 0      $ 0  

Code of Ethics

The Fund, Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management, Nuveen and other related entities have adopted codes of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that essentially prohibit certain of their personnel, including the Portfolio Manager, from engaging in personal investments that compete or interfere with, or attempt to take advantage of a client’s, including the Fund’s, anticipated or actual portfolio transactions, and are designed to assure that the interests of clients, including Fund shareholders, are placed before the interests of personnel in connection with personal investment transactions. Personnel subject to the Code of Ethics may purchase shares of the Fund and may generally invest in securities in which the Fund may also invest subject to the restrictions set forth in the Code of Ethics. Text-only versions of the Code of Ethics of the Fund, Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management and Nuveen can be viewed online or downloaded from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of those codes of ethics may be obtained, after mailing the appropriate duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or by e-mail request at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Proxy Voting Policies

The Funds invest primarily in municipal securities. On rare occasions a Fund may acquire, directly or through a special purpose vehicle, equity securities of a municipal bond issuer whose bonds the Fund already owns when such bonds have deteriorated or are expected shortly to deteriorate significantly in credit quality. The purpose of acquiring equity securities generally will be to acquire control of the municipal bond issuer and to seek to prevent the credit deterioration or facilitate the liquidation or other workout of the distressed issuer’s credit problem. In the course of exercising control of a distressed municipal issuer, Nuveen Asset Management may pursue the Fund’s interests in a variety of ways, which may entail negotiating and executing consents, agreements and other arrangements, and otherwise influencing the management of the issuer. Nuveen Asset Management does not consider such activities proxy voting for purposes of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, but nevertheless provides reports to a Fund’s Board on its control activities on a quarterly basis.

In the rare event that a municipal issuer held by a Fund were to issue a proxy, or that the Fund were to receive a proxy issued by a cash management security, Nuveen Asset Management would either engage an independent third party to determine how the proxy should be voted or vote the proxy with the consent, or based on the instructions, of the Board or its representative. In the case of a

 

S-30


conflict of interest, the proxy would be submitted to the Board to determine how the proxy should be voted. A member of Nuveen Asset Management’s legal department would oversee the administration of the voting and ensure that records were maintained in accordance with Rule 206(4)-6, reports were filed with the SEC on Form N-PX, and the results were provided to the Board and made available to shareholders as required by applicable rules. Nuveen Asset Management’s proxy voting policies and procedures are attached hereto as Appendix C. If applicable, information regarding how a Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 257-8787 or from the Fund’s website at http://www.nuveen.com, and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Subject to the supervision of the Board and Nuveen Fund Advisors, Nuveen Asset Management is responsible for decisions to purchase and sell securities for the Funds, the negotiation of the prices to be paid and the allocation of transactions among various dealer firms. Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment by the Funds of brokerage commissions. There generally is no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the OTC market, but the prices paid by the Funds usually include an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-up. Transactions in the OTC market can also be placed with broker-dealers who act as agents and charge brokerage commissions for effecting OTC transactions. Each Fund may place its OTC transactions either directly with principal market makers, or with broker-dealers if that is consistent with Nuveen Asset Management’s obligation to obtain best qualitative execution. In certain instances, the Funds may make purchases of underwritten issues at prices that include underwriting fees.

Portfolio securities may be purchased directly from an underwriter or in the OTC market from the principal dealers in such securities, unless it appears that a better price or execution may be obtained through other means. Portfolio securities will not be purchased from Nuveen Investments or its affiliates or affiliates of Nuveen Asset Management except in compliance with the 1940 Act.

It is Nuveen Asset Management’s policy to seek the best execution under the circumstances of each trade. Nuveen Asset Management will evaluate price as the primary consideration, with the financial condition, reputation and responsiveness of the dealer considered secondary in determining best execution. Given the best execution obtainable, it will be Nuveen Asset Management’s practice to select dealers that, in addition, furnish research information (primarily credit analyses of issuers and general economic reports) and statistical and other services to Nuveen Asset Management. It is not possible to place a dollar value on information and statistical and other services received from dealers. Since it is only supplementary to Nuveen Asset Management’s own research efforts, the receipt of research information is not expected to reduce significantly Nuveen Asset Management’s expenses. While Nuveen Asset Management will be primarily responsible for the placement of the business of the Funds, Nuveen Asset Management’s policies and practices in this regard must be consistent with the foregoing and will, at all times, be subject to review by the Board of the Funds.

Nuveen Asset Management may manage other investment accounts and investment companies for other clients that may invest in the same types of securities as the Funds and that may have investment objectives similar to those of the Funds. Nuveen Asset Management seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell assets or securities by each Fund and another advisory account. If an aggregated order cannot be filled completely, allocations will generally be made on a pro rata basis. An order may not be allocated on a

 

S-31


pro rata basis where, for example (i) consideration is given to portfolio managers who have been instrumental in developing or negotiating a particular investment; (ii) consideration is given to an account with specialized investment policies that coincide with the particulars of a specific investment; (iii) pro rata allocation would result in odd-lot or de minimis amounts being allocated to a portfolio or other client; or (iv) Nuveen Asset Management reasonably determines that departure from a pro rata allocation is advisable. There may also be instances where a Fund will not participate at all in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. While these allocation procedures could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Fund from time to time, it is the opinion of the Board that the benefits available from Nuveen Asset Management’s management outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from Nuveen Asset Management’s larger management activities and its need to allocate securities.

The information in the table below reflects the aggregate brokerage commission paid by the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund for the last three fiscal years:

 

      2020      2019      2018  

Acquiring Fund

                    

Target Fund

                    

During the 2020 fiscal year, the Funds did not pay commissions in return for research services or hold any securities of its regular broker-dealers.

Under the 1940 Act, each Fund may not purchase portfolio securities from any underwriting syndicate of which Nuveen Securities, LLC is a member except under certain limited conditions set forth in Rule 10f-3. The Rule sets forth requirements relating to, among other things, the terms of a security purchased by the Funds, the amount of securities that may be purchased in any one issue and the assets of the Funds that may be invested in a particular issue. In addition, purchases of securities made pursuant to the terms of the Rule must be approved at least quarterly by each Fund’s Board, including a majority of the independent trustees.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

The Acquiring Fund is a closed-end investment company, and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund’s common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Acquiring Fund’s Board has currently determined that, at least annually, it will consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares at net asset value, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. However, there can be no assurance that the Board will decide to take any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.

Subject to its investment limitations, the Acquiring Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the

 

S-32


Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the Board’s current policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the NYSE, or (b) impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Fund a taxable entity, causing the Fund’s taxable income to be taxed at the fund level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Fund, or as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act; (2) the Fund would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Fund, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the NYSE, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or state banks in which the Fund invests, (d) material limitation affecting the Fund or the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of non-U.S. currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States or (f) other event or condition that would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Acquiring Fund or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.

The repurchase by the Acquiring Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at net asset value from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

In addition, a purchase by the Acquiring Fund of its common shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets, which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio.

Conversion to an open-end company would require the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Acquiring Fund’s common shares, unless the conversion has been approved by the requisite vote of the Board Members, in which case a majority vote of the requisite holders would be required. See the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus under “Certain Provisions in the Acquiring Fund’s Articles of Incorporation” for a discussion of voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, the Fund’s common shares would no longer be listed on the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act or rules thereunder) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end investment companies typically engage in a continuous

 

S-33


offering of their shares. Open-end investment companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. The Board may at any time propose conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company depending upon its judgment as to the advisability of such action in light of circumstances then prevailing.

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Acquiring Fund’s common shares trade below net asset value, the Board will consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders, and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of shares of the Acquiring Fund. Substantially similar consequences would be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of shares of the Target Fund. This discussion addresses only U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances. This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, shareholders with large positions in the Acquiring Fund, financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, a constructive sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction, holders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax (except as discussed below), investors with “applicable financial statements” within the meaning of section 451(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or tax-exempt or tax-advantaged plans, accounts, or entities. In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax consequences. The discussion reflects applicable federal income tax laws of the United States as of the date of this SAI, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Acquiring Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Acquiring Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them and the effect of possible changes in tax laws.

If a partnership holds shares of the Acquiring Fund, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. The discussion below may not be applicable to an investor who is a partner in a partnership holding Acquiring Fund shares. Such investors should consult their own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of shares of the Acquiring Fund.

The Acquiring Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to continue to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code and to satisfy conditions which enable its dividends that are attributable to interest on municipal securities to be exempt from federal income tax in the hands of owners of such stock, subject to the possible application of the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

S-34


To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to regulated investment companies, the Acquiring Fund must, among other things, (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” as defined in the Code; (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Acquiring Fund’s assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Acquiring Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer, or two or more issuers that the Acquiring Fund controls and are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (c) distribute each year an amount equal to or greater than the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest.

If the Acquiring Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company in any taxable year, the Acquiring Fund would be taxed in the same manner as a regular corporation on its taxable income (even if such income were distributed to its shareholders), and distributions to shareholders would not be deductible by the Acquiring Fund in computing its taxable income. Additionally, all distributions out of earnings and profits (including distributions from net capital gains and net tax-exempt interest) would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” as discussed below in the case of noncorporate shareholders, and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction under section 243 of the Code (the “Dividends Received Deduction”) in the case of corporate shareholders.

The Acquiring Fund intends to continue to qualify to pay “exempt-interest” dividends, as defined in the Code, by satisfying the requirement that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets consist of tax-exempt state and local bonds. Exempt-interest dividends are dividends or any part thereof (other than a capital gain dividend) paid by the Acquiring Fund which are attributable to interest on state and local bonds that pay interest exempt from regular federal income tax and are so reported by the Acquiring Fund. Exempt-interest dividends will be exempt from U.S. federal income tax, subject to the possible application of the federal alternative minimum tax.

As a regulated investment company, the Acquiring Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if any, that it distributes to shareholders. The Acquiring Fund may retain for investment its net capital gains. However, if the Acquiring Fund retains any net capital gains or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Acquiring Fund retains any net capital gains, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the federal income tax paid by

 

S-35


the Acquiring Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Acquiring Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the federal income tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Acquiring Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and the net capital gains not otherwise retained by the Acquiring Fund.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Acquiring Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary taxable income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary taxable income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years and on which the Acquiring Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Acquiring Fund intends to make distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.

The Acquiring Fund may acquire municipal obligations and other debt securities that are market discount bonds. A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original-issue discount bond). If the Acquiring Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary taxable income to the extent of the accrued market discount unless the Acquiring Fund elects to include the market discount in taxable income as it accrues.

If the Acquiring Fund invests in certain pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original-issue discount (or with market discount if the Acquiring Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Acquiring Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. However, the Acquiring Fund must distribute to shareholders, at least annually, all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net tax-exempt interest, including such income it is required to accrue, to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company and (with respect to taxable income) to avoid federal income and excise taxes. Therefore, the Acquiring Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or it may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.

The Acquiring Fund’s investment in lower rated or unrated debt securities may present issues for the Acquiring Fund if the issuers of these securities default on their obligations because the federal income tax consequences to a holder of such securities are not certain.

A portion of the Acquiring Fund’s expenditures that would otherwise be deductible may not be allowed as deductions by reason of the Acquiring Fund’s investment in municipal securities (with such disallowed portion, in general, being the same percentage of the Acquiring Fund’s aggregate expenses

 

S-36


as the percentage of the Acquiring Fund’s aggregate income (other than capital gain income) that constitutes exempt-interest income). A similar disallowance rule also applies to interest expense paid or incurred by the Acquiring Fund, if any. Such disallowed deductions, if any, will reduce the amount that the Acquiring Fund can report as exempt-interest dividends by the disallowed amount. Income distributions by the Acquiring Fund in excess of the amount of the Acquiring Fund’s exempt-interest dividends may be taxable as ordinary income.

Section 163(j) of the Code provides a limitation on the deductibility of business interest. Generally, the provision limits the deduction for net business interest expenses to 30% of a taxpayer’s adjusted taxable income (50% for taxable years beginning in 2019 or 2020). The deduction for interest expenses is not limited to the extent of any business interest income, which is interest income attributable to a trade or business and not investment income. The IRS has issued proposed regulations clarifying that all interest expense and interest income of a RIC is treated as properly allocable to a trade or business for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of business interest. As a result, this limitation may impact the Fund’s ability to use leverage (e.g., borrow money, issue debt securities, etc.).

Distributions to shareholders of net investment income received by the Acquiring Fund from investments that generate taxable income, if any, and of net short-term capital gains realized by the Acquiring Fund, if any, will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions by the Acquiring Fund of net capital gains (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses), if any, are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned the shares with respect to which such distributions are made. The amount of taxable income allocable to the Acquiring Fund’s shares will depend upon the amount of such income realized by the Acquiring Fund, but it is not generally expected to be significant. Taxable distributions are subject to federal income tax whether reinvested in additional shares of the Acquiring Fund or paid in cash.

Distributions, if any, in excess of the Acquiring Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a shareholder’s shares and, after that basis has been reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to the shareholder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). “Qualified dividend income” received by noncorporate shareholders is taxed for federal income tax purposes at rates equivalent to long-term capital gains tax rates, which reach a maximum of 20%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from non-U.S. corporations that meet certain specified criteria. As long as the Acquiring Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Code, it is not expected that any part of its distributions to shareholders from its investments will qualify for the Dividends Received Deduction available to corporate shareholders or as qualified dividend income in the case of noncorporate shareholders.

If the Acquiring Fund utilizes leverage through borrowings, or otherwise, asset coverage limitations imposed by the 1940 Act as well as additional restrictions that may be imposed by certain lenders on the payment of dividends or distributions potentially could limit or eliminate the Acquiring Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common shares and/or preferred shares, if any, until the asset coverage is restored. These limitations could prevent the Acquiring Fund from distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and tax-exempt interest as is required under the Code and therefore might jeopardize the Acquiring Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company and/ or might subject the Acquiring Fund to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. Upon any failure to meet the asset coverage requirements imposed by the 1940 Act, the Acquiring Fund may, in

 

S-37


its sole discretion and to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, purchase or redeem its outstanding preferred shares, if any, in order to maintain or restore the requisite asset coverage and avoid the adverse consequences to the Acquiring Fund and its shareholders of failing to meet the distribution requirements. However, there can be no assurance that any such action would achieve these objectives. The Acquiring Fund endeavors to avoid restrictions on its ability to distribute dividends.

The Code provides that interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the Acquiring Fund’s shares to which exempt-interest dividends are allocated is not deductible. Under rules used by the IRS for determining when borrowed funds are considered used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying particular assets, the purchase or ownership of shares may be considered to have been made with borrowed funds, even though such funds are not directly used for the purchase or ownership of such shares.

The interest on private activity bonds in most instances is not federally tax-exempt to a person who is a “substantial user” of a facility financed by such bonds or a “related person” of such “substantial user.” As a result, the Acquiring Fund may not be an appropriate investment for a shareholder who is considered either a “substantial user” or a “related person” within the meaning of the Code. In general, a “substantial user” of a facility includes a “nonexempt person who regularly uses a part of such facility in his trade or business.” “Related persons” are in general defined to include persons among whom there exists a relationship, either by family or business, which would result in a disallowance of losses in transactions among them under various provisions of the Code (or if they are members of the same controlled group of corporations under the Code), including a partnership and each of its partners (and certain members of their families), an S corporation and each of its shareholders (and certain members of their families) and various combinations of these and other relationships. The foregoing is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the Code covering the definitions of “substantial user” and “related person.”

Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, dividends declared in October, November or December, payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of those months and paid during the following January, will be treated as having been distributed by the Acquiring Fund (and received by the shareholders) on December 31 of the year declared.

Certain of the Acquiring Fund’s investment practices are subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may defer the use of certain deductions or losses of the Acquiring Fund, affect the holding period of securities held by the Acquiring Fund and alter the character of the gains or losses realized by the Acquiring Fund. These provisions may also require the Acquiring Fund to recognize income or gain without receiving cash with which to make distributions in the amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining regulated investment company status and for avoiding federal income and excise taxes. The Acquiring Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Acquiring Fund as a regulated investment company.

The sale, exchange or redemption of shares of the Acquiring Fund normally will result in capital gains or losses to shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be long-term capital gains or losses if the shares have been held for more than one year, even though the increase in value in such shares is attributable to tax-exempt interest income. The gain or loss on shares held for one year or less will generally be treated as short-term capital gains or losses. Current federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital

 

S-38


gains of corporations at the same rates applicable to ordinary income. However, for noncorporate taxpayers, long-term capital gains are currently taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%, while short-term capital gains are currently taxed at ordinary income rates. Any loss on the sale of shares that have been held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any distribution of exempt-interest dividends received with respect to such shares, unless the shares are of a regulated investment company that declares exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. If a shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares before holding them for more than six months, any loss on the sale or disposition will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any net capital gain dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Acquiring Fund will be disallowed to the extent those shares of the Acquiring Fund are replaced by other substantially identical shares of the Acquiring Fund or other substantially identical stock or securities (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the original shares. In that event, the basis of the replacement stock or securities will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation.

Federal income tax law imposes an alternative minimum tax with respect to individuals, trusts and estates. Interest on certain “private activity” bonds is included as an item of tax preference in determining the amount of a taxpayer’s alternative minimum taxable income. To the extent that the Acquiring Fund receives income from municipal securities subject to the federal alternative minimum tax, a portion of the dividends paid by the Acquiring Fund, although otherwise exempt from U.S. federal income tax, would be taxable to its shareholders to the extent that their tax liability is determined under the federal alternative minimum tax. The Acquiring Fund will annually provide a report indicating the percentage of the Acquiring Fund’s income attributable to municipal securities subject to the federal alternative minimum tax applicable to individuals.

Certain noncorporate shareholders are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on some or all of their “net investment income,” which includes items of gross income that are attributable to interest, original-issue discount and market discount (but not including tax-exempt interest), as well as net gain from the disposition of certain property. This tax generally applies to the extent net investment income, when added to other modified adjusted gross income, exceeds $200,000 for an unmarried individual, $250,000 for a married taxpayer filing a joint return (or a surviving spouse) or $125,000 for a married individual filing a separate return. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers regarding the applicability of this tax in respect of their shares.

Tax-exempt income, including exempt-interest dividends paid by the Acquiring Fund, is taken into account in calculating the amount of Social Security and railroad retirement benefits that may be subject to federal income tax.

The Acquiring Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 24% from all distributions (including exempt-interest dividends) and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Acquiring Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified (or the Acquiring Fund has been notified) by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

S-39


The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) generally requires the Acquiring Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders. If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA, the Acquiring Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on Acquiring Fund dividends and distributions and redemption proceeds. The Acquiring Fund may disclose the information that it receives from (or concerning) its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, related intergovernmental agreements or other applicable laws or regulations. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

Pursuant to recently proposed regulations, the Treasury Department has indicated its intent to eliminate the requirements under FATCA of withholding on gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, maturity or other disposition of relevant financial instruments (including redemption of stock). The Treasury Department has indicated that taxpayers may rely on these proposed regulations pending their finalization.

The Code provides that every shareholder required to file a tax return must include for information purposes on such return the amount of tax-exempt interest received during the taxable year, including any exempt-interest dividends received from the Acquiring Fund.

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements and financial highlights and related independent registered public accounting firm’s report for the Acquiring Fund contained in the Acquiring Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020 (File No. 811-05235), and the audited financial statements and financial highlights and related independent registered public accounting firm’s report for the Target Fund contained in the Target Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended February 29, 2020 (File No. 811-22272) are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund have been audited by KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon. Such financial statements are incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. KPMG provides auditing services to the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund. The principal business address of KPMG is 200 East Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

The custodian of the assets of each Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. Each Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend disbursing agent is Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

S-40


PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(UNAUDITED)

The unaudited pro forma financial information set forth below is for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the financial condition that actually would have resulted if the Reorganization had been consummated. The closing of the Reorganization is contingent upon certain conditions being satisfied or waived, including that shareholders of the Target Fund must approve the Reorganization. If a Fund does not obtain the requisite approval or other closing conditions are not satisfied or waived, the closing of the Reorganization will not occur. The pro forma financial information has been prepared in good faith based on information regarding the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund as of February 29, 2020. The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund, which are available in their respective annual shareholder reports.

Narrative Description of the Pro Forma Effects of the Reorganization

Note 1—Reorganization

The unaudited pro forma information has been prepared to give effect to the proposed reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan”) as of the beginning of the period indicated in the table below.

 

Target Fund

  

Acquiring Fund

   12 Month Period Ended
Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund 2 (“Target Fund”)    Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. (“Acquiring Fund”)    February 29,
2020

Note 2—Basis of Pro Forma

The Reorganization will be accounted for as a tax-free reorganization of investment companies for federal income tax purposes; therefore, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund or its shareholders as a direct result of the Reorganization. The Reorganization will be accounted for as a business combination for financial reporting purposes. The Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are registered closed-end management investment companies. The Reorganization will be accomplished by the acquisition of substantially all of the assets and the assumption of substantially all of the liabilities of the Target Fund by the Acquiring Fund in exchange for shares of the Acquiring Fund and the distribution of such shares to the Target Fund’s shareholders in complete liquidation of the Target Fund. The pro forma financial information has been adjusted to reflect the Reorganization costs discussed in Note 4 and the assumption that the Target Fund will make tax basis accumulated net realized gain distributions of $38,343 to its shareholders prior to the Reorganization. The table below shows the common shares that shareholders of the Target Fund would have received if the Reorganization were to have taken place on the period end date in Note 1.

 

Shares Exchanged

5,034,628

The Reorganization will be accounted for as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the Reorganization will be accounted for as a business combination for financial reporting purposes. For financial reporting purposes, the historical cost basis of the investments received from the Target

 

S-41


Fund will be carried forward to align ongoing reporting of the realized and unrealized gains and losses of the surviving fund (which will be the Acquiring Fund) with amounts distributable to shareholders for tax purposes.

 

Fund

   Net Assets Applicable
to Common Shares
     As-of Date  

Acquiring Fund

   $ 310,278,023        February 29, 2020  

Target Fund

   $ 55,796,509        February 29, 2020  

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. Pro Forma

   $ 365,581,189        February 29, 2020  

Note 3—Pro Forma Expense Adjustments

The table below reflects adjustments to annual expenses made to the Pro Forma financial information as if the Reorganization had taken place on the first day of the period as disclosed in Note 1. The pro forma information has been derived from the books and records used in calculating daily net asset values of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund and has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect this information. Pro forma expenses do not include the expenses to be allocated to the Funds in connection with the Reorganization. Percentages presented below are the increase (decrease) in expenses divided by the Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc. Pro Forma Net Assets Applicable to Common Shares presented in Note 2. Actual results could differ from those estimates. No other significant pro forma effects are expected to result from the Reorganization.

 

     Fee and Expense
Increase (Decrease)
 

Net Expense Category

   Dollar Amount     Percentage  

Management fees(1)

   $ (47,388     (0.01 )% 

Professional fees(2)

     (25,654     (0.01 )% 

Custodian fees(2)

     (15,343     (0.00 )%(3) 

Other(2)

     (8,356     (0.00 )%(3) 

Stock exchange listing fees(2)

     (6,899     (0.00 )%(3) 

Shareholder reporting expenses(2)

     (5,997     (0.00 )%(3) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Pro Forma Net Expense Adjustment

   $ (109,637     (0.03 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects the impact of applying the Acquiring Fund’s fund-level management fee formula to the combined fund.

(2)

Reflects the anticipated reduction of certain duplicative expenses eliminated as a result of the Reorganization.

(3)

Rounds to less than (0.01)%.

No significant accounting policies will change as a result of the Reorganization, specifically policies regarding security valuation or compliance with Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. No significant changes to any existing contracts of the Acquiring Fund are expected as a result of the Reorganization.

Note 4—Reorganization Costs

The Reorganization costs (whether or not the Reorganization is consummated) will be allocated between the Funds. The costs of the Reorganization are estimated to be $455,000. These costs represent the estimated nonrecurring expenses of the Funds in carrying out their obligations under the

 

S-42


Plan and consist of management’s estimate of professional service fees, printing costs and mailing charges related to the proposed Reorganization. The Target Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $195,000 and the Acquiring Fund is expected to be allocated approximately $260,000 of expenses in connection with the Reorganization. The Combined Fund Pro Forma financial information included in Note 2 has been adjusted for costs related to the Reorganization to be allocated between the Funds. Reorganization costs do not include any commissions or transaction costs that would be incurred due to portfolio realignment, if any.

If the Reorganization had occurred as of February 29, 2020, the Acquiring Fund would not have been required to dispose of securities of the Target Fund in order to comply with its investment policies and restrictions, and would not have sold any material portion (i.e., more than 5% of the Target Fund’s assets) of the securities in the Target Fund’s portfolio solely as a result of the Reorganization.

Note 5—Accounting Survivor

The Acquiring Fund will be the accounting survivor. The surviving fund will have the portfolio management team, portfolio composition, strategies, investment objectives, expense structure and policies/restrictions of the Acquiring Fund.

Note 6—Capital Loss Carryforward

As of February 29, 2020, the Funds had unused capital loss carryforwards available for federal income tax purposes to be applied against future capital gains, if any, per the table below.

 

      Acquiring Fund      Target Fund  

Capital losses to be carried forward – not subject to expiration

   $ 2,763,789      $  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form N-14, including amendments thereto, relating to the common shares of the Acquiring Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Acquiring Fund with the SEC. The Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Acquiring Fund and the common shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Acquiring Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

 

S-43


APPENDIX A

RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

Standard & Poor’s Corporation—A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies (“Standard & Poor’s” or “S&P”), rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

  1.

Likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

  2.

Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and

 

  3.

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

  AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

  AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

  A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

  BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-1


BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

  BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

  B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

  CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

  CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

  C

An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.

 

  D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer

 

  N.R.

This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Plus (+) or minus (-). The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS

 

  A-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

  A-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-2


  A-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

  B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

  C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

  D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS DEFINITIONS

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.

In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

1.    Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

2.    Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

 

  SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

  SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

  SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.— A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

LONG-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS

Moody’s long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

 

A-3


  Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

 

  Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

  A

Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

  Baa

Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

  Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

  B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

  Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing, and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

  Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

  C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1,2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aaa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS

Moody’s short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments. Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

  P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

  P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

  P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

  NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

U.S. MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS

The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years’ maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3—while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

 

  MIG1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

A-4


  MIG2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

  MIG3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

  SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Fitch Ratings, Inc.— A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch-rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.

LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS

 

  AAA

Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

  AA

Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of a very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

  A

High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

  BBB

Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

  BB

Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

 

  B

Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

  CCC

Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

  CC

Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

 

A-5


  C

Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

  a.

the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

  b.

the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or

 

  c.

Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

 

  RD

Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:

 

  a.

the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

  b.

the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

  c.

the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or

 

  d.

execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

 

  D

Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business. Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, nonpayment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

 

A-6


   

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as counterparty to trade credit.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

  F1

Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

  F2

Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

  F3

Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

  B

Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

  C

High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

 

  RD

Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

 

  D

Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

 

A-7


RATING WATCHES AND RATING OUTLOOKS

Rating Watch

Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings that are not on Rating Watch can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first, if circumstances warrant such an action.

A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where a triggering event (e.g. shareholder or regulatory approval) exists. The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the triggering event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch.

Rating Watches can be employed by all analytical groups and are applied to the ratings of individual entities and/or individual instruments. At the lowest categories of speculative grade (‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’) the high volatility of credit profiles may imply that almost all ratings should carry a Watch. Watches are nonetheless only applied selectively in these categories, where a committee decides that particular events or threats are best communicated by the addition of the Watch designation.

Rating Outlook

Rating Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one- to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached the level that would trigger a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. The majority of Outlooks are generally Stable, which is consistent with the historical migration experience of ratings over a one- to two-year period. Positive or Negative rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable and, similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook, if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as Evolving.

Outlooks are currently applied on the long-term scale to issuer ratings in corporate finance (including sovereigns, industrials, utilities, financial institutions and insurance companies) and public finance outside the U.S.; to issue ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to certain issues in project finance; to Insurer Financial Strength Ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale and are applied selectively to ratings in the ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ categories. Defaulted ratings typically do not carry an Outlook.

Deciding When to Assign Rating Watch or Outlook

Timing is informative but not critical to the choice of a Watch rather than an Outlook. A discrete event that is largely clear and the terms of which are defined, but which will not happen for more than six months—such as a lengthy regulatory approval process—would nonetheless likely see ratings placed on Watch rather than a revision to the Outlook. An Outlook revision may, however, be deemed more appropriate where a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.

A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over an extended period—for example a proposed, but politically controversial, privatization.

 

A-8


STANDARD RATING ACTIONS

 

Affirmed*   

The rating has been reviewed and no change has been deemed necessary.

Confirmed    Action taken in response to an external request or change in terms. Rating has been reviewed in either context, and no rating change has been deemed necessary.
Downgrade*   

The rating has been lowered in the scale.

Matured*/Paid-In-Full   

a.   ‘Matured’—This action is used when an issue has reached the end of its repayment term and rating coverage is discontinued. Denoted as ‘NR’.

b.  ‘Paid-In-Full’—This action indicates that the issue has been paid in full. As the issue no longer exists, it is therefore no longer rated. Denoted as ‘PIF’.

New Rating*    Rating has been assigned to a previously unrated issue primarily used in cases of shelf issues such as MTNs or similar programs.
Prerefunded*    Assigned to long-term US Public Finance issues after Fitch assesses refunding escrow.
Publish*    Initial public announcement of rating on the agency’s website, although not necessarily the first rating assigned. This action denotes when a previously private rating is published.
Upgrade*    The rating has been raised in the scale.
Withdrawn*    The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol ‘WD’.
Rating Modifier Actions    Modifiers include Rating Outlook, Rating Watch, and Recovery Rating.
Rating Watch Maintained*    The issue or issuer has been reviewed and remains on active Rating Watch status.
Rating Watch On*    The issue or issuer has been placed on active Rating Watch status.
Rating Watch Revision*    Rating Watch status has changed.
Support Floor Rating Revision    Applicable only to Support ratings related to Financial Institutions, which are amended only with this action.
Under Review*    Applicable to ratings that may undergo a change in scale not related to changes in fundamental credit quality. Final action will be “Revision Rating”
Revision Outlook*    The Rating Outlook status has changed independent of a full review of the underlying rating.

 

*

A rating action must be recorded for each rating in a required cycle to be considered compliant with Fitch policy concerning aging of ratings. Not all Ratings or Data Actions, or changes in rating modifiers, will meet this requirement. Actions that meet this requirement are noted with an “ * “ in the above definitions.

 

A-9


APPENDIX B

TAXABLE EQUIVALENT YIELD TABLE

The taxable equivalent yield is the current yield you would need to earn on a taxable investment in order to equal a stated tax-free yield on a municipal investment. To assist you to more easily compare municipal investments like the Funds with taxable alternative investments, the table below presents the approximate taxable equivalent yields for individuals for a range of hypothetical tax-free yields, assuming the stated marginal federal income tax rates for 2020 listed below. This table should not be considered a representation or guarantee of future results.

2020 Taxable Equivalent of Tax-Free Yields*

 

Single-Return
Bracket

  

Joint-Return
Bracket

  Federal
Tax
Rate
    4.00%     4.50%     5.00%     5.50%     6.00%     6.50%     7.00%     7.50%  

0-$9,875

   0-$19,750     10     4.44     5.00     5.56     6.11     6.67     7.22     7.78     8.33

$9,876-$40,125

   $19,751-$80,250     12     4.55     5.11     5.68     6.25     6.82     7.39     7.95     8.52

$40,126-$85,525

   $80,251-$171,050     22     5.13     5.77     6.41     7.05     7.69     8.33     8.97     9.62

$85,526-$163,300

   $171,051-$326,600     24     5.26     5.92     6.58     7.24     7.89     8.55     9.21     9.87

$163,301-$207,350

   $326,601-$414,700     32     5.88     6.62     7.35     8.09     8.82     9.56     10.29     11.03

$207,351-$518,400

   $414,701-$622,050     35     6.15     6.92     7.69     8.46     9.23     10.00     10.77     11.54

Over $518,400

   Over $622,050     37     6.35     7.14     7.94     8.73     9.52     10.32     11.11     11.90

 

*

Please note that the table does not reflect (i) any federal limitations on the amounts of allowable itemized deductions, phase-outs of personal or dependent exemption credits or other allowable credits, (ii) any state or local taxes imposed or (iii) any alternative minimum taxes or any taxes other than regular federal individual income taxes.

 

B-1


APPENDIX C

NUVEEN ASSET MANAGEMENT PROXY VOTING POLICIES

Nuveen Asset Management, LLC

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Effective Date: January 1, 2011, as last amended March 05, 2020

 

 

I.    General Principles

A.    Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (“NAM”) is an investment sub-adviser for certain of the Nuveen Funds (the “Funds”) and investment adviser for institutional and other separately managed accounts (collectively, with the Funds, “Accounts”). As such, Accounts may confer upon NAM complete discretion to vote proxies.1

B.    When NAM has proxy voting authority, it is NAM’s duty to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients (which may involve affirmatively deciding that voting the proxies may not be in the best interests of certain clients on certain matters). In voting proxies, NAM also seeks to enhance total investment return for its clients.

C.    If NAM contracts with another investment adviser to act as a sub-adviser for an Account, NAM may delegate proxy voting responsibility to the sub-adviser. Where NAM has delegated proxy voting responsibility, the sub-adviser will be responsible for developing and adhering to its own proxy voting policies, subject to oversight by NAM.

D.    NAM’s Proxy Voting Committee (“PVC”) provides oversight of NAM’s proxy voting policies and procedures, including (1) providing an administrative framework to facilitate and monitor the exercise of such proxy voting and to fulfill the obligations of reporting and recordkeeping under the federal securities laws; and (2) approving the proxy voting policies and procedures.

II.    Policies

The PVC after reviewing and concluding that such policies are reasonably designed to vote proxies in the best interests of clients, has approved and adopted the proxy voting policies (“Policies”) of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), a leading national provider of proxy voting administrative and research services.i As a result, such Policies set forth NAM’s positions on recurring proxy issues and criteria for addressing non-recurring issues. These Policies are reviewed periodically by ISS, and therefore are subject to change. Even though it has adopted the Policies as drafted by ISS, NAM maintains the fiduciary responsibility for all proxy voting decisions.

III.    Procedures

A.    Supervision of Proxy Voting. Day-to-day administration of proxy voting may be provided internally or by a third-party service provider, depending on client type, subject to the ultimate oversight of the PVC. The PVC shall supervise the relationships with NAM’s proxy voting services, ISS. ISS apprises Nuveen Global

 

1 

NAM does not vote proxies where a client withholds proxy voting authority, and in certain non- discretionary and model programs NAM votes proxies in accordance with its Policies in effect from time to time. Clients may opt to vote proxies themselves, or to have proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the client’s cost. i ISS has separate polices for Taft Hartley plans and it is NAM’s policy to apply the Taft Hartley polices to accounts that are Taft Hartley plans and have requested the application of such policies.

 

C-1


Operations (“NGO”) of shareholder meeting dates, and casts the actual proxy votes. ISS also provides research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations. ISS serves as NAM’s proxy voting record keepers and generate reports on how proxies were voted. NGO periodically reviews communications from ISS to determine whether ISS voted the correct amount of proxies, whether the votes were cast in a timely manner, and whether the vote was in accordance with the Policies or NAM’s specific instructions

B.    General Avoidance of Conflicts of Interest.

1.    NAM believe that most conflicts of interest faced by NAM in voting proxies can be avoided by voting in accordance with the Policies. Examples of such conflicts of interest are as follows:2

a.    The issuer or proxy proponent (e.g., a special interest group) is TIAA- CREF, the ultimate principal owner of NAM, or any of its affiliates.

b.    The issuer is an entity in which an executive officer of NAM or a spouse or domestic partner of any such executive officer is or was (within the past three years of the proxy vote) an executive officer or director.

c.    The issuer is a registered or unregistered fund or other client for which NAM or another affiliated adviser has a material relationship as investment adviser or sub-adviser (e.g., Nuveen Funds and TIAA Funds) or an institutional separate account.

d.    Any other circumstances that NAM is aware of where NAM’s duty to serve its clients’ interests, typically referred to as its “duty of loyalty,” could be materially compromised.

2.    To further minimize this risk, Compliance will review ISS’ conflict avoidance policy at least annually to ensure that it adequately addresses both the actual and perceived conflicts of interest ISS may face.

3.    In the event that ISS faces a material conflict of interest with respect to a specific vote, the PVC shall direct ISS how to vote. The PVC shall receive voting direction from appropriate investment personnel. Before doing so, the PVC will consult with Legal to confirm that NAM faces no material conflicts of its own with respect to the specific proxy vote.

4.    Where ISS is determined to have a conflict of interest, or NAM determines to override the Policies and is determined to have a conflict, the PVC will recommend to NAM’s Compliance Committee or designee a course of action designed to address the conflict. Such actions could include, but are not limited to:

a.    Obtaining instructions from the affected client(s) on how to vote the proxy;

b.    Disclosing the conflict to the affected client(s) and seeking their consent to permit NAM to vote the proxy;

c.    Voting in proportion to the other shareholders;

d.    Recusing the individual with the actual or potential conflict of interest from all discussion or consideration of the matter, if the material conflict is due to such person’s actual or potential conflict of interest; or

e.    Following the recommendation of a different independent third party.

5.    In addition to all of the above-mentioned and other conflicts, the Head of Equity Research, NGO and any member of the PVC must notify NAM’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of any direct, indirect

 

2 

A conflict of interest shall not be considered material for the purposes of these Policies and Procedures with respect to a specific vote or circumstance if the matter to be voted on relates to a restructuring of the terms of existing securities or the issuance of new securities or a similar matter arising out of the holding of securities, other than common equity, in the context of a bankruptcy or threatened bankruptcy of the issuer.

 

C-2


or perceived improper influence exerted by any employee, officer or director of TIAA or its subsidiaries with regard to how NAM should vote proxies. NAM Compliance will investigate any such allegations and will report the findings to the PVC and, if deemed appropriate, to NAM’s Compliance Committee. If it is determined that improper influence was attempted, appropriate action shall be taken. Such appropriate action may include disciplinary action, notification of the appropriate senior managers, or notification of the appropriate regulatory authorities. In all cases, NAM will not consider any improper influence in determining how to vote proxies, and will vote in the best interests of clients.

C.    Proxy Vote Override. From time to time, a portfolio manager of an account (a “Portfolio Manager”) may initiate action to override the Policies’ recommendation for a particular vote. Any such override by a NAM Portfolio Manager (but not a sub-adviser Portfolio Manager) shall be reviewed by NAM’s Legal Department for material conflicts. If the Legal Department determines that no material conflicts exist, the approval of one member of the PVC shall authorize the override. If a material conflict exists, the conflict and, ultimately, the override recommendation will be rejected and will revert to the original Policies recommendation or will be addressed pursuant to the procedures described above under “Conflicts of Interest.”

In addition, the PVC may determine from time to time that a particular recommendation in the Policies should be overridden based on a determination that the recommendation is inappropriate and not in the best interests of shareholders. Any such determination shall be reflected in the minutes of a meeting of the PVC at which such decision is made.

D.    Securities Lending.

1.    In order to generate incremental revenue, some clients may participate in a securities lending program. If a client has elected to participate in the lending program then it will not have the right to vote the proxies of any securities that are on loan as of the shareholder meeting record date. A client, or a Portfolio Manager, may place restrictions on loaning securities and/or recall a security on loan at any time. Such actions must be affected prior to the record date for a meeting if the purpose for the restriction or recall is to secure the vote.

2.    Portfolio Managers and/or analysts who become aware of upcoming proxy issues relating to any securities in portfolios they manage, or issuers they follow, will consider the desirability of recalling the affected securities that are on loan or restricting the affected securities prior to the record date for the matter. If the proxy issue is determined to be material, and the determination is made prior to the shareholder meeting record date the Portfolio Manager(s) will contact the Securities Lending Agent to recall securities on loan or restrict the loaning of any security held in any portfolio they manage, if they determine that it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so.

E.    Proxy Voting Records. As required by Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, NAM shall make and retain five types of records relating to proxy voting; (1) NAM’s Policies; (2) proxy statements received for securities in client accounts; (3) records of proxy votes cast by NAM on behalf of clients accounts; (4) records of written requests from clients about how NAM voted their proxies, and written responses from NAM to either a written or oral request by clients; and (5) any documents prepared by the adviser that were material to making a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for the decision. NAM relies on ISS to make and retain on NAM’s behalf certain records pertaining to Rule 204-2.

F.    Fund of Funds Provision. In instances where NAM provides investment advice to a fund of funds that acquires shares of affiliated funds or three percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of an unaffiliated fund, the acquiring fund shall vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the acquired fund. If compliance with this procedure results in a vote of any shares in a manner different than the Policies’ recommendation, such vote will not require compliance with the Proxy Vote Override procedures set forth above.

 

C-3


G.    Legacy Securities. To the extent that NAM receives proxies for securities that are transferred into an account’s portfolio that were not recommended or selected by it and are sold or expected to be sold promptly in an orderly manner (“legacy securities”), NAM will generally refrain from voting such proxies. In such circumstances, since legacy securities are expected to be sold promptly, voting proxies on such securities would not further NAM’s interest in maximizing the value of client investments. NAM may agree to an account’s special request to vote a legacy security proxy, and would vote such proxy in accordance with the Policies.

H.    Terminated Accounts. Proxies received after the termination date of an account generally will not be voted. An exception will be made if the record date is for a period in which an account was under NAM’s discretionary management or if a separately managed account (“SMA”) custodian failed to remove the account’s holdings from its aggregated voting list.

I.    Non-votes. NGO shall be responsible for obtaining reasonable assurance from ISS that it voted proxies on NAM’s behalf, and that any special instructions from NAM about a given proxy or proxies are submitted to ISS in a timely manner. It should not be considered a breach of this responsibility if NGO or NAM does not receive a proxy from ISS or a custodian with adequate time to analyze and direct to vote or vote a proxy by the required voting deadline.

NAM may determine not to vote proxies associated with the securities of any issuer if as a result of voting such proxies, subsequent purchases or sales of such securities would be blocked. However, NAM may decide, on an individual security basis that it is in the best interests of its clients to vote the proxy associated with such a security, taking into account the loss of liquidity. In addition, NAM may determine not to vote proxies where the voting would in NAM’s judgment result in some other financial, legal, regulatory disability or burden to the client (such as imputing control with respect to the issuer) or to NAM or its affiliates.

NAM may determine not to vote securities held by SMAs where voting would require the transfer of the security to another custodian designated by the issuer. Such transfer is generally outside the scope of NAM’s authority and may result in significant operational limitations on NAM’s ability to conduct transactions relating to the securities during the period of transfer. From time to time, situations may arise (operational or otherwise) that prevent NAM from voting proxies after reasonable attempts have been made.

J.    Review and Reports.

1.    The PVC shall maintain a review schedule. The schedule shall include reviews of the Policies and the policies of any Sub-adviser engaged by NAM, the proxy voting record, account maintenance, and other reviews as deemed appropriate by the PVC. The PVC shall review the schedule at least annually.

2.    The PVC will report to NAM’s Compliance Committee with respect to all identified conflicts and how they were addressed. These reports will include all accounts, including those that are sub-advised. NAM also shall provide the Funds that it sub-advises with information necessary for preparing Form N-PX.

K.    Vote Disclosure to Clients. NAM’s institutional and SMA clients can contact their relationship manager for more information on NAM’s Policies and the proxy voting record for their account. The information available includes name of issuer, ticker/CUSIP, shareholder meeting date, description of item and NAM’s vote.

IV.    Responsible Parties

PVC

NGO

NAM Compliance

Legal Department

 

C-4

Nuveen California Munici... (NYSE:NCA)
Gráfica de Acción Histórica
De Mar 2024 a Abr 2024 Haga Click aquí para más Gráficas Nuveen California Munici....
Nuveen California Munici... (NYSE:NCA)
Gráfica de Acción Histórica
De Abr 2023 a Abr 2024 Haga Click aquí para más Gráficas Nuveen California Munici....